The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutRBPR-04-2017-26280.TIF SPECIFICATIONS, CALCULATIONS, & SUPPORTING MATERIAL FOR A GROUND ABSORPTION SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM USING SEPTIC TANK, TS-II ADVANCED TREATMENT, AND A LOW PRESSURE SUBSURFACE DRIP DISPOSAL SYSTEM TO SERVE AN EXISTING 3 BEDROOM RESIDENCE 7464 MATCHPOINT SHERRILLS FORD, CATAWBA COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA April 3, 2017 Prepared for: Joann Okada 7464 Matchpoint Sherrills Ford, NC 28673 Phone: (704) 746-2292 Prepared by: PIEDMONT DESIGN ASSOCIATES, P.A. `♦♦♦` �N C �R04� '�.,� 125 East Plaza Drive, Suite 101 Mooresville, NC 28115 _ E Phone: 704-664-7888 27 Fax: 704-664-1778 p = 04 O '" NCBELS No.: C-1007 �i�iGINET .•; OQ� SECTION I -GENERAL Joann Okada is seeking a septic system permit to remove the existing septic system to install a new swimming pool and install a new septic system, including tank. The client contacted Catawba County Environmental Health (CCHD)to investigate their options.Ashley Rollans, LSS&Robby Phelps with CCHD decided that a subsurface drip system could be installed at a different location on site with a loading rate of 0.125 G/D/SF for the new primary and repair system.The current residence is located at 7464 Matchpoint in Sherrills Ford, Catawba County, NC. The new septic system treatment and disposal system will consist of a new baffled septic tank with a new effluent filter, Orenco AX-20 RTUV with TS-II advanced treatment technologywith incorporated recirculation tank and field dosing tank with pumps. Other components include drip headworks and subsurface disposal. The existing septic tank and drainfield will be removed and disposed of by swimming pool contractor. It is recommended to contact CCHD for instructions for abandoning the existing septic system.The current septic system shall not be abandoned and removed from service until the new system is installed, accepted by Owner and certified by the Septic System Design Engineer. These specifications and design plans have been prepared for a subsurface effluent drip disposal system using a new septic tank, recirculating textile-media filter w/incorporated recirculation, UV disinfection and field dosing tank with a single zone subsurface drip disposal system. The system is designed to accept and treat domestic waste only. No other discharge is allowed, including condensate water from HVAC systems, pool filter backwash, etc. The Engineer has designed a TS-II textile-media filter with UV disinfection and subsurface drip irrigation system that dispenses treated effluent through drip irrigation using design criteria intended to complywith NC DEM Administrative Code 15A NCAC 2H.0200 and 15A NCAC 18A .1969, and NC DEH Onsite Section Innovative Waste Water System IWWS—2000-02R(Geoflow Sub-Surface Drip System)and OSI Advantex Recirculating Textile-Media Filter. (IWWS-2004-03-R4). Until plan acceptance and construction, the new drip field and repair field shall be maintained undisturbed. This shall include placement of signs, ribbons and barricades to avoid traffic, storage, or parking in the area. Encroachment by any utility or others is not permitted. The Contractor shall be prohibited from working while the site is wet. The Contractor shall contact the Engineer prior to commencement of work after rainfall.The Contractor shall consult with the Soil Scientist or Design Engineer prior to filling areas shown on plan. The Engineer and/or the Local Health Department have the right to suspend work until soil moisture conditions are favorable to optimal installation. The installer shall be knowledgeable of the type of system to be installed, and shall have prior instruction on the installation of the various components of the system, and shall have the prior approval of the component manufacturers, (Orenco)and (Geoflow), and the approval of the Design Engineer. Geoflow & Orenco Field Representative and designer shall provide written acceptance of the system installation prior to issuance of operation permit. Scope of the Prosect:The scope of this project is to construct a system to collect the domestic waste from the existing three bedroom residence and re-route it to a new septic tank, an advanced treatment unit with UV disinfection. The outlet at the second compartment of the septic tank will have a slotted wastewater effluent filter manufactured by Orenco. Also, new Orenco tank risers will need to be installed over the inlet and outlet sides of the new septic tank. From the septic tank the effluent flows to a three compartment module that contains the treatment unit, recirculation chamber, UV Filter and field dosing chamber, which will dose a textile-media pretreatment filter,which provides an aerobic environment for bacteria.A timer controlled turbine pump will dose treated effluent to the drip field. The drip dosing system will have solenoid valves, spin clean filter, flow meter, air release valves and other apparatus and controls to allow the automatic dosing and maintenance of the system. The pump controls will have a 24-hour clock, programmable as determined by the operator. Controls shall also have elapsed run time clock and cycle counter for each pump. Unless alternately provided with the 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 1 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC advanced Pretreatment System, the drip system control panel shall enable the daily, 7-day and 30-day monitoring requirements of Rule .1970 to be met, such as by data logging the field dosing times or field flow meter readings. The controls shall also have manual operating capabilities and alarms.The controls are to be located at a readily accessible location at the residence. DIRECTIONS TO THE PROPERTY: Hwy 16 South towards Denver&go about 5 miles. Left onto Balls Creek Road go about 1 mile. Right onto Little Mountain Road go about 7.5 miles, Left onto Mt Pleasant Road go about 0.7 miles. Right onto Dockside Lane go about 0.8 miles. Right onto Matchpoint. Lot is at the end of the Road. SECTION II -REGULATIONS In addition to compliance with laws, rules and regulations as required under the General Conditions of these Documents, the Contractor shall comply with the following specific regulations as applicable to the nature of work included under this Contract. Reference Material: (1) GEOFLOW SUBSURFACE DRIP SYSTEMS. Design and Installation Manual, October, 2007, Geoflow, Inc. (2) LAWS AND RULES FOR GROUND ABSORPTION SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEMS. SECTION .1900 OF THE N.C. Administrative Code: Title 10 Health Services; Environmental Health; Subchapter 10a; Sanitation. Published by: N.C. Dept. of Human Resources; Amended effective January 10, 1997. (3) EPA 625/R-00/008 Design Manual-On-site Wastewater Treatment and Disposal System; February, 2002; Chapter 7. (4) NC DEM Administrative Code: 15A NCAC 2H.0200, 15A NCAC T1 5A Section .1900 (5) OSI ADVANTEX Treatment System, Manual including performance information, OSI, Inc. (6) EPA: Technology Assessment of Intermittent Sand Filter, April 1985. (7) NC DEH-OSWPS— Innovative Approvals for Geoflow, Inc. &Orenco Systems, Inc. 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 2 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC SECTION III - BASIS OF DESIGN DEVELOPMENT DESCRIPTION Location 7464 Matchpoint (PID#460703445537) Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC Water Supply Existing Well Sewage Disposal On-Site Septic System with One TS-II Recirculating Textile Media Filter&Subsurface Drip Irrigation Application Rate 0.125 G/D/Sq. Ft. (0.125 G/D/SF Repair) PROJECTED WASTEWATER FLOWS Proposed Use 3 Bedroom Residence Base Design Flow 360 G/D DESIGN BASIS -TREATMENT SYSTEM Septic Tank New 1,000 gal precast concrete with baffle Effluent Filter (1) Orenco Model FTPS0436-28-NC Pretreatment (1) Orenco Advantex AX20 RTUV Textile packed bed media filter module Pretreatment Control Panel VCOM-AX20B1/PTHTUVSA DESIGN BASIS - DRIP SYSTEM Design Flow 360 G/D Application Rate 0.125 G/D/SF Area 2,880 SF Minimum Force Main +/-130 LF 1.25" Dia. SCH 40 PVC Scour Return Main +/-130 LF 1.25" Dia. SCH 40 PVC Drip Lines One zones with a minimum total of 1,440 LF Geoflow Wasteflow PC; Drip Line with constant flow rate pressure compensating emitters at 2' centers; Drip Lines at 2' centers Emitters Zone 1 —720 emitters @ 0.53 G/H = 6.36 G/M Operating Pressure Range 10—60 PSI Drip Field Pump Orenco Systems, Inc. PF Series Pump Model PF201012 1 HP/230 V/1 Ph (12.6 G/M @ 132.2 Ft TDH) Drip Field Dosing Pump Controller VCOM-AX20B1/PTHTUVSA programmable controller •Pump run timer -Pump run contacts •Elapsed pump run clock •Pump cycle counter -Zone valve contacts •Filter flush valve contacts •Alarm Features -Float input functions System Dosing Rate 6.36 G/M 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 3 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC Dosing Time per Day 56.60 Minutes per Day Pump Run 10 times per day for 5.66 minutes per dose Flush Time Every 37th cycle, system to be flushed. Discharge Volume 10 runs/day x 5.66 min x 6.36 G/M = 360 G/D Headworks Geoflow Model WHWU-V-1F-A-DDS Solenoid Valves (1) Geoflow Model SVLV-B-125 (Supply) (1) Geoflow Model SVLV-B-125 (Return) Filter 1.5" Spin Filter Geoflow Model AP4E-1.5F Vortex spin clean filter(w/automatic backwash cycle: 3 minute, 15 seconds) Flow Meter 3/4" Geoflow Model FM-DDS Flow Meter with Flow Rate/Totalizer Air Vents Geoflow Model APVBK-1 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 4 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC SECTION IV -COMPONENTS OF SYSTEM ■ Existing Three Bedroom residence collection system &septic system (to be abandoned) ■ New 1,000 gallon septic tank with slotted effluent filter and access ports ■ Pretreatment—One OSI Advantex Textile filter containing module with cover with recirculation and discharge chamber& UV Disinfection ■ Single zone subsurface drip system (force mains, pump, pump control with audiovisual alarm, spin clean filter, meter, valves, shelter, drip lines and apparatus.) A. TREATMENT SYSTEM 1. General Requirements-The Contractor shall furnish, install,test,and place into service and warrant the complete system. The major system components including existing septic tank, new slotted filter, new textile filter (pretreatment) module, headworks assembly, drip field and controls. Accessories shall be supplied by a single operating entity and shall be equal to that as specified. 2. Five sets of submittal documents and shop drawings for all mechanical equipment and major materials including piping, tanks, and all other accessories shall be furnished to the Engineer for approval. No equipment shall be installed prior to approval by the Engineer. 3. Precast Structures - General: This section shall apply to the septic tank as shown on the Contract Drawings. 4. Precast Tank Installation: Installer shall excavate for and install the precast concrete tank as per plans. Installer shall ensure that the tank remains level and true to grade after placement and filling with water. The precast tanks shall be tested for water tightness by an approved method such as 24-hour water tightness test with maximum allowable leakage not to exceed a maximum of 1/2-inch rise or fall in 24 hours or vacuum test. Contractor shall pull a vacuum down to 5 in/hg and hold for 10 minutes in the presence of the Health Department and/or the Engineer of Record.For the water test,the Contractor shall use clean, potable water free of any sediment for water testing. Either test method shall be run with risers/and inlet/outlet pipes in place. Testing shall begin after the water level in the tank has stabilized. Each tank shall be installed in the location and to the elevations shown on the plans. A 6"undercut shall be made to allow for washed stone leveling course for the tank to rest on. Once testing of the tank has been completed, the tanks shall be backfilled in lifts with well compacted, debris free earth to a level, which directs surface water away from the tanks. Tank access holes in the yard shall be installed and grouted watertight and the earth raked smooth for grassing. All tank lids shall be lockable or constructed to prevent easy removal. Tank access in traffic area shall be 24" cast iron manhole frame and lid. Tanks shall not be pumped during extremely wet conditions. 5. Septic Tank shall consist of a 1,000-gallon capacity, reinforced, precast concrete tank with full baffle and shall have easy access to each chamber from ground level for checking and pumping.The first chamber of the septic tank shall consist 2/3 to 3/4 of the volume of the total tank and the baffle shall contain a horizontal opening across the tank at about midway its height. The PVC outlet tee shall extend one-fourth depth of liquid level and contain an effluent filter. Locate the septic tank at such height as to provide approximately 15" of cover soil over top of the tank or as necessary to receive gravity flow from the collection system. Provide access at each end of the tank. All metal installed in tank shall be stainless steel. 6. Slotted Effluent Filter: A new Orenco 4"Biotube effluent filter shall be installed in the PVC outlet tee of the new septic tank. The filter shall be manufactured by Orenco System Incorporated. Filter shall be OSI model# FTPS0436-28-NC. 7. Advantex Textile Bio-Filter: One textile-containing packed bed media filter module with cover shall be used, one module for four bedrooms or 480 gallons per module per day. The module shall be as described in manufacturer's literature attached herein. The module shall be pressure dosed with effluent filtered from the septic tank. Discharge from the module shall spill over via gravity to the drip field-dosing chamber of the Orenco AX-20RTUV Module. Treatment Performance Standards (TS-II): Tertiary treatment without nitrogen reduction. The Advantex Textile packed bed media filter module shall be designed installed and operated to meet the following standards: 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 5 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC 1. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, 5-day(BODS) < 15 mg/I 2. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) < 15 mg/I 3. Ammonium-nitrogen (NH4-N) < 10 mg/I 4. Fecal coliform bacteria densities < 10,000 colonies/100 mL Standards are arithmetic means, except fecal coliforms is a geometric mean. Advantex Unit and all associated appurtenances are available through AQWA at(888) 552-2792. 8. UV Disinfection:A UV disinfection unit model UV-1 25/3-P manufactured by Orenco shall be installed per the detail on plan sheet U-2 and in the specifications. The UV bulb, wiring and controls need to be installed at this time.Contractor shall ensure a 2/10 drop between invert in and out on the trap. Pipe shall be primed and glued prior to installation. Cleanouts shall extend a minimum of 6 inches above finished grade. Unit is available through AQWA at(888) 552-2792. 9. Float Switches: Water level float control switches shall be equal to Orenco System, Inc., mechanically activated switches, with cable of adequate length to terminate in the pump control panel. No splicing of wire allowed between switches and control box. Use mercury switched on control circuits and properly rated mechanical switches on power circuits. Conduit between the pump tank and he control panel shall be sealed to prevent sewer gas from entering the control panel. The dosing tanks shall have 4 float switches,a low-level"pump off"switch,a"pump enabling"float"timer override"and at"high water alarm" float. Floats shall be hung from a Orenco PVC float tree and handle within 12 inches of lid of riser. Float clamps or brackets shall be supplied by the manufacturer.The lower level control or"pump-off'must be positioned above the pump, so that the pump remains submerged at all times. The upper level control "pump-enabling" is positioned to pump a specified volume of effluent or assures that a full dose is available for timer controlled dosing. The "high water alarm" control float is mounted at same level the "timer override" float control. (Note: Care must be taken to insure that floats do not become fouled by other components in the tank such as the electric power cord). DRIP SYSTEM 1. Piping and Valves: All supply and return manifold piping and fittings shall be Schedule 40 PVC conforming to ASTM D1785 as shown on plans and other pressure sewer pipe shall be Class 200 PVC (ASTM D2241) (SDR 21). All couplings and fittings shall be of polyvinyl chloride compounds (ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade 1). 2. Wasteflow PC Dripline: The dripline shall consist of nominal sized 1/2" linear low density polyethylene tubing, with turbulent flow, drip emitters bonded to the inside wall. The tubing shall have an outside diameter(O.D.) of approximately 0.63 inches. The tubing shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall be a bactericide protection, the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for ease of identification as effluent water. The dripline shall have emitters spaced at 24"centers along the full length of the tubing. Tubing shall be installed at a minimum of 6 inches below ground surface.The emitters shall be pressure compensating to ensure equal dosing from pressure ranges of 10 to 60 PSI. The emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene with silicon rubber diaphragms. The emitter shall have a nominal discharge rate of 0.53 gallons per hour within the system design operating pressure. Each emitter shall be impregnated with Treflan to inhibit root intrusion,and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for a period of ten (10) years. Wasteflow PC pressure compensating wasteflow dripline shall be Geoflow Model Number WFPC 16-4-24 as available through AQWA at(888) 552-2792. 3. Ball Valves: All thermoplastic ball valves shall be constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV Cell Classification 23447.All o-rings shall be Viton.All valves shall have Safe-T-Shear stem and double stop polypropylene or CPVC handle.All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads for structural integrity. All seal carriers shall be Safe-T-Blocked.All valve components shall be replaceable for valve serviceability using rebuild kits. All valves shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year. All valves shall be listed for potable water use by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF).All 1/2"through 2"valves shall be pressure tested at 235 PSI and all 2-1/2" through 6"valves shall be pressure rated at 150 PSI for water at 73 degrees Fahrenheit,as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company or approved equal. 4. Spring Check Valves: Spring check valves shall be flow control PVC spring check valves with rubber flapper and PVC cap as manufactured by Geoflow Model CV-S-15 as supplied by AQWA at(888)552- 2792. 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 6 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC 5. Air Vacuum Relief Valve: The air vacuum relief valve provides instant and continuous vacuum relief and non-continuous air relief. Both the body and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed of molded plastic. The body and the dirt cover shall be connected with a 1-inch pipe thread. The ball shall be constructed of a low density plastic and the internal seal shall be constructed of vinyl. The air vacuum relief valve shall seal at 5 PSI. Inlet size shall be 1-inch male pipe thread. The air vent shall be Geoflow Item Number APVBKV-1 with attached Schrader valve as supplied by AQWA at (888) 552-2792. 6. Drip System Dosing Pump: For the drip field, an Orenco PF Series Model PF201012 1 HP/230 V/1 Ph, capable of pumping 12.6 GPM @ 132.2 Ft. TDH for the drip irrigation. Details of pump installation are shown on the plan. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at (888) 552-2792. 7. Drip System Controller shall be mounted 36"or more above grade and readily accessible.The unit shall be as manufactured by Orenco Systems, Inc. The panel model number shall be VCOM AXB2PTROUVSA. The Orenco Treatment System Control Panel is designed to control the irrigation pump, floats, and headworks as well as the dosing of the treatment unit. The control panel shall be provided factory pre-wired and tested in a NEMA 4X lockable fiberglass enclosure which shall contain the following: Components shall include motor contactors and circuit breakers for use with 230V AC 1 Ph current using a max 1'/z HP motor. Programmable logic unit shall include time functions, motor function, valve controls and float input function. Unit shall include fused transformer for valves. An audiovisual alarm condition light and siren shall be mounted on the top of the panel and include a separately fused transformer.The unit shall have a hand-off-auto(H-O-A)switch. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at(888) 552-2792. The controller shall be able to perform the following functions: receive input for floats and rain sensors, provide operator set timer controlled pump operation, timer controlled contacts for zone valves, scour valves and flush valves. The controller shall have an event counter, which shall count the number of moisture sensor overrides. The controller shall have an elapsed pump run clock and pump cycle counter. Unless alternately provided with the Advanced Pretreatment System,the drip system control panel shall enable the daily, 7-day and 30-day monitoring requirements of Rule .1970 to be met, such as by data logging the field dosing times or field flow meter readings. Floats, pump and control circuits, and the control panel shall meet the requirements of Rule .1952(c). Panel and control equipment shall include lightning protection, be protected from unauthorized access, and remain accessible at all times to the system operator. The activation of any alarm shall result in the activation of a dry and a 120 V powered alarm contacts. These contacts may be used to activate externally mounted alarm devices and telemetry systems. The alarm contacts will automatically reset when the R/O-N Switch for the activated alarm is placed in the reset/off position. Panel Operation: ❖ High Level Alarm Float: When lifted this float will activate the audible alarm and the illuminated pushbutton. Note: This function can be combined with the Override Timer On & Off Function. ❖ Override Timer&Off Float:When lifted this float will activate the normal timer function.This timer is capable of cycling at a faster rate to accommodate high flow conditions. This float being enabled will force the pump to dose at twice the operating cycle until the effluent is at normal levels in the pump tank again. ❖ Timer On & Off Float: When lifted this float will activate the normal timer function. This timer will begin with its `off' cycle. ❖ Redundant Off&Low Level Alarm Float:When lowered this float will activate the audible alarm and illuminated pushbutton. This float will also deactivate the pump in both auto and manual. ❖ Pump&Valve Operation: The pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the timer. During high flow conditions,the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the override timer.Zone valves(if provided) will open as programmed and the pump comes on.The spin filter valve will open for 1 minute(field adjustable)to allow for drainage of the return line. After an operator defined number of cycles(field adjustable prime numbers), the field flush valve and the zone valve will open for one cycle. At the end of the dose, the field flush valve closes and normal operation resumes. Since the flush cycle is to be set at an odd interval (prime number), the next flush cycle will fall on the opposite zone (if provided). Components Include: ❖ Motor contractor&circuit breaker rated for use with 230VAC, 1 Ph and 1 Ph max ❖ Programmable logic unit Timer Functions ❖ Valve control 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 7 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC ❖ Transformer for the valves ❖ Fuse for the transformer ❖ Top mounted audiovisual alarm (360 degree flashing red light and 90dB minimum) 8. Headworks: The system headworks shall contain the filter flow meter, the solenoid valves, gauges, fittings, and other apparatus as called for. The headworks shall be located as indicated on the plans. It shall be installed to allow easy access to all components for testing, servicing or replacement. The unit shall be enclosed in a suitable protective insulated shelter(i.e.Large meter box),secured from tampering. All valves located within this box shall be located a minimum of 18" below the box lid. Adequate freeze protection shall be provided. Headworks shall be Geoflow model WHWU-V-1 F-A-DDS. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at (888) 552-2792. 9. Electric Solenoid Valve: All solenoid valves shall be Contamination Resistant Remote Control Valves.All solenoid valves shall be electrically operated and shall be provided with a 24-volt AC solenoid coil. All valves shall be provided with an auxiliary manually operated internal bleed lever and flow control. Valves shall be globe type with 150 PSI pressure rating. Solenoid valves shall be provided with iron pipe sized female pipe thread end connections. All valves shall be treated for sewage effluent. Solenoid valve model shall be SVLV-B as manufactured by Geoflow, Inc. Electrical wiring to solenoid valves shall be type OF wire, UL listed. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at (888) 552-2792. 10. Spin Clean Filter: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced black plastic with a 1.50" inch male pipe thread (MPT) inlet and outlet. The two-piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 1.50"MPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless, providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel cloth.The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1.50-inch filter shall be Geoflow Model Number AP4E- 1.5F. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at(888) 552-2792. 11. Flow Meter: The Contractor shall install a turbine style 3/"flow meter with rate/totalizer equal to Geoflow series with flow setter mount. Installed in headworks box. The flow meter model FM-DDS-050 is manufactured by Geoflow. Product shall be as supplied by AQWA at(888) 552-2792 SECTION V-SYSTEM INSTALLATION The field's perimeter shall be flagged by the General Contractor's Surveyor. The areas shall be barricaded with 4 ft high orage safety fence & signage per detail on plan sheet U-2 by contractor prior to any site disturbance to be protected from unauthorized vehicular traffic. Site shall be cleared of large and small diameter trees at the hub, other vegetation and debris by system installer only. If a tree is unable to be removed,the contractor shall raise the canopy on tree to a minimum of 8 feet above the existing ground surface so that sunlight can reach the ground surface.Drip irrigation lines shall be installed on contour. Drip irrigation lines 6 inches below the existing ground surface with care to be certain that tubing is not kinked or deformed. After installation,the area shall be raked smooth to drain and to prepare for soil cap and stabilization. Drip tubing that cannot go through an obstacle such as a root shall be routed around or below the obstacle and not over and exposed on the ground surface. Contact Design Engineer if any questions or concerns. No work shall be performed on the drip field under wet conditions. "If it is too wet to plow,"it is too wet to work on drip field. The Contractor shall avoid the smearing of the wetted surface and should this occur,work shall be suspended. After installation of the lines, the ground surface shall be shaped to allow good surface drainage to prevent ponding of surface water. All disturbed areas shall be raked smooth and stabilized according to specifications. Drip Irrigation Tubing Storage and Handling The drip irrigation tubing should be kept in the shade due to temperature sensitivity of the tubing and away from exposure to direct sunlight except during the actual installation process. Construction Sequence Rule of Thumb: "If soil is too wet to plow," it is too wet to install the system. 1. Layout drip irrigation field network area with stakes and flagging to ten feet(minimum)beyond the limits of the line. As soon as the absorption area is designated, it should be flagged, roped off and isolated from construction traffic. This barrier should be maintained until the Owner accepts the system. Refer 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 8 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC to site plan for the size of absorption area and field locations.Observe all side yard, building,and other setback restrictions. 2. Clear site of any and all man-made debris,construction materials,etc. Dispose of legally. Cut all trees in the area of the nitrification field flush with the ground. Do not remove any stumps with any earth moving equipment. Stumps shall be ground up with minimal distribution to surrounding soil. 3. Prior to actually beginning construction of the system, verify invert elevations of all tanks, carefully locate, lay out and identify disposal site, manifolds and the drip piping networks,using a tripod mounted engineer's leveling instrument to accurately establish each lateral along a level contour.(A 2'minimum drip line separation must be maintained centerline to centerline.) 4. Install drip lines, piping,valves,and headworks. Ensure good bedding and cover and uniform slope as specified. All valve boxes shall be flush or slightly above the ground and clear of debris. Install washed stone in bottom to cover exposed soil. 5. Install new septic tank, risers and lids. Install new Orenco filter to allow proper operation.Extend handle to within 12 inches of tank lid. The recirculation and dosing chamber will each contain a pump and a pump enabling float switch,a pump disabling float switch and a high water alarm float switch. The drip- dosing chamber will be set at elevation to receive gravity from the filter. All components shall be checked and proper flow verified. 6. Carefully backfill treatment module and trenches to finish grade with clean debris free earth(no stone). 7. Install pumps, filters, fittings and floats. 8. Install control system and wire per NC Building Code and NEC. Contractor shall verify available electrical power before ordering components. Provide and connect to properly sized and number of breakers in the main panel board. 9. Seed all disturbed areas and follow seeding specifications. Final Landscaping:After the system is installed,the following should be checked to ensure that the system will not be overloaded with excess rainwater and run-off. (a) The drip field is shared to shed rainwater and is free of low area. (b) Curtain drains,grassy swales or ditches for diverting ground and surface water are properly installed. (c) Gutter and downspout drains are directed away from the system. Any problems should be corrected before approving the system. Finally, drip field shall be stabilized and all other disturbed areas shall be planted with grass according to specifications. Seeding: After completion of the drip fields,the site shall be stabilized with tall fescue grass. This should be seeded at the rate of 25 lbs. per acre each for a total of 50 lbs. per acre. Before seeding, lime should be added at the rate of 1.5 tons per acre. Fertilizer should be added at the rate of 100 units of Nitrogen, 120 lbs. Of P2O5 and 120 lbs. of K2O. Both the lime and fertilizer should be lightly incorporated into the soil before adding seed. After seeding, the area should be mulched until stand is established. Due to the erosion potential of this soil, this is an important part of the system. SECTION VI -OPERATING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS (START-UP) The system shall consist of one new 1,000-gallon septic tank with new slotted filter and access risers and lids, new Orenco Advantex AX-20 RTUV textile containing module with cover with recirculation pump and dosing chamber, UV Filter and a single zone drip field with pump, headworks, controls and other apparatus. All components of the system shall be checked and taken through a complete test cycle in the presence of the Owner's Engineer and to his satisfaction. If the test fails, adjustments shall be made and the test repeated until the system is determined to operate properly. Septic Tank: Check effluent level and slotted filter. Verify that the filter can be removed for service and handle is within 12"from top of riser. Textile Filter: Using manufacturer's instruction, become familiar with filter components and operation. Drip System Dosing Tank Pump Chamber-Sequence of Operation: Effluent fills chamber in AX-20RTUV to level that will activate the "Pump Enabling" float. Pump can now operate. The control panel will be set to allow the prescribed pump cycles per day based on customer setting of the programmable timer. When a pump is called for service,and the level in the dosing tank permits,the zone valve(if provided)and filter flush valve will open. After an adjustable time, the filter flush valve will close, and the system will continue to dose the active drip zone for the operator selectable time. If the timer override float is activated, the pump will be allowed to dose for 5.66 minutes and disable for one hour. Then the pump will activate again until the water level in thank reaches normal again. 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 9 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC Dosing Cycle: If the system is equipped with multiple zones,all zones are dosed individually on an alternating basis so that each field is dosed once every other dosing cycle. The appropriate zone valve opens,the pump doses the field for 5.66 minutes and then the zone valve closes and the pump stops. After an operator defined number of cycles (field adjustable prime numbers), the field flush valve and one zone valve will open for one cycle. At the end of the dose,the pump stops and the field flush and zone valves close. Since the flush cycle is to be set at an odd interval (prime number), the next flush cycle will fall on the opposite zone. The pump shall operate delivering a timer controlled predetermined dose to the designated drip field. The pump shall also shut off when the low water level "pump off' switch is activated. If the "high water alarm" float switch is activated, the controller shall activate audible and flashing alarm systems. Once energized, the flashing and audible alarm unit must be shut-off manually. After installation, each field shall be independently pressurized and the function and operating pressure checked to verify compliance with the specifications and required wetted area shown on the Plans. System pressure is to be obtained at the Schrader Valves located at the ends of the manifolds as shown on the plans. The pressure and flow reading shall be recorded for comparison with future readings. The owner/operator cannot tell if the system is operating properly unless he has this info. 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 10 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC SEEDING SPECIFICATIONS SLOPES 3:1 or FLATTER 1.Apply agricultural lime at the rate of 90 Ib/1000 SF. 2.Apply 10-10-10 commercial fertilizers at the rate of 20 Ib/1000 SF. 3.Seed in accordance with the following schedule and application rate: DATE TYPE PLANTING RATE Aug15- Nov 1 Tall Fescue 200 Ib/Ac or 7 LB/1000 SF Nov 1 - Mar 1* Tall Fescue And 200 Ib/Ac or 7 LB/1000 SF Abruzzi Rye 25 Ib/Ac or 2 LB/1000 SF Mar 1 -Apr 15 Tall Fescue 200 Ib/Ac or 7 LB/1000 SF Apr 15-Jul 30 Hulled Common Or Bermuda 30 LB/Ac or 1 LB/1000 SF Jul 15-Aug15 Tall Fescue And 200 LB/Ac or 7 LB/1000 SF Brown Millet Or 35 LB/Ac or 3 LB/1000 SF Sorghum-Sudan Hybrids 30 LB/Ac or 3 LB/1000 SF 4.Mulch with straw applied at the rate of 75-100 LB/1000 SF. * Heavily mulched during January- March period. SLOPES GREATER THAN 3:1 TO 2:1 1.Apply agricultural lime at the rate of 90 LB/1000 SF. 2.Apply 10-10-10 commercial fertilizers at the rate of 20 LB/1000 SF. 3.Seed in accordance with the following schedule and application rate. DATE TYPE PLANTING RATE Mar 1 -Jun 1 Sericea Lespediza scarified & 50 LB/Ac or 11 LB/1000 SF Mar -Apr Add Tall Fescue or 150 LB/Ac or 32 LB/1000 SF Mar -Jun Add Weeping Lovegrass 5 LB/Ac or 1 LB/1000 SF Jun - Sep 1** Tall Fescue and 60 LB/Ac or 12 LB/1000 SF Brown Top Millet 35 LB/Ac or 3 LB/1000 SF Sorghum Sudan Hybrids 30 LB/Ac or 1 LB/1000 SF Sep- Mar 1 Sericea Lespediza 70 LB/Ac or 14 LB/1000 SF unhulled-unscarified Tall Fescue 150 LB/Ac or 32 LB/1000 SF Millet or Sudan 20 LB/Ac or 1 LB/1000 SF **Temporary- Reseed September 1 at recommended rates. 4.Mulch with 3" straw applied at the rate of 50-90 LB/1000 SF. 7464 Matchpoint Septic System Page 11 April 4, 2017 Sherrill's Ford, Catawba County, NC CALCULATIONS FOR A GROUND ABSORPTION SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM USING SEPTIC TANK, TS-II ADVANCED TREATMENT, AND A LOW PRESSURE SUBSURFACE DRIP DISPOSAL SYSTEM TO SERVE AN EXISTING 3 BEDROOM RESIDENCE 7464 MATCHPOINT SHERRILLS FORD, CATAWBA COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA April 3, 2017 Prepared for: Joann Okada 7464 Matchpoint Sherrills Ford, NC 28673 Phone: (704) 746-2292 Prepared by: °\\\X%j111i1j111 PIEDMONT DESIGN ASSOCIATES, P.A. `��`° �`j` C D4/ - 125 East Plaza Drive, Suite 101 Mooresville, NC 28115 Phone: 704-664-7888 = 27 Fax: 704-664-1778 �p =; 04 -Z`l� NCBELS No.: C-1007 'o0,�, '".�?►�ciN ,, p�� FIELD FLOW Jab Description: 7464 Matchpoint,Sherrill's Ford,Catawba Co.,NC Contact: Joann Okada Prepared by: Piedmont Design Associates,PA Date: 3-Apr-17 Please fill in the shaded areas and drop down menus: This spreadsheet is aguidefor small systems with residential waste&is not a complete h Worksheet 1-Field Flow Total field Total Quantity of effluent to be disposed per day 360 gallons/da Hydraulic loading rate 0.125 gallons I s .ft./da Minimum Dispersal Field Area 2,880 square ft. Total Dispersal Field Area 2,880 square ft. Flow per zone Number of Zones 1 zone(s) Dispersal area per zone 2,880 square ft. Choose linespacing between WASTEFLOW lines 2 ft. Choose emitter spacing between WASTEFLOW emit 2 ft. Total linear ft.per zone minimum required 1,440 ft.per zone Total number of emitters per zone 720 emitters per zone Select Wasteflow dripline(16mm) Wasteflow PC-1/2gph dripline Wasteflow Classic Wasteflow PC-1/2 ph Wasteflow PC-1 gph Pressure at the beginning of the dri field 45 psi Feet of Head at the beginning of the dri field 103.95 ft. What is the flow rate per emitter in ph? 0.53 gph Dose flow per zone 6.36 gpm Note: A few States or Counties require additional flow for flushing. Please check your local regulations. Flush velocity calculation below is for PC dripline. Classic dripline requires less flow to flush than PC. Please refer to Geoflow's spreadsheet"Design Flow and Flush Curves"at www.geoflow.com or call 800-828-3 If required,choose flush velocity 1.2 ft/sec How many lines of WASTEFLOW per zone? 7 lines Fill in the actual length of longest dripline lateral 265 ft. Flush flow required at the end of each dripline 0.89 gpm Total Flow required to achieve flushing velocity 6.22 m Total Flow per zone-worst case scenario 12.5819pm Select Filters and zone valves Select Filter Type Vortex Screen Filter Recommended Filter item no. AP4E-1.5F 1 i Screen Filter 0-20 m Select Zone Valve Type Electric Solenoid - Recommended Zone Valve item no. 0 0 Dosing Number of doses per day/zone: 10 doses Timer ON.Pump run time per dose/zone: 5.40 mins:secs Timer OFF. Pump off time between doses 2:18 hrs:mins Per Zone-Pump run time per day/zone: 0:56 hrs:mins All Zones-Number of doses per day/all zones 10 doses/day o:Wasteflow Design Spreadsheet V.2014G 4/3/2017 PUMP SIZING Job Description: 7464 Matchpoint,Sherrill's Ford,Catawba Co.,NC Contact: Joann Okada Prepared by: Piedmont Design Associates,PA Date: 4/3/2017 Please fill in the shaded areas and drop down menus: ' This spreadsheet is a guide for small systems with residential waste&is not a complete hyc Pressure losses may be grossly overstated,particularly if designing with WASTEFLOW CIE The letters on the diagram(right)match the letters in section 2 below. Worksheet-Pump Sizing Section 1 -Summary from Worksheet 1 Flow required to dose field 6.36 gpm Flow required to flush field 6.22 gpm Flow required to dose&flush field 12.58 gpm Filter AP4E-1.5F No.of Zones 1 zones Zone valve Dripline Wasteflow PC-1/2gph Dripline longest lateral 265.40 ft. Section 2 Ft of head Pressure A. Flush line-Losses through return line Select Pipe from dropdown menu PVC schedule 40 Select Flush Line Diameter 1-1/2"inch Length of return line 130 ft. Equivalent length of fittings 26 ft. Elevation change.(if downhill enter 0) 5 ft. Pressure loss in 100 ft of pipe 0.32 ft. 0.14 psi Total pressure loss from end of dripline to return tani 5.5 ft. 2.38 psi B. Dripline-Losses through Wasteflow dripline Length of longest dripline lateral 265 ft. Minimum dosing pressure required at end of driplinE 23.10 ft. 10.00 psi Loss through dripline during flushing 8.45 ft. 3.66 psi Total minimum required dripline pressure 31.55 ft. 13.66 psi A+B, Minimum Pressure required at beginning of dripfield CALCULATED pressure required at beginning of dril 37.06 ft. 16.04 psi SPECIFIED pressure at beginning of dripfield(from 104.0 ft. 45.00 psi Great!SPECIFIED Pressure is greater than CALCULATED Pressure requirement.Go to next step C. Drip components-Losses through headworks Filter 11.6 ft. 5.00 psi Zone valve pressure loss(not in diagram) - ft. - psi Flow meter pressure loss(not in diagram) 0.75 ft. 0.32 psi Other pressure losses ft. - psi Total lass through drip components 12.30 ft. 5.32 psi D. Supply line-Minimum Pressure head required to get from pump tank to top of dripfield Select Pipe from dropdown menu PVC schedule 40 Select Supply line diameter 1-1/4" inch Length of supply line 130 ft. Equivalent length of fittings 26 ft. Height from pump to tank outlet 7 ft. Elevation change.(if downhill enter 0) 5 ft. Pressure loss/gain in 100 ft.of pipe 2.53 ft. 1.10 psi Total gain or loss from pump to field 16.0 ft. 6.91 psi Total dynamic head 132.2 ft. 57.23 psi Pump capacity* -Field Flush Flow 12.6 gpm 57.23 psi -Field Dose Flow 6.4 gpm -Filter Flush Flow -gpm - psi Pump Model Number Orenco PF201012 Voltz I Hp I phase 230V 11 HP 11 PH Note: Pump capacity flow assumes flow in dripline does not change daring a dose cycle. With Wasteflow Classic this c For more accurate flows please see Geoflow's Flushing worksheet. it you need assistance designing lot this additional flow,please a. See Geoflow flushing worksheet or b. Contact Geoflow at 800-838-3388. Geoflow,Ina Pump Selectian Worksheet,V.2003H 4/3/2017 DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH,ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION Sheet of� PROPERTY ID#: ON-SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH SOILfSITE EVALUATION COUNTY: for ON-SITE WASTEWATER SYSTEM (Complete all fields in full) OWNER: / JP a� f t�y�� APPLICATION DATE ADDRESS: Q zori6 `j — .� DATE EVALUATED: / PROPOSED FACILITY: Q P (?POSED DESIGN FLOW(.1949): 360 . PROPERTY SIZE: 0+7'Z7ac LOCATION OF SITE: �4 � ck Lava, PROPERTY RECORDED: e� WATER SUPPLY: ate ❑Public EI-Well ❑Spring ❑Other EVALUATION METHOD: Lel Auger Baring El Pit ❑Cat TYPE OF WASTEWATER: swage ❑Industrial Process ❑Mixed P R SOIL MORPHOLOGY OTHER IF 1 (,1941) PROFILE TACTORS L 1940 E LANDSCAPE HORIZON POSITION/ DEPTH SLOPE% (IN.) 1942 PROFILE.1941 .1941 SOIL .1943CLASS .1956 ,1944 STRUCTURE/ CONSISTENCE/ WETNESS/ SOIL SAPRO RESTR &LTAR TEXTURE MINERALOGY COLOR DEPTH CLASS HORIZ o- 9 .SCc. ,�,sbi; ss s ' RC, wosb)( -r Ss P PS t^56)c -Cr SSP -rewsAo r,c/_,. Po `l KYCL u r&W I-r.5 5 SP rew av C.s AP f1— '! Cr SS 5 ��5°la 3- S> ccsbk f�Ir 55'51? 5 RCirrS sbk �► .� Frio a�► _ 3-.3s- rn ? 36"`rr ` ROcL vuf`cbk � $5 51 �sAP3�«,. *e .!{„. RVQ spy. t 0- 3 .3- 3? RSC wMs4k 1= 5 P Ftw fa nepl• P5 3 31' f RC wmAbkJSbk Fr Ss sn �lwb6nta. a� J y - ►a ?e cc w�,,k � sss P c. �Q �N'errJ Pc4 L �s IS% 4- !a BCL rims x re sssP DESCRIPTION INITIAL SYSTEM REPAIR SYSTEM O'T'HER FACTORS{.1946): Available Space(1945) PS SITE CLASSIFICATION(1948): •q[a Q�^f EVALUATED BY: S'A ski, R41,445 System Type(s) it '� � �'� OTHER(S)PRESENT: U.-a J.�ne/ Site LTAR .I ZS IU14 ' COMMENTS: Updated February 2014 SOIL/SITE EVALUATION Sheet of {Continuation Sheet-Complete all f ell in full) DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES PROPERTY ID#: DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH DATE OF EVALUATION: ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION COUNTY: ON-SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH P R SOIL MORPHOLOGY OTHER F (.1941) PROFILE FACTORS ' .1940 F LANDSCAPE POSITION/ HORIZ 1941 .1941 SOIL ON . .1943 .1456 .1944 PROFILE # SLOPE% DEPTH STRUCTURE/ CONSISTENCE/ WETNESS/ SOIL, SAPRO RESTR CLASS (IN.) TEXTURE MINERALOGY COLOR DEPTH CLASS HORIZ &LTAR L Gr r 5-5 mac" r L 53 lIf b L k!'i.5 0'/2 Com,, t'/ f•�� 3&-5'Z 3pC wrAgl'K tr 55 P C.Fe dr t. cw. ��u 0-/Z iea,cK L'yi+t,.•. lZ 3RCL w"s-6JC 5: SP r - s WwSSkMAI( SS F, p -irs 7CL w�s�k 4r SIB VAR L,MASs �' Ss SP O - I q $s 1 �r Fr FS ' I'�- k8 sC wpsbk T'sssP5f-lrP �S"af c VW41 COMMENTS: Updated February 2014 c . 11 �� llZ ll ��° lull 111 7,� lllll lllllllllll lllllllllll D Ln r, ,6 n 8l � O 00 co Cm ,p 0 O c V) 0-9 9 m O m CP / m U7 O O C m0 m� n ..fie �C) 00 w-'� f © O.., MM O x7 d x o,� 01 .91 L � m a i*r 1s �� N ° zm �. '.. O< 1 Q r FTI N F I r N n m 0co 0 ➢ \ f Fn tea' �(� a llllll40 llllll we - - 11111 Lp Cq 1 ° �lll nlilll ° lull CIP� D A ZZZZZWMMM pp0j (JIVO)WOd 8�l `l r is c0 W � O� WCTN � � %r; o C5 0 4� Wj04 m0Wc000Ntp p0000C:,0 O0dO00p .pgp cz� ro® ._ gyp r*I � �L �C2r`Z� mm no i ao ox // ' 4 •- �D .' ' -_ z r-ri 4•/ g 0 0 ;Dc� O m 0-9 A � n p00 # CJ1V PCJrV + IM Om 4U, N00 --J ---J N) qp LA �� W�(1100�[�D�+dhJ IM Z r On 00 7 �b 0 -�-i a.nll' m0 D x z 4 �� ll 70 1-0! K I m I z IL I - en s u ,� c0 tz Q rILI o .. isf..., e"'. :.. m 00 .a O m r IM o g z r* n ter" r m bD r lllllllllll cp - 1 llr^gv11lll oz,-Km oom :rwl `� p laoml� rIM ` V r-, n r W 1 2�g�Z�l 00 m 0 1 1 1 , IM IM m,A l l l l l 00 lllll111111 lllllll1111 r� O C : n z m E� V CO m IM Fn L-n r v ♦� `, /�� n 7 b v m Q n0`a„5r41rllip'.�: O 'T7 O O n� rl z ¢ IM S z '.T�l �'�77Vd 4`%iA?•- m z�D S_ Zi O �`A W m Cy 14 41, Ru)=: W 00.= O S O �1 9 70w 0. ' rrrrrr,illl„u� \ i� a m �k b y Lm rn nor) Z vi s r� v a rn CD ----------- u u 241 311- V) 1 � 61 I 1 / ✓4 r - Y [1{ n t M � r'. 1 i - ' 15' 1 1 1 'f E I I ...._.... j ' _171 211 r� n 00 O �Z 70 9--j '0m 0 7oz� z Wbd Cn N.N. Z p m n O 70 nM Z ONM- 7Kmf+M ntj-o"m I O� r� znVi bd D r-V)V)W �O M:K OO_O Cn V)70 V)70 C: b bd CJI 7nC z 0 OD I (nom TI D SOV Z 0 . M..0070 _ Z70n70Xm Z� f'lz UI m (n f'lNIU -i X \ OW a a a 70 w di AO vAi CD mp r < e m c D ` £ o �O £ = z m o 0 0 A _ N OD ty£ O� N OD l m \\ (/):K �m D q' dV) ., m C .. k7 79 z d Z 3 C N D W H m OD m N Z G/I ^ W 7c4fl o zoN- bd c w Cl)tv 0or r-M�zR' 0 (4M 7w�0 m �Z0{Z C �-JIUM- rO MX o c, x n � 0 r bd bd --i r 0 0 £ m m r vz M O m O O D 2 D 2 M = _7 v o n Z - N Z Z bd O £ X O X W p D Z n f'l m 0 7C .C. I D Z o D U m C M O O = X X = t7 ? N W m Ll £ m 70 � TI TI m n V O W fl z 1 m fTl _ Z O O O Z oo -q W CZ m Z 3 Z r = D O o � V n Z m m .n. Z A W ..i Z C D � i � � bd z z m m m V V n rn N z m c -u o go 8' 7C 7C V A D N � N 2 Z r- o m o D ON L- tdC p Tn CNV -< m V Cvm� 71) M O O o -9 M �O f-�0 NF- ZMm (n D CD n O N CJI ON JO -z- a D r r .�. m m D 3 C7 N bd D Z m m O Z z M z CD �C 7C � I D 7C �< m I W N m m rn rn m C . � 70 70 O r p o p p z td M -< ,-p TI TI VnFFm = r� O p' n c Z A O 'K M VO CJI A C11 70 � m DO O oo m LA n zo m m mro J o �, pm � D - ZO � m 3 Cl) m N D c� D �_ /�_H o (n(4 V) `! bdO-0D 1 D79� W TI O m I T� V pD N 1'R CD r W 0 Submittal Data Sheet Fiberglass Access Lids °� Orenoo Systems' Incorporated 1-800-348-9843 Applications General Orenco Fiberglass Access Lids are used as riser covers, Orenco Fiberglass Access Lids are molded using fiberglass pump basin covers, and access port covers. Lids fit Perma- reinforced polyester resin encapsulating a wood core.The fin- Loc, Ultra-Rib, KOR FLO,and Ultra-Corr pipe. ish is green and the top surface is textured to provide a non- skid surface. (Gasketed lids include a polyurethane or neo- prene gasket.) Lid comes with either two or four 1/4" stainless Actual View steel flathead socket cap screws and a hex key wrench. Orenco Fiberglass Access Lids are capable of supporting a 2500 Ib.wheel load;however,they are not designed or recom- Elm mended for vehicular traffic. Standard Models FL18G-4BU,FL21G,FL24G, FL24-413,FL24G-4BK, FL30G, FL48G Cutaway View Nomenclature FL❑❑0-0-❑-❑ FL244B Wood Core T`Riserpipe: Blank=Ultra-Rib,Perma-Loc K =KOR FLO,Ultra-Corr I.D. Col or: Blank=green Gasket B =brown Attachment method: Blank = 2-bolt-hole lid(30"diameter only) Gasket Groove 4B = 4-bolt-hole lid(24"diameter only) 4BU = 4-bolt-hole lid Ultra-Rib(18"and 24"diameter only) Options: G = gasket V = vent CF= carbon filter I2 = 2"insulation I4 = 4"insulation Lid diameter:18",24",30",48" Specifications Fiberglass lid Dimensions Model FL18 Model FL21 odel F Model FL30 Model FL48 O.D.(in.) 20.25 22.5 26.25 32.0 53.875 Groove I.D.(in.) 17.5 20.25 23.25 29.5 47.5 Avg.Thickness(in.) 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.0 1.5 Options Available Feature Model Code Adder Optional/Standard Air Vent V Optional Carbon Filter' CF Optional Lid Insulation I2 or I4 Optional 'For more information on this option,refer to the Carbon Filters Submittal Data Sheet,NSU-RLA-CF-1. 2Blue styrofoam;R-value per 2"increment is 10. Materials of Construction Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Wood Core Neoprene or Polyurethane Gasket ©2004 Orenco Systems®Inc. NSU-RLA-FL-1 Rev.6.0,©6/04 Page 1 of 1 Technical Data �:1lf CO Access Risers Ultra-Rilfm Grenc-Systems Incorporated 1-800-348-9843 Applications General Orenco's Access Risers provide access to septic tank open- Orenco Ultra-Rib"Access Risers are constructed of ribbed ings and can be cast into the tops of concrete tanks,bonded PVC pipe and are available in 12", 18",21",and 24"diameters. in place,or bolted down using a riser tank adaptor.They can They can be ordered in 3-inch increments in lengths up to 13 also be used as valve enclosures. ft for 12"and 18"diameter risers,and up to 14 ft for 21" and 24" diameter risers. Standard Models RR12XX,RU18XX, RR21XX, RR24XX Nomenclature R00000+0+0 RR24XX Discharge grommet: 10 = 1" 12 = 1-1/4" 15 = 1-1/2" 0 = 2" Splice Box: S = 1"grommet installed(for Orenco SBI-SB4 splice boxes) L = 1-1/4"grommet installed(for Orenco SB5,SB6 splice box) S1 = SBI attached S2 = SB2 attached S3 = SB3 atached S4 = SB4 attached L5 = SB5 attached L6 SB6 attached SX = Predrilled hole for external splice box* XS = Explosion-proof splice box for simplex pumpsf XD = Explosion-proof splice box for duplex pump,f XT = Explosion-proof splice box for triplex pwnpst Riser height(inches) Riser diameter:12"�_,18"$,21",24" Routing code: U = Ultra-RibTI.IN" R = U tra-R ibTM:12",21",24" Riser Minimum riser height 18" t Used in Class T Division i environments #Not intended for use over pump vaults Materials of Construction Ultra-Rib'"PVC Pipe: PVC Specifications Model RR12XX RU18XX RR21XX RR24XX 1.D. 11.74 in. (298 mm) 17.65 in.(448 mm) 20.5 in. (521 mm) 23.50 in. (597 mm) Wall Thickness- excluding ribs 0.10 in. 13 mm) 0.19 in.(5 mm) 0.25 in.(6 mm) 0.20 in. 15 mm) O.D.- including ribs 14.60 in.(371 mm) 19.44 in.(494 mm) 22.63 in.(575 mm) 28.50 in.(724 mm) Weight per foot(meter) 5 Ib(7.4 kg) 11 Ib(16.4 kg) 15 Ib(22.3 kg) 19 Ib(28.3 kg) ©2008 Orenco Systemsm Inc. NTD-RLA-RR-2 Rev.1.0,© 4/08 Page 1 of 1 FT 111104 00-00 M A- 0 FTPSO436-28NC l For customized options(e.g.,NC indicates North Carolina regions) jn Indicates float bracket attached i Indicates flow modulation plate installed 3 Cartridge height,28"and 36"are standard g g i Housing height,36"and 44"are standard ffl ;l Indicates filter diameter(inches) W=fits 3034 outlet pipe S =fits schedule 40 outlet pipe I` ' P=1/16"filtration Blank=1/8"filtration ` Biotube effluent filter series `< FT00022-14 B0 TAdd codes for standard options: A=float bracket `t Base inlet model = y `;. E .:.-.•-,., Cartridge height, 14"standard Housing height,22"standard Indicates filter diameter(inches) 08 = 8" —' 12 = 12" P = 1/16"filtration --. Blank = 1/8"filtration Biotube effluent filter series r j FT J 1111 0418 M A- 0 - < 7For customized options(e.g.,NC •;:y indicates North Carolina regions) Indicates float bracket attached ^" Indicates flow modulation plate installed ;_ } Cartridge height(inches) 000 Indicates filter diameter(inches) `%<'�•'" W=fits 3034 outlet pipe = S=fits schedule 40 outlet pipe P=1/16"filtration Blank=1/8"filtration Jr.seriesf Biotube effluent filter series . ••••••••• FT 10 0418 -0-D For customized options(e.g.,NC indicates North Carolina regions) TW—fits 3034 outlet pipe S=fits schedule 40 outlet pipe Cartridge height(inches) Indicates filt r diameter(inches) P=1/16"filtration Blank=1/8"filtration Insert series Biotube effluent filter series Installation Manual 0 AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment Systems ResidentialApplications Orencor Orenco Systems ;�icorpOraierJ 1-800-348-9843 +1-541-459-4449 www.orenco.com o Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • How To Use This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3 Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3 Standard Unit Components And Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 Installation Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 Installation Steps Step 1: Review or Sketch Site Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 Step 2: Perform Excavation(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 6 Step 3: Set Septic Tank(If Needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7 Step 4: Set AX-RT Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 Step 5: Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 8 Step 6: Partially Backfill Excavation(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 9 Step 7: Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 Step 8: Test Tank and Adapter Seams for Watertightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 10 Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 Step 10: Install Effluent Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 Step 11: Connect Tank-to-Unit Transport Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11 Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 Step 14: Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 12 Step 15: Perform AX-RT Operational Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 13 Step 16: Complete Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 15 How To Use This Manual This manual contains an Installation Overview and a set of Installation Steps. • Installation Overview—This is a simple overview of the installation steps. Its purpose is to help you quickly see the suggested order of operations for installing an AX-RT unit. It is intended as a summary only—it does not provide complete instructions. • Installation Steps—This provides general instructions for each installation step along with references to detailed installation docu- ments for specific components. Many Orenco products come with installation instructions and all of these instructions are also provided in hard copy form in our Orenco Installer Binder. Contact your Dealer or Orenco for a copy of the binder,or find individual instructions online in the Orenco Document Library at www.orenco.com.There are also steps in this manual covering operations performed before and after the AX-RT unit is installed that are necessary to successfully complete the installation. You will find IMPORTANT information, Key Points, and Notes in this manual, marked with easy-to-see visuals: OIMPORTANT—These point out potential hazards to equipment or people during and after the installation. QKey Points—These are critical for a quality installation and must be completed in order for your installation to be successful. Notes—These cover useful information and tips that can help make your installation simpler or easier.They may also provide information on variations in components or methods. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 2 Installation • Before You Begin T At Orenco,we work hard to make your installation as easy and"hassle-free"as possible.This manual provides basic information for installing AdvanTex AX-RT T11 treatment units. It is not intended to replace installer training or requirements and instructions detailed in your engineering plans. If you discover any inconsistencies between your engineering plans and the instructions in this manual, contact your engineer or call your AdvanTex Dealer. If you are not an Authorized AdvanTex Installer,contact your local AdvanTex Dealer for training and authorization before installing this system. The Dealer can provide technical support,training, and replacement components.To find the nearest Dealer, check the Distributor Locator page at www.orenco.com. If there is no Dealer in your area, call Orenco Systems, Inc. at(800) 348-9843 or+1 (541) 459-4449. Before you begin this installation, read this entire manual and any reference documents you may need to be familiar with to complete the installation.Also, be sure that the instructions for these products are the most current ones available. Please note that you must perform the installation according to the current manual or the AdvanTex° Treatment Systems Limited Warranty will be void.You can make sure your instructions are current by checking our online Document Library at www.orenco.com.You'll save time and money on installation day, and you'll get fewer call-backs. QKey Point:Inspect your order for completeness and inspect each component for shipping damage. Check to be sure instructions and items supplied comply with your state and local regulations. Carefully read and follow all instructions. Improper installation may void warranties. OIMPORTANT The backwash discharge from a salt-type water softener MUST NOT be plumbed into an AX-RT Treatment Unit or the preceding septic tank. Failure to follow this instruction, or any other in this manual, will void the system's warranty. Contact your AdvanTex Dealer if you have any questions about any household plumbing arrangements that may interfere with the functioning of the system. Note:All pipe diameters provided are U.S. nominal PVC pipe sizes. If you are using metric pipe,you may need adapters to connect to the U.S. fittings supplied with AdvanTex Treatment Systems. Septic Tanks Used in AX-RT Treatment Systems Be sure that any septic tank used in an AX-RT Treatment System meets the following conditions: •The tank must conform to an approved and authorized tank design for AdvanTex Systems, and it must meet all applicable regula- tory requirements (no pour-in-place tanks, no homemade tanks, etc.). Call your local Dealer for specifics. •The tank must be structurally sound. •The tank must have at least 1000 gal. (3800 L) capacity for an AX20-RT, 1250 gal. (4730 L) for a 5-bedroom AX25-RT, and 1500 gal. (5680 L) for a 6-bedroom AX25-RT at the normal operating level (below the invert of the outlet). •The tank must have an at-grade access with a watertight, securable and removable lid. If it doesn't, an at-grade access must be installed onto the septic tank and be made watertight. •The tank must be watertight and free of leaks. • An Orenco effluent filter (model FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, or FT0822-14B) must be installed in the septic tank. Key Point:For existing septic tanks—the tank's depth of burial must allow for a minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. If sufficient fall cannot be met, a grade ring extension must be installed on the AX-RT or a pumping system will need to be installed in the septic tank to move the filtered effluent to the AX-RT unit. (Contact your Dealer for assistance.) Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 3 ' Lpstallation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • Standard Unit Components And Functions Standard Components(AX20RT-MODE1 B shown): O Septic tank inlet tee O Recirc-pump system m Discharge pumping system O Biotube®effluent filter O Manifold and spin nozzles ®AX-RT outlet O AX-RT inlet and tee O Textile media ® Passive air vent O Treatment tank(recirc/blend chamber) O Tank baffle m Splice box ©Recirc-transfer line m Treatment tank(recirc/filtrate chamber) ® Control panel,not shown O m O © XfD © O O m ©] O Side view,septic tank Side view,AX-RT unit ------- ------------- O EE FR mm © O m --- Top view,septic tank Top view,AX-RT unit Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee. In the septic tank,the raw sewage separates into a scum layer, a sludge layer, and a clear zone. Effluent from the clear zone passes through a Biotube® Effluent Filter and is discharged to the recirc/blend chamber of the AX-RT unit.The effluent flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system, which pumps filtered effluent to the distribution manifold in the top of the unit. Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided—by means of a tank baffle —between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit. The recirc pumping system's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel. It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short periods (usually 40-60 seconds),typically 72 times a day.These frequent"micro-doses,"which optimize the treatment process, occur throughout the day to maintain the proper biological environment. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 4 Installation • Installation Overview T Step 1: Review the site plan. If there is no site plan, draw up a plan including locations and distances. Step 2: Perform the excavations for the AX-RT unit and (if needed)the septic tank. Step 3: If the septic tank has not been set, set it according to the manufacturer's instructions. Step 4: Set the AX-RT unit. Step 5: Install antibuoyancy deadmen on the AX-RT unit (if needed). Step 6: Partially backfill the AX-RT unit and (if needed)the septic tank. Step 7: If the tank adapters and risers have not been installed on the septic tank, install them according to the manufacturer's instructions. Step 8: If no watertightness test has been performed on the tank and the tank-to-riser connections, perform a watertightness test. QKey Point:The tank and tank-to-riser connections must pass this test before the AX-RT is connected to the tank. Step 9: Perform a watertightness test of the AX-RT unit's midseam. Step 10: If the effluent filter has not been installed in the septic tank, install it according to the manufacturer's instructions. Step 11: Connect the transport line from the septic tank outlet to the AX-RT unit. Step 12: Connect the passive air vent to the AX-RT unit. Step 13: Connect the discharge line to the AX-RT outlet. Step 14: Install and test the control panel and wiring for the AX-RT unit. Step 15: Perform an operational test of the AX-RT float switches and pump(s). Step 16: Complete the backfilling of the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank. Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 5 o Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • Installation Steps Discharge to Step 1:Review or Sketch Site Plans r drainfield T Check the site plan for the specifics of your installation. Key Point. If you're installing the AX-RT unit more than 20 ft(6 m) 5 lice I Passive I AX RT unit boxes • from the septic tank,contact your Dealer for assistance. vent L y Step 1 a: Detailed Site Plan Provided Make sure that the plan accurately reflects conditions at the site. If it <_ 12 ft z ft doesn't, contact the Designer before scheduling the installation. 4-ft in. Step 1 b: Plan Of Limited Detail Or No Site Plan Provided Cpanel ontrol (minimum distance) fall If you are installing the AX-RT unit with a plan of limited detail or with no plan, "{ contact your local Dealer for assistance and then sketch a site plan that is Cleanout Outlet consistent with the Designer's specifications: riser OSeptic tank Q Key Points: s ft ' Sketch the exact positions of the system components, pipes, electrical conduits, etc.Account for current and likely future landscape features 14 ft in the sketch. (See Panel Installation, EIN-CP-GEN-1, for recommenda- tions for installing control panels.) A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot(10 mm per meter or 1%) is required to the septic tank,with noo antibuoyancy measures installed. This is a sample sketch an AX-RT unit installed parallel from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. Distances and estimated fall from the septic tank's invert of 0 The invert of the inlet on the AX-RT is 46 in. (1168 mm) up from the the outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet are included. base of the unit.The outlet is 24 in. (610 mm) down from the top of the unit for pump dispersal or 41.5 in. (1054 mm) down for gravity dispersal. 0 The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished grade when set and level. Standard unit height is 72 inches (1830 mm); grade rings increase height by 6 or 12 inches (152 or 305 mm). 0 If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires 18-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides. 0 If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank,a minimum of 2 ft(610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank. 1777777 ':':"': ;' ' ;:' If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the `J unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces- sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary. Step 2:Perform Excavation(s) Step 2a: Before excavating, consider the necessary elevations, offsets, and :J^ ? grade requirements for the AX-RT unit and (if needed) the septic tank. Step 2b: Perform the excavation(s). ,. Q Key Points: Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for excavating the tank area. A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) is :..... required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. AX-RT units require 18-24 inches(457-610 mm)space on all four sides when installed in their own excavation. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 6 Installation • Installation Steps Step 2.Perform Excavation(s), cont. Step 2c: Make sure the bottom of the excavation is suitable for setting the AX-RT unit and if needed the tank: stable, smooth, level, and free of debris, ( ) rocks, and other sharp objects. ,' s QKey Points: t • Follow the manufacturer's instructions for bedding the tank. 1,r • If the bottom of the excavation is uneven or rocky, lay a 4-1n. (I00-mm) r� r bed of sand or pea gravel and compact the material to create an even, smooth surface. f Step 2d: If the bottom of the excavation is unstable, stabilize the bottom of the excavation before continuing. • For unstable base soil (peat,quicksand, muck,soft or highly expansive clay, etc.),you may need to over-excavate the site depth and set a firm,6-in. (152-mm)compacted base of s 1/z-to s 3/n-in. (13-to 19-mm)aggregate Make sure the excavation is stable,smooth,level,and free or pea gravel. from debris, rocks,and sharp objects. • For extremely unstable soil, you may need to pour a concrete layer to stabilize the bottom of the excavation. • If you have doubt about the soil's stability, consult a local civil or struc- tural engineer. Step 3:Set Septic Tank(if Needed) Set the septic tank according to the manufacturer's instructions. Use Fiberglass Tank Burial instructions(NIN-TNK-1)to install Orenco's 500-gallon through 2000-gallon (2000-L through 7570-L) Fiberglass Tanks. OIMPORTANT- Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation when placing the tank. Key Points: •The tank has to be set at the correct depth to connect to the sewage inlet. • A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot(10 mm per meter or 1%) is required from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 7 o Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • .001 Installation Steps Step 4:Set AX-RT Unit Step 4a:Attach proper lifting equipment to the lifting points on the AX-RT unit. Step 4b: Carefully lift the unit and lower it into the correct position. 5 , M,' '�';i, 2.�� Step 4c: Remove the equipment when the unit is set and level in position. J�t(,1J,, ;: � � ; . ,1• � � IMPORTANT Take care to keep everyone clear of the excavation when placing the unit. Use a lifting device that will not damage { :.t $��iii,1�,/i :� ) ,<�.;._�.r-i`6r^•.. the unit or the unit's lid. Key Points: A minimum fall of 1B inch per foot(10 mm per meter or 1%) is required from the septic tanks invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit s invert of the inlet. «•NS;->` -`- The bottom of the AX-RT lid must sit 2 inches (50 mm) above finished Lower the AX-RT unit into position, grade when set and level. • If the AX-RT unit is installed in its own excavation, the unit requires 15-24 inches (457-610 mm) of space on all four sides. • If the AX-RT unit is installed in tandem with the septic tank, a minimum of 2 ft(610 mm) separation distance is required between the unit and tank. • If the AX-RT unit is being installed parallel to the septic tank, offset the unit from the tank by 6 ft (1.8 m) if antibuoyancy measures are neces- sary or 4 ft (1.2 m) if antibuoyancy measures are not necessary. ® Step 5:Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed) li = Determine if antibuoyancy deadmen are necessary-III=1�I—HI y y y for the installation. illillillillillil Orenco offers antibuoyancy hardware kits that can be used with Orenco illillTllil- fiberglass deadmen or concrete deadmen. I I1 I I11' 11 0 Deadmen are recommended for all installations. III—i 0 Deadmen are re wired if there is a potential for groundwater to be pres- 18-24 in. ent in the excavation at any time, or if surface runoff can fill the excava- (460-600 mm) tion at any time, resulting in a"bathtub" effect. Note: This effect occurs in dense soils when water fills an excavation during surface water runoff—usually during a heavy rain event— before the disturbed soil in the excavation has had time to settle. 0 If you are unsure whether to install antibuoyancy deadmen or not, con- sult the system Designer or an engineer. Step 5a: Installing Orenco Fiberglass Deadmen Step 5a (i): Build up a 3- to 4-inch (75-to 100-mm) lift of soil on each ilH side of the unit for the deadmen to rest upon. Step 5a (ii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both 12 in.(300 mm) sides,with the antibuoyancy kit hardware.Then lower the unit into the hole. When using Orenco fiberglass deadmen,be sure to place them Step 5a (iii): Place the deadmen at least 12 inches (300 mm)from the on a small lift of soil 12 inches(300 mm)from the bottom of bottom of the unit, and make sure they are level. the AX-RT. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 8 MEMIL. Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • Installation Steps Step 5:Install Antibuoyancy Deadmen (If Needed), cont. Step 5b: Installing Concrete Deadmen Notes: • We recommend preparing concrete deadmen off site before installation. •PVC forms for concrete deadmen can be made from 12-in. dia. x 4-ft long(300-mm x 1200-mm long)PVC half-pipe or chamber material. • Wooden forms for concrete deadmen can be built 12-in. wide x 6 in. tall x 4 ft long(300-mm x 150-mm x 1200-mm). Step 5b (i): Fill two forms halfway with concrete. Step 5b (ii): Place two#4 reinforcing bars in each of the forms. Step 5b (iii): Finish filling the forms. Step 5b (iv): Sink eyebolts from the antibuoyancy hardware kit into the concrete for attaching the deadmen later. Step 5b (v): Let the concrete set completely before moving the deadmen. Step 5b (vi): Use appropriate lifting gear to set the deadmen in place. Step 5b (vii): Secure the deadmen along the length of the unit, on both sides,with the antibuoyancy hardware kit and make sure they are level. Step 6:Partially Backfill Excavation(s) I I iO=I 1 11 11-1 I i_ Partially backfill around the AX-RT unit and (if needed)the tank. Follow the I_IiI Tllllillilli, manufacturer's instructions for backfilling around the tank. Follow the steps -1I ll 111111 below to backfill around the AX-RT unit. -1111 OIMPORTANT Bolt down the AX-RT lid before backfilling!Bolting down the lid increases rigidity and helps prevent deformation. Step 6a: Fill the AX-RT with 16 in.(410 mm)of water on both sides of the baffle. Step 6b: Backfill around the unit with a 16-inch (410-mm) layer of material. UF QKey Points: • Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 1/4-in. or 19-mm) rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use <_ 3/ inch ( 19 mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material.This material should be washed, free-flowing, and free of debris. • Do not backfill with sand. Step 6c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor. Step 6d: Fill the AX-RT with water to just above the midseam flange on both IMPORTANT.' sides of the baffle. Do not backfill around the Unit Step 6e:Add another 16-inch (410-mm) layer of backfill. Unless the lid is bolted down! Step 6f: Compact the fill to 2-3 inches (50-75 mm) below the midseam flange. Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 9 o Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • Installation Steps Step 7:Install Adapters and Risers (If Needed) Step 7a: Install tank adapters if needed. Follow the manufacturer's instructions. Use PRTA24 and PRTA30 Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-PRTA-2) ls;uy,, ss �:-�-.�.�•.ft��> !ti instructions for installing Orenco PRTA24 or PRTA30 Tank Adapters. Use RRFTA and RRFTA3O Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-RRFTA-1) .1)\��" :�f� 1 Y 1�fKrN\rlY.lam; instructions for installing Orenco RRFTA or RRFTA3O Tank Adapters. �� 'i{�i' 'r` Use FRTA3O-FRP Tank Adapter Installation (NIN-TA-FRTA-1) instructions for See Orenco's PVCAccess Riser Installation(NIN-RLA-RR-1) installing Orenco FRTA3O-FRP Tank Adapters. instructions for installing access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters. Use Tank Adapter Installation for Roth Tanks(NIN-TA-RR-2) instructions °{:11.rl:3 ' <s. for installing Orenco FRTA24-R or Orenco PRTA30 Tank Adapters on Roth Fralo tanks. s�.��•�::�,� � its�•_•,,�.• ,., ,.Z °� ;y�,,:>�!<<-,rsl,t�t;•'�j ,?�=; f �. 'N t"> �? an Ste 7b: Install the access risers and �S�}�:;�j.t��j�l•'x�j)rte`' 'for �,l��c p Y necessary rommets. 9 Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions for installing �:� access risers on Orenco Tank Adapters and grommets in access risers. f. Q Key Points. The seam between the tank and the tank adapter has to be watertight. Watertight seams are critical for proper performance. ' Watertight seams and penetrations are critical for proper performance. • Before installing the riser, make sure the riser is the correct height—the recommended riser height is 2-3 inches(50-75 mm) above final grade. • Before installing the riser, make sure that the riser penetrations are made at the correct height to make connections. • Before installing the riser,make sure the penetrations are aligned correctly. • After installing the riser,make sure all adhesive seams are free of voids,with smooth,continuous fillets. • After installing the riser, make sure the adhesive is set before continuing. Step 8. Test Tank and Adapter Seams For Watertightness Step 8a: Test the tank for watertightness if it has not been tested already. Note:Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for watertight- ness testing. Some manufacturers require the tank be fully backfilled before testing watertightness. Step 8b:Test the tank-to-riser adapter seams for watertightness. Use PVC Access Riser Installation (NIN-RLA-RR-1) instructions to test the seams between the access riser,tank adapter,and tank for watertightness. QKey Points. Watertight seams are critical for proper system performance—the seams between the access riser,tank adapter,and tank must all pass the water- tightness test before you continue. Follow all applicable regulations and manufacturer's instructions for water- tightness testing. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 10 Installation • Installation Steps Step 9: Test AX-RT Midseam for Watertightness Step 9a: Make sure the AX-RT unit is filled with water to 1-2 inches (25- 50 mm) above the midseam flange on both sides of the tank baffle. Step 9b:Wait 15 minutes and then inspect the midseam flange for leaks. There should be no drop in liquid level and no visible leakage from the seam. Step 9c: If there is any leakage, contact your Dealer for information on repairing the AX-RT unit. Step 10:Install Effluent Filter Install the effluent filter after the tank has been water tested. Fill AX-RT unit with water to 1-2 inches (25-50-mm)above Step 10a:Verify the model of the effluent filter. the midseam flange on both sides of the baffle. • Orenco's FTSO444-36V, FTW0444-36V, and FT0822-14B filters are the only models allowed for use with the AX-RT Treatment Unit. Step 10b: Dry test-fit the effluent filter on the septic tank's outlet pipe. Key Points: • Make sure the filter is plumb. • Make sure the filter is snug to the tank wall with enough clearance for easy removal of the filter cartridge. Step 10c:Secure the filter to the outlet pipe with one of the following methods: • Glue the filter onto the tank outlet pipe with primer and glue, or • Secure the filter with a stainless steel set screw. Step 10d: If necessary for ease of access, extend the cartridge handle with a longer length of 3/-inch nominal (20-mm DN) Schedule 40 PVC pipe. Step 11: Connect Transport Line from Tank to AX-RT Step 11a: Dry fit the 4-inch (100-mm) transport line and any fittings Effluent filter installed on the septic tank outlet. between the outlet of the septic tank and the inlet of the AX-RT unit. QI Key Point.•Confirm there is a minimum fall of 1B inch per ft (10 O mm per m or 1%) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. Step 11b: Glue all of the transport line pieces in place. ____ ___ OIMPORTANT Do not use primer on ABS parts. 1/8 inch minimum fall Confirm a minimum fall of 1B inch per foot (10 mm per meter or 1%) from the septic tank's invert of outlet to the AX-RT unit's invert of the inlet. Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 11 o Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systems • • Installation Steps ® Step 12: Connect Passive Air Vent Use 2-inch (50 mm) PVC pipe to plumb the passive air vent to the 2-inch Passive air vent (50 mm) vent fitting that protrudes from the outlet side of the AX-RT unit. QKey Points: • Install the vent within 20 ft (6 m) of the AX-RT unit, preferably near a wall or other location that will protect it from damage. • Make sure the vent line is sloped back a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot (20 mm per meter) so that it can drain back into the unit. =]P1 Make sure there are no "bellies" in the line that can collect water. Make sure the vent's top is a minimum of 3 in. (75 mm) above final grade. Install the vent within 20 ft(6 m)of the AX-RT unit. ter° \`tel Notes: The air vent can easily be hidden by shrubbery or landscaping. The air vent can be painted to better blend in with landscaping. Step 13: Connect AX-RT Outlet to Transport Line Glue the AX-RT discharge plumbing line to the transport line for final discharge. ® Step 14:Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring QKey Points: }ifs' This step should be performed by a licensed or qualified electrician. ''� %•'�>�-�• ;'��`r r�� , ' Installation instructions,schematics, and wiring diagrams specific to the panel and float switch configuration are included with each panel. If any of these is missing,contact your Dealer or Orenco for a replacement. =cz: Step 14a: Install the splice box(es)on the AX-RT using the instructions that came with it. Step 14b: Mount the panel using the instructions that came with it. IMPORTANT DO NOT mount the control panel on an exterior wall other than a garage or shop wall!The motor contactor makes a sound s, while engaging and disengaging that can be disruptive to residents. Key Points: Wire control panel. 0 Follow all applicable regulations for placement of the control panel. 0 Mount the panel within sight of the tank in a service-friendly location. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 12 Installation Orenco' Installation Steps . Step 14.Mount Control Panel and Perform Wiring, cont. Step 14c: Route wires and connect the panel, pump,float switches,and other equipment shown in the instructions and schematics into the control panel. OIMPORTANT Follow all applicable regulations and electric codes. QKey Points: • Use watertight wire connectors to avoid electrical shorts and other issues. • Be sure to seal the conduit at the control panel and at the splice box with UL-listed sealing foam, putty, or silicone sealant. Note: To help identify wiring runs for individual pumps and float switches, use different-colored wires for each electrical component. Step 15.Perform AX-RT Operational Test OIMPORTANT Before using a generator to operate a pump, contact '%,; , . ' s-;� `•'' your Dealer or Orenco to make sure it can supply sufficient starting r�ti �� ' I T' amperage to the pump. v J. > •r t!. Step 15a: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzles face upward. - < __ ;;; :. ;,' i Ny%% -r �>•-� Step 15b: Remove the cap at the end of the manifold. ' s Step 15c:Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "MAN"for Rotate the manifold so spin nozzles face upward. 10-20 seconds to flush any debris out of the manifold. r OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the AX-RT's recirc/blend chamber to safely run the pump. Step 15d: Rotate the manifold so that the spin nozzle faces down and reinstall the cap on the end of the manifold. Step 15e: Install the pressure gauge on the manifold. Remove the cap at the end of the manifold. Step 15f:Toggle the recirc pump"AUTO/OFF/MAN"switch to"MAN"and adjust the gate valve for a pressure gauge reading of 3.0-3.5 psi (20.7-24.1 kPa). Note:If the manifold won't pressurize to 3.0-3.5 psi(20.7-24.1 kPa), check for debris, line breaks, or broken valves, and verify that the pump has sufficient power. Contact your Dealer for additional assistance. Key Point:Check for complete spray coverage of the textile media and Adjust adjust the pressure as needed for complete coverage. Install gate valve pressure Step 15g: Toggle the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN"switch to "OFF." gauge Step 15h: Remove the pressure gauge. Step 15i: Return the recirc pump "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switch to "AUTO." Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 13 Orencoo Installation Manual. AX-RT Treatment Systemj�� Installation Steps Step 15:Perform AX-RT Operational Test, cont Step 15j: If the system uses a VCOM control panel, use the instructions that came with it to place the control panel in "Test Mode." If the system uses an MVP control panel,go on to the next step. Step 15k: Check the operation of the recirc chamber's float switches by raising and lowering the low-level, mid-level, and high-level float in turn and verifying that each performs its intended function. • If the AX-RT unit has a discharge pump, continue to step 151. • If the AX-RT unit has an MVP panel and gravity discharge, go to step 150. • If the AX-RT has a VCOM panel and gravity discharge, take the panel out of "Test Mode" and go to step 150. OIMPORTANT Always make sure there is enough water in the AX-RT's discharge chamber to safely run the pump. Step 151:Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN"switch to "MAN" and verify the pump runs. Step 15m:Toggle the discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN"switch to "AUTO." Step 15n: Check the operation of the discharge chamber's float switches by raising and lowering the low-level, mid-level, and high-level float in turn and verifying that each performs its intended function. For units with a VCOM control panel, take the control panel out of"Test Mode." Step 150: Make sure the recirc pump and (if equipped) discharge pump's "AUTO/OFF/MAN" switches are toggled to "AUTO." Step 15p: Close and bolt down the lid on the AX-RT unit. NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.orenco.com Rev.3.0,1110/14 Page 14 Installation • Installation Steps Step 16: Complete Backfilling ® 2 in.(50 mm) r above final grade Key Points: •When backfilling, be careful not to alter the slope of pipes. Brace the pipes or place the pipes on a compacted bed and carefully fill around them. Ti III T • Before backfilling, make sure the AX-RT unit's lid and all riser lids are I 111 111-1 F bolted down. III III III I Step 16a: Backfill the septic tank excavation if it has not yet been done. Follow the tank manufacturer's guidelines for backfilling. _ _ _ Stepl6b: Backfill and compact around the AX-RT unit in maximum 12-inch Maintain minimum 1/$in. (305-mm) lifts. (10 mm or 1%)slope QKey Points: MTI III • Do not use native material to backfill if it is primarily sand; very soft or Backfill the AX-RT in 12-inch (300 mm) lifts. highly expansive clay; or if it contains debris, large (> 3/-in. or 19-mm) rocks, sharp rocks, peat, or muck. In these cases, use 3/-in. (5 19 mm) rounded gravel, crushed stone, or pea gravel as fill material.This material should be washed, free-flowing, and free of debris. • For installations in non-cohesive soils*with high seasonal water tables, use 3/-inch crushed rock as the backfill material. • Do not backfill with sand. Step 16c: Compact the fill thoroughly with a mechanical compactor. n Key Points: •The bottom of the AX-RT lid should sit 2 inches (50 mm) above final grade. • After backfilling, call the system's Service Provider to arrange for the official System Start-up. Step 16d: Be sure the AX-RT unit's lid is closed and secured. Step 16e: Be sure the septic tank's access lids are secured. *As described in OSHA Standards(29 CFR,Part 1926,Subpart P,Appendix A),noncohesive soils or granular soils include gravel,sand,or silt with little or no clay content.Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry.Cohesive soils include clayey silt,sandy clay, silty clay,clay,and organic clay.Cohesive soil does not crumble,can be excavated with vertical sideslopes,is hard to break up when dry,and when moist,can be rolled into threads without crumbling.For example,if at least a 2-inch(51-mm)length of 1/8-inch(3-mm)thread can be held on one end without tearing,the soil is cohesive. Orenco Systems®Inc.,814 Airway Ave.,Sutherlin,OR 97479 USA • 800-348-9843•541-459-4449•www.arence.com NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 Rev.3.0,®10/14 Page 15 Installation Manual AdvanTex® AX-RT Treatment Systems Residential Applications r "w0AdvanTex Treatment System AX-RTN Models meet the requirements of NSF/ANSI -.�w Standard 40 far Class I Systems. C&US LISTED ausi�a=.r. Orenco' ' 1-800-348-9843 NIM-ATX-AXRT-1 +1-541-459-4449 Rev.3.0,©10/14 Orenco Systems®,Inc. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ,a , e .�. - e - . .rr s �r . pY �../Imo• .�. _. Part 1 : Start-Up and Routine Maintenance of AdvanTex° Residential O&M Wastewater Treatment Systems MANUAL Orenco Systems® Incorporated Changing the Way the World Does Wastewater'` 800-348-9843 541-459-4449 www.orenco.com www.vericomm.net AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Introduction As an authorized AdvanTex Service Provider,you play a crucial role in Orenco's AdvanTex Program. Orenco has always advocated regular,professional servicing of all onsite systems...not just during the warranty period but for the life of the system.Regular servicing optimizes the treatment process and protects the property owner's investment.It also ensures that onsite systems protect public health,protect iP, .... > c: the environment,and are viewed as a reliable,sustainable technology. ` Orenco relies on you to perform the Advansystem start up,do Tex a 1 routine(scheduled)maintenance,and respond to calls for unscheduled maintenance(alarm calls).We also rely on you to keep in contact with the homeowners or property owners,review the Homeowner's Manual ''h.r with them,advise them on preventive maintenance,and work to keep the r :.c system under a continuous service contract.Equally important,we rely y . ;;< x•'"-� 3" ^'= on you to keep good service records on the system,creating a"history" - ;F of its performance. To make your job easier,Orenco has created one of the most service-friendly and trouble-free onsite systems on the market.Then we paired that system with a remote telemetry control panel,to allow you to"view"the system right from your computer.And we've provided a Web-based business tool— advantexservice.com—to help you file and retrieve system data automatically,schedule service events, and manage service technicians. Finally,we've provided classroom and field training,as well as support materials,like this 0&M Manual. Please read this manual thoroughly,for up-to-date information on the best practices for system start-up and routine maintenance.You can find information about troubleshooting in Part 2 of our 0&M Manual: Advanced Service Tips and Troubleshooting Guide. We're very proud of our AdvanTex Treatment System.Like all our products,it has gone through extensive research,development,and field-testing.Then each component is built to written specifications and subjected to quality review,before shipping.In addition,our AXN models meet the requirements of NSF- ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems.If any component of this system does not meet your expectations, please call your authorized AdvanTex Dealer. Thank you,in advance,for your knowledge,your conscientiousness,and your good work. .•,A.•T,�''- .. ;:�r - :.a.1j�: .C�=-Z'i�y�s: ._f�,�.'i;�tr�•r=�...'.'-........ -.... - � •�,sr s - �.:.r.'sir �L�i'S:»-'"::i,`.s,�fC _ rd's'.." y +�_/•� h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Table of Contents &MA� ❑ Introduction....................................................................................2 ❑ Unscheduled Field Maintenance Report.....................................20 ❑ Typical Site Plan for an AdvanTex Treatment System...................4 ❑ Performing Unscheduled Field Maintenance.............................21 ❑ How the AdvanTex Treatment System Works...............................5 • Unscheduled Maintenance Procedures.......................................21 ElEquipment List...............................................................................6 • Notification of Site Condition.......................................................21 • Site Condition at Time of Call......................................................21 ❑ Start-Up Checklist.........................................................................7 • Field Sam plin /Observations 21 ❑ Completing the Start-Up Checklist................................................8 • Conditions at Site.......................................................................21 • System Start-Up Procedure..........................................................8 • VCOM ATRTU Board(if applicable)..............................................21 • Planning the Start-Up...................................................................8 • Cause of Malfunction.................................................................22 • Before Leaving the Office.............................................................8 • Services Rendered.....................................................................22 • At the Site....................................................................................8 • Parts Used.................................................................................22 • Primary Treatment.......................................................................9 • Notes/Final Recommendations...................................................22 • Secondary Treatment.................................................................10 • Final/Safety Inspection...............................................................22 • Other System Components.........................................................12 • Time/Date/Signature..................................................................22 • Control Panel.............................................................................12 • Final/Safety Inspection...............................................................13 El Change of Service Provider Authorization..................................23 • Homeowner's Package...............................................................13 ❑ Changing Service Providers........................................................24 • Back at the Office......................................................................13 ❑ Appendix 1:AX2O Timer Settings Worksheet..............................25 ❑ Scheduled Field Maintenance Report.........................................14 ❑ Appendix 2:Float and RSV Settings............................................26 ❑ Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance.................................15 • Typical RSV Levels.....................................................................27 • Homeovvner Communication......................................................15 • Typical Float Levels....................................................................27 • Retrieve 0&M Info......................................................................15 • Perform Field Sampling/Observations.........................................15 • Check Control Panel...................................................................16 • Inspect/Clean Recirc Pump System............................................16 • Measure Sludge/Scum...............................................................17 • Inspect/Clean AdvanTex Filter.....................................................17 • Cleaning the Sheets...................................................................18 • Inspect/Clean Discharge Pump System.......................................18 • Inspect/Service Other System Components.................................18 • Additional Services Rendered.....................................................18 • Final/Safety Inspection...............................................................18 • Summary/Recommendations.....................................................19 • Comments.................................................................................19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of 0renca Systems ,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from OrenCo:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Typical - Plan for • - - System I AdvanTex®AX20 Filter Pod provides advanced secondary treatment. I I I House I I I I Building sewer line conveys I wastewater from Pump basin house (on some systems) 9 Watertight processing tank provides primary treatment. I Y A Final dispersal(shallow gravelless drainfield, Y drip system,shrub irrigation,water reuse, I lagoon,wetland,etc.)or STEP collection (not shown) Y y7 I I I 1 � I � Y A , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE How - AdvanTex TreatmentSystem The AdvanTex Treatment System consists of a watertight processing nitrogen from the effluent is required. tank and the AX2O textile filter pod.Wastewater from the home flows After recirculating several times,the effluent is discharged,either to the tank,where natural biological and physical processes provide primary treatment. In the primary chamber of the tank,the wastewater directly from the processing tank or after first being collected in a separates into three layers:a floating scum layer,a bottom sludge pump basin. Depending on the design for a particular site,the treated effluent may be discharged to a drainfield,an underground drip layer,and a relatively clear layer of liquid effluent in the middle. irrigation system,a constructed wetland,an effluent sewer(STEP) From the secondary chamber,a pump draws liquid effluent through system,or a reuse system.The system may include equipment for the Biotube®filter and sends it to the AX2O pod.There,the effluent ultraviolet(UV)disinfection before ultimate dispersal of the effluent. is sprayed over hanging sheets of porous synthetic textile media. Properly sited, installed,and operated,a Residential AdvanTex Microorganisms live in this moist,oxygen-rich (aerobic) environment. Treatment System can treat wastewater to 10 mg/L BOD and 10 As effluent trickles over and through the sheets,the microorganisms mg/L TSS.This level of treatment is better than what municipal remove impurities from it. wastewater plants provide.The system can also be configured to Effluent recirculates between the tank and the AX2O pod. In Mode 1, reduce nitrogen levels as required locally.When effluent treated in this the most common configuration,the effluent recirculates to the way is dispersed to the soil, natural processes purify it further,and it second compartment of the tank. In Mode 3,effluent recirculates to eventually returns to the underlying water table,where it can be used the first compartment.This mode is used where maximum removal of again. 0 Fort Lid 0 ppp— Access y -- Riser PSW0 Components of a Residential AdvanTex®Treatment System (Mode 1)Listed by Flow Path D Two Chamber Processing Tank 7 ° © Biotube®Pump Vault © Biotube Filter D Effluent Pump © Discharge Assembly ;!,— D AdvanTex®AX2O Filter Pod ,F t D Recirculating Splitter Valve(RSV) ov D Float Switches D External Splice Box M VeriComm®Control Panel u 'N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of 0renca Systems' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Equipment Routine maintenance and troubleshooting requires a variety of tools, For Repairs equipment,and spare parts.We recommend that an Authorized AdvanTex • Adhesive(ADH100,SS140,SSI 15) Service Provider have the following items at hand: • Control panel parts(circuit breakers,motor contactors, For Routine Inspection and Maintenance relays) • Cordless drill with 3/16-in.Allen wrench for lid bolts on risers • Effluent pump(s) and pod • Extension cord • Extra lid bolts • Flashlight • Sludge and scum measuring device(e.g.,Nasco Sludge • Hand tools(pliers,wrenches,screwdrivers,drill bits,hammer, Judge"for sludge and Orenco SMUG for scum) shovel,hand saw,etc.) • Hook for raising floats to test them • Heat gun or torch for bending conduit • Biotube®filter cradle(OM-BIOTUBECRADLE) • Inspection mirror(e.g.,Prototek"Mirror on a Stick") • Bronze threaded check valve,for measuring pump flow rate • Plumber's snake in systems with drainbacks • PVC cement and primer • Backpack pressure washer • PVC fittings,3/4 in.to 2 in.(20-50 mm) • Trash pump(and generator,if pump is electric)for removing • PVC pipe,3/4 in.to 2 in.(20-50 mm) solids from discharge basin • Spare parts for downstream components(e.g.drip • AX20 manifold brush(AX-LATERALBRUSH) headworks,UV) • AX20 sheet cleaning wand(AX-CLEANINGWAND) • Waterproof wire nuts • Handheld computer(PDA)with Bluetooth®Kit or laptop with • Wire stripping/crimping tool null modem cable(optional,to turn pump on and off at a • Float switches distance from the panel) • Electrical tester(voltage and amperage) For Troubleshooting • Phone line tester(available from RadioShack°) • Digital camera • Dissolved oxygen(DO)meter or colorimetric ampoules • Watch or timer • Sample bottles • A copy of Part 2 of the AdvanTex 0&M Manual:Advanced • Turbidity meter Service Tips and Troubleshooting Guide(AIM-OM-ATX-2) • pH meter or pH test strips For Personal Hygiene and Cleanup • Test strips for nitrate,ammonia,alkalinity • Bleach/water solution • Tape measure • Eye protection • Calculator • Hand cleanser • A copy of the AX20 Installation Instructions(NIM-ATX-AX-1), • Paper towels for reference • Protective clothing • Rags • Rubber gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. , , , , , , , , , , , , mp,��, ,�,o,m�, ,ox,��, ,m8,m,c,p,m,pm,wm, ,n,mmm,, z��, ,m,�, mc,Do,nm, m�, ,o,��, ,m,m,m,mm, ,owx�mwa�, 'out' , ,nu,m�mmw, , , ,f'ro'm,om�, ,o�,n,��, , , ,o,��, ^ mm,D,M,-Am�, , ,.mm/�.�omo AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing - • Checklist System Start-Up Procedure If the installer answers"yes"to these questions,then the system is ready Your System Start-Up visit provides final confirmation that the system has for start-up. been correctly installed and is ready to function properly.It also acquaints A typical start-up visit takes about an hour.Arrange to meet the system you,the service provider,with each individual system,so that you are installer at the site so that he or she can answer any questions you may familiar with any special components or requirements. have about the installation.The installer should bring the site plan or as- built.If the system owners can be present too,this is a good opportunity The AX20 Start-Up Checklist(SCL-ATX-OM-1),shown on the preceding for them to learn how the system functions.As part of the start-up,you page,will help you remember to complete all the steps needed to check will need to review the Homeowner Package with the homeowners or,if the system's functions.While you don't need to return the Start Up the house has not yet been sold,with a representative of the homebuilder. Checkhi tto Orenco,we recommend bringing a copy to the start-up and You can do this at the start-up visit,or arrange a meeting prior to the checking off the steps to make sure that you perform all of them. start-up. As part of the start-up,you'll also download a computer-generated Start-Up Summary Reportfrom advantexservice.com and fax it to the fax number Before Leaving the Office on the bottom of the form.An automated system will add the report to the Download the Start-Up -,,,,„,,,, „ data file for that system on advantexservice.com.This will confirm that the Summary Report from www. R.1M_.-e Rept ABC B.Pt.S system ,t-Up Bs system is ready for operation,so that Orenco and the Advani Dealer can advantexservice.com.The topT a`yBep°" confidently warranty it and your service contract can begin. of the form should be pre filled with information about � the site.If any information is �W�, missing,fill it in.You will fill out the rest of the form at the site f✓ .. ,,, as you go through the start-up µ M... �� e, ;6",.. , procedure. If the system does not have a discharge tank or basin and r discharge pump,note that in nq � 1 the Start-Up Summary Report AA At the Site Planning the Start-Up Ask the system installer about the size,material,and manufacturer of When the installer calls to tell you that the system is ready for start-up, each primary tank and discharge tank or basin,and record it on the Start- ask the following questions: Up Summary Report.Also record the serial number of the AX20 pods. • Did the electrician connect the panel to the home's electrical ,�V99;�`�M service and turn the power on? u "` vanTex • Did the installer test the control `� y � �' •Treatrrent panel to make sure it was functional? 2Qm - • Is there phone service,or,at f ,` minimum,is the phone line physically connected to the panel? t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing the Start-Up Checklist (continued) Primary Open the risers of the tank and of any discharge mrecirculation tanks or basins. WARNING: Donot enter tank. Entering utank without proper confined space procedures and equipment can cause serious injury, asphyxiation, or drowning. [] Proper inlet tee installed. |nthe inlet riser ufthe primary processing tank,make sure that the inlet tee iopresent,firmly attached,and plumb. Raise the bottom float to stop the alarm.Ayellow LED should light up. || Discharge plumbing properly installed. Next,raise the middle float,ifitiopresent.Noalarm should sound,but |nthe outlet riser,make sure that the discharge plumbing inproperly another yellow LED should light up. installed through uwatertight grommet.The threaded connections should When you raise the top float,the alarm should sound again and the third bohund'tight.and the ball valve should boopen.Look atthe pump to yellow LED should light up. make sure that itiothe model specified onthe plans,and record the model on the Start-Up Surnmaty Ue o || Floats set properly. Replace the float tree inits bracket,making sure it's properly mounted. Neatly coil the float cords,and secure them tuthe splice box.Measure the float heights from the outside top ofthe tank and verify that the heights are correct according tothe AX20Installation Guide.Record them on the Slart-Up Summary Ren NOTE: 0mnu,pmvides float and RSV settings for all tanks approved for use with Advan7ex Treatment Systems in your area.At start-up and during annual maintenance,you need only verify that the actual settings on the equipment match Orencos recommendations. If you need to adjust the settings to solve aproblem,see Appendix u []8p|ioo box mounted on u000xx riser.Watertight connectors used. |nx0a�the splice box�make nu��itinnaoum|ymoun�dinside or || F|uo1uxoomb|ymountodinQiniubo�vuu8. outside the riser;that connections have been made using watertight wire ElFloats operate properly. nuts;and that there ianowater inthe splice box.Wealso recommend that Before you test the floats,open the control panel and place itintest mode you seal the conduit using conduit seals orany electrically approved noa|unt bypressing and holding the red button unthe front for 15seconds.Inside the panel,the correct yellow digital input LED should light up.Release the button when the audible alarm chirps. |fyou can't see the inside ofthe control panel while you raise and lower the float switches,you may need ahelper.Pull the float tree out cfthe water.The floats will Oudown,the alarm will sound,and all the yellow LEDs should booff. ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing the Start-Up Checklist (continued) ❑ Pump operates in Manual. NOTE: Improper RSV settings are a common installation error,so please ❑ Pump operates in Automatic. check them carefully. ❑ Pump amps and volts checked. At the control panel,with the panel still in test mode,check the run ❑All pods installed level. amperage of the recirculation pump and discharge pump by placing the ❑All piping properly covered and compacted. clamp of an ammeter around the wire to each pump's circuit breaker and Check that each AX2O pod is installed level and that all piping is covered reading the amperage while each pump is running.You can run the pump with compacted fill. by holding the toggle switch on MAN.Amperage should be no more than the pump's maximum service factor amperage. r ;: .c sM s r S t `u .r; ,.rn' N. :4•,!D}r-r_.'.5..�:'�. i� •l._ .r+:-'•b::..r'r I ,,°• Y `i' ':N�rv»�',9:I-. ` �;1• 5,.° ,ijc'�i,r> I 1 ,�fii I Y. ❑Ventilation intake(s)properly located and installed. ❑Squirt height verified. ' First for the recirculation pump and then for the discharge pump,measure the voltage with the pump off,by putting the probes of a voltmeter on Open each AX2O pod and make sure that the ball valves at the �k G' each pump's terminals.Then measure the voltage with the pump running. ', �st The difference between running and rest voltage should be no more than end of the laterals are closed. f 3 percent.That is 3.6 volts Remove an orifice cover and ; Wzr fora 120 volt system,or 7.2 measure the squirt height. t Record the squirt height on the volts for a 240-volt system. Start-Up Summary Report as r`�`f]';J!•, ` u ' ` Release the switch back to t; "Residual Head Measurement." the AUTO position.Make sure ' �< ` ,•,.,�n a'�"'' the comes on as the El Discharge basin/tank um timer cycles.Timer cycles inspected for infiltration. :.. are shortened to about 30 ❑ Discharge basin/tank set seconds in test mode. level. Inspect the discharge pump basin or tank to make sure that it is set level Secondary Treatment i r and there is no sign of water infiltration. ❑Verify proper RSV setting. ❑ Pump and discharge plumbing are compatible. Measure the distance from the outside top of the tank to the top of the Recirculating > . ❑ Discharge plumbing properly installed. " ' Look at the um to make sure that it is the model specified on the plans, Splitter Valve(RSV)ball cage,and record it r •"�r � 'I" s pump p , on the Start Up Summary Reportr; fj ' r'' and record the model on the Start-Up Summary Report.Verify that the discharge plumbing is installed as specified on the plans;that it is properly installed through a watertight grommet;and that the ball valve is open. '�Al • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing the Start-Up Checklist (continued) ❑ Flow rate verified. 01 7(; � `7 J ❑ Dose volume verified. Determining the discharge pump's actual flow rate enables you to determine the dose volume(the volume of wastewater being treated in each dose)and to calculate timer settings. Knowing the dose volume also enables you to determine the volume of wastewater being treated in a given period.To do this,multiply the dose volume by the number of doses. To verify the flow rate,follow Steps 1 through 7,then verify the dose '. volume in Step 8. Step 1. Determine the gallons per inch(gpi)or liters per centimeter El Discharge floats operate properly. (Ucm)volume of the dosing tank or basin.A 24-in.(600-mm)diameter ❑ Discharge floats set properly. basin holds 1.88 gpi(2.8 L/cm).A 30-in.(750-mm)diameter basin holds Check the function and settings of the floats in the discharge basin/tank 2.96 gpi(4.4 L/cm).For tanks,consult the manufacturer's volume chart. as described under Primary Treatment Components,and record the float For Orenco fiberglass tanks,use Fiberglass Tank Volume Charts, heights on the Start-Up Summary Report as before. NCH-TNK-1. Step 2. You'll be running the pump for one minute during the flow rate NOTE: ensure proper system operation,check to make sure that floats test,so check the liquid level inside the tank/basin to ensure that there's are Orenco`A"or V"floats. enough water above the pump's minimum liquid level(MLL),or the lowest float(whichever is higher),to complete the test.For example,in w,>4:ae �li �t�`f � '� jL S •F"'e•:% 3.•f fa Pta`. one minute,a pump operating at 10 gpm(37.8 L/min)will draw down i40 ' °� approximately 5'/a in.(14 cm)of liquid in a 24-in.(600-mm)diameter �j, t .. .,.,�:�•s;,N::. basin,or 10 gallons=1.88 gpi=5'/a in.,or 37.8 liters-2.8 Ucm=14 cm So,to perform a flow rate test with the pump and basin in this example, you'd need at least 5'/4 in.(14 cm)of water above the MLL or the bottom float(whichever is higher).If there is not enough liquid,add some. Step 3. If your system isn't configured to drain back to the basin after El Splice box mounted in discharge access riser.Watertight each dose,skip to step 4.If your system is configured to drain back connectors used. to the basin,you'll need to account for the drainback volume in your Inspect the splice box in the discharge basin/tank to make sure that it is calculations.Or you can stop drainback during the test by temporarily securely mounted inside or outside the riser;that connections have been installing a threaded check valve between the pump and the pump dis- made using watertight wire nuts;and that there is no water in the splice charge assembly.This eliminates the need to measure drainback volume. box.Use conduit seals or electrically approved sealant. Step 4.To measure the flow rate,first measure the distance from the top ❑ Discharge pump operates in Manual. of the tank or basin to the liquid level.Record this as H1. ❑ Discharge pump operates in Automatic. Step 5. Using a stopwatch,hold the discharge pump's toggle switch ❑ Discharge pump amps and volts checked. on MAN for exactly one minute.Then switch off the pump.If the system Test the discharge pump and check running amps,running volts,and is configured to drain back into the tank or basin after a dose,wait until resting volts at the same time you check the recirc pump, drainback is complete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orence Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing the Start-Up Checklist (continued) Step 6. Measure the new distance from the top of the tank or basin to the liquid level.Record this as Hz. t r Step 7. To get the pump's flow rate,find the difference between Hz and H1.Multiply this number by the gpi(or L/cm)volume of the tank or basin. ,,I�jti ri, „' ,j ; Add the drainback volume(DB),if applicable.Then divide by the pump run time in minutes M.For this test,the pump run time in minutes should equal one minute. l:; Pump flow rate(gpm) _ [(H2-H1)x gpi]+DB or Pump flow rate(Umin)= [(H2-H1)x Ucm]+DB Control Panel T ❑ Proper timer settings. Important: At vericomm.net, enter the gpm value on the "Site Details" page Open the control panel and,using a handheld or laptop computer,verify as "Discharge Pump GPM."The VeriComm® panel will use it to automatically that the timer settings are appropriate for the installation.Record the calculate and record the system's actual flow rates,which can be used for reports, Panel ID(RTU or UL number)and timer settings on the Start-Up Summary troubleshooting,and determining timer settings. Report.Default timer settings are set for an occupancy of 3 people.This Step 8. To verify the pump's dose volume,multiply the pump's flow rate may also be adjusted at vericomm.net. (gpm or L/min)by the pump run time in minutes M—as determined ❑ Proper wire size used based on information provided by by float settings or timer operation,depending on panel model—and manufacturer. subtract the drainback volume,if applicable. Dose Volume(V)=(gpm x T)-DB, or $�' Dose Volume(V)-(L/min x T)-DB Dosing tank or basin H Starting level f H Ending level Drainback For Orenco components,the panel installation instructions provide correct volume (if applicable) wire sizes. ❑All electrical connections in panel secured. ❑ Panel wired per manufacturer's wiring diagram. Other System Components Check the panel to make sure that it is wired according to the diagram ❑ Disinfection equipment installed properly. clipped inside the panel's door.Gently tug on the wires to make sure they are secured in the terminals. ❑ Dispersal equipment operating properly. Verify that any disinfection and dispersal equipment specified on the plans ❑Service provider name/number written on "For Service is present,and follow the manufacturer's instructions to inspect it for Call" label. proper functioning.Record the disinfection equipment manufacturer and Write in your company's name and phone number, if it hasn't been the dispersal system type on the Start-Up Summary Report, done already. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Completing the Start-Up Checklist (continued) Final/Safety Inspection ❑All access riser f �✓d�( h•: isals` 1 ' , �. hardware is in place. Lids are secured. �'f�: , >'•% .fi �, ,, :l• ..:est ~�:•:-. El All splice box lids are " . secured. .r. Close and secure all pod, 'r;;,f?Ja� t i rser,external splice box, .��,,�..•�:� �> ,,�,suf� s .: and basin lids. tl f t We ^` - n 01 " ' �� V WARNING: If lid bolts are missing,replace them with spares.if you have ❑ Control panel functional test,as detailed in the Residential no spare lid bolts,fasten the lid with a self-tapping screw,and immediately AdvanTex Installation Instructions,has been followed. call your Dealer for replacement bolts. If the lid is unbolted or if the lid or riser are damaged, be sure to securely block access to the tank opening The installer should have performed this test during installation.If not, before leaving the site. Open tanks are hazardous,and children or adults perform it now. who try to enter them may be seriously injured,asphyxiated or drowned. Before performing the next step,return the panel from test mode to normal mode by holding down the alarm button on the front of the panel until the El Panel circuit breakers are in the ON position,panel is set alarm chirps. for automatic operation,and panel is latched(or locked if necessary). ❑ Dial tone verified. Make sure all circuit breakers are ON.If the panel is in test mode,it will If phone service to the panel is not yet connected,you will be notified later automatically return to normal mode in 30 minutes.To manually return it when the service is connected and the panel automatically starts calling in, to normal mode,hold the alarm button on the front of the panel down until If phone service is available to the panel,quickly press the alarm button the alarm chirps.Close and latch the panel,and lock it if necessary. on the front of the panel 15 times to force the panel to call in to the Make sure that the Start-Up Summary Report is completely filled out. VeriComm®Web site.The Modem Activity light on the VCOM board should Homeowner's Package light up. If the Modem Activity light does not light up,unplug the phone line from ❑ Homeowner's Package reviewed with homeowner. the phone jack on the panel and plug the phone line into a phone line Go through the Homeowner's Package with the homeowner,or with the tester,or a phone,to see if there is a dial tone.If there is no dial tone, builder's representative if the home has not yet been sold. come back and repeat the forced call-in test when phone service is activated to the panel.If there is a dial tone but the modem will not call in, ra • > , $.,; call your AdvanTex Dealer for troubleshooting assistance. ,r ❑ Control panel diagrams left in panel for future review. Remember to leave the diagrams in the panel. Back at the Office Fax the completed Start-Up Summary Reportto the number on the bottom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Scheduled Field Maintenance Report [:A:�dvanTex® Field Maintenance Report Property Owner/Tracking H Operator Site Address Contact Phone AX Site ID 4 County ID N Pod W RTU M/UL M Date of Last Inspection Retrieve O&M Info Measure Sludge/Scum Daily flow Sludge Scum Recirc ratio 1 st Compartment Current Previous Current Previous Timer settings: 2nd Compartment Current Previous Current Previous Inspect/Clean Advari Filter Inspect Clean Perform Field Sampling/Observations Odor: ElNormal El Pungent Laterals/Orifices ❑ ❑ Biomat: El Normal ❑Excessive Pod Bottom El El NTU(15±NTUs) pH(6-9) DO(2-6) Bridging/Ponding: ❑None/Minor ❑Excessive Intake Vent ❑ ❑ Inspect/Clean Discharge Pump System Odor of Sample Inspect Inspect Clean Riser/Lid 1:1 Floats 1:1 1:1Typical E:1 Musty ::1 Earthy ❑Moldy Splice Box ::1 Pump ❑ ❑ Non-typical E:1 Sulfide E:1 Cabbage E:1 Decay Float cords 1:1Oily film in PVU El Yes ❑No Foam in tank El Yes ❑No Inspect/Service Other System Components Inspect Clean Inspect Clean Check Control Panel Disinfection Equipment ❑ ❑ Dispersal Laterals/Orifices ❑ ❑ Recirc Amps Discharge Amps Observations Additional Services Rendered Audible and visual alarms ❑OK ❑Cleaned textile sheets? ❑Replaced UV items? El Replaced/Used other items? Dial tone(telemetry only) ❑Yes [_1No Parts Used:W=Warranty,B=Billable(✓appropriate selection) Inspect/Clean Pump System W B Item Number Description Inspect Clean Riser/Lid ..................... ❑ Splice Box.................... ❑ Float Cords................... ❑ Floats........................ ❑ ❑ Final/Safety Inspection Pump........................ ❑ ❑ ❑RSV reinstalled ❑Lids bolted on Biotube®Filter................. ❑ ❑ ❑Manifold reconnected;flush valves closed ❑Control panel reactivated Biotube Pump Vault ............ ❑ ❑ Summary/Recommendations Recirculating Splitter Valve....... ❑ ❑ ❑System performing;no further action needed ❑Tank needs pumping ❑Call for service ❑Other? Comments Signature Date Fax completed form to 1-866-384-7404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance Residential AdvanTex Treatment Systems require periodic servicing. AX20 systems need a six-month visit,a one-year visit,and annual visits* WARNING: Follow the precautions below when performing field maintenance on AdvanTex Systems. thereafter.AX20N systems require four visits during the first two years and annual visits*thereafter.Failure to provide required maintenance will void • Do not enter the tank.Entering a tank without proper confined space procedures and equipment can cause serious injury or death. the AdvanTex Treatment System warranty and may place the system out of compliance with local regulations. • Use proper personal protection equipment,such as rubber gloves and eye protection,as well as protective clothing,to cover parts of the body Homeowner Communication that will be exposed to wastewater or effluent. • When working on components that contact sewage or effluent,lay them Whenever possible,contact the residents when it's time for a service on a plastic sheet or place them in a trash can,not on the lawn.Several visit,especially if the residents are new to the home.The service visit is tools that reduce the mess of cleaning Biotube°filters and AdvanTex textile sheets are available from Orenco. an opportunity to talk with them about proper use of the system,so try to schedule the visit when someone will be there. • Turn off power to electrical components when working in splice boxes or the control panel or when disconnecting pumps. Retrieve O&M Info • When finished,use proper personal hygiene. Download the Field Maintenance Reportform for your site from www.advantexservice.com.The top of the form should be pre-filled with ❑Odor of sample information about the system. Sniff the sample and assess its odor.Record these observations about Perform Field Sam piing/Observations clarity_(NTUs)and odor on the Field Maintenance Reportform. When you arrive at the site,remove the lids from the risers and take ❑ pH of sample your sample before doing anything else,so that the sample won't be ❑ Dissolved oxygen of sample contaminated by material that you stir up while working.To sample effluent, Using pH test strips or a pH meter,check the pH of the sample and record remove the Recirculating Splitter Valve(RSV)from its quick-release holster it on the Field Maintenance Reportform.Values from 6 to 9 are normal. and set it aside.There will be enough of a trickle through the RSV plumbing Also check the sample's dissolved oxygen(DO)using a DO meter(or DO to collect a sample without waiting for the pump to cycle. field test ampoules),and record that on the form.Values from 2.5 to 6 mg/L are normal. IMPORTANT: To avoid contamination,do not run the pump manually or in test mode to obtain this sample. Wash down,brush,or wipe the ,f It i�, ,�.✓t�� ''1J.i'�tl. til� l/� i �iX'�'^'. RSV inlet before taking the sam- e,raNa7<V;1,,,,��t ple so there will be no contam- ination from dislodged solids. 7i�; } C t "# fV, Leave the RSV disconnected for the rest of the service call so that any debris you stir up does I 4,;'f not make its way to the drainfield. �,� s; r fr2'1 ❑Oily film in PVU ❑ Clarity of sample = ! .>':� Assess the clarity of the sample by I �, � >� El Foam in tank using a portable turbidity meter. ^ "v 1r Check the liquid in the pump vault(PVU)for an oily sheen,and the liquid in ;�r•< X, ,; the first compartment of the tank for foam or other unusual appearance. `Servicing intervals may vary according to local regulations. Record your observations on the Field Maintenance Reportform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance (continued) Check Control Panel ❑Splice box Open the control panel and place it in test mode. Open the splice box and make sure there is no water in it.If there is, remove the water with a sponge and repair the leak.If you disconnect any ❑ Run amperage connections,do not reuse the wire nuts when you reconnect them—use Check and record the run amperage of the recirculation pump and new ones. discharge pump.Place the clamp of an ammeter around the wire to each pump's circuit breaker and read the amperage while each pump is running.You can run the pump by holding the toggle switch on MAN. Amperage should be no more than the pump's maximum service factor `` t u'rfs (; amperage. Release the switch to the AUTO position.Make sure the pump comes on �i as the timer cycles.Timer cycles are shortened to about 30 seconds in test mode. :, ............ (( ❑ Float cords El Floats ` :=:;.:;. !► ' f3 Verity that the floats are in good condition and properly secured to the float tree.Verify that float cords are neat) wrapped y inside the riser so that they cannot interfere with the operation of the floats.Clean floats b hosing or brushing them so that debris falls back into the tank,not into the pump vault. 1 J,V,I • E-- t shy r .•'•��•:;: �` , .� , - �" ❑Audible and visual alarms ' i Check the operation of the floats and timers by lifting the float trees out of the tank and discharge basin and following the instructions clipped inside the panel door.Make sure that audible and visual alarms are activated :P•T• when the appropriate float is raised or lowered. ❑ Dial tone(telemetry only) ❑ Pump For systems equipped with VeriComm®panels,use a phone line tester or Turn circuit breaker off at service panel.Switch MOA and circuit breakers a phone to verify the presence of a dial tone. in control panel to"Off."Pull the pump and place it on a cleanable surface,like the riser lid,or in a plastic trash can.Check the intake Inspect/Clean Recirc Pump System screen;wash off particles as necessary.Record the kinds of particles ❑ Riser/Lid in the Comments section of the Field Maintenance Reportform and Make sure that the lid is intact,and replace it if necessary.Replace any report findings to user(for preventive maintenance).Reinstall the pump, missing lid bolts.Check for marks of liquid infiltration or exfiltration, checking to make sure the discharge valve is open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM, M,ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance (continued) ❑ Biotube®Filter Inspect/Clean AdvanTex Filter ❑ Biotube Pump Vault Open the AdvanTex Filter pod. Clean the Biotube Filter at every visit.Make sure that the RSV is out.Slide Biotube cartridge out of vault.Hold Biotube cartridge over open inlet of El Odor tank or primary compartment.Carefully spray build-up into tank.(rhe ❑ Biomat Biotube Cradle,available from Orenco,holds the Biotube Filter on the lip of ❑ Bridging/Ponding the riser and directs debris into the tank away from the pump vault.)Flush Check that the odor and appearance of the biomat are normal.Pungent vault bottom. or unusual odor,ponding(excessive liquid),and bridging(excessive solids) i S t{� fly }� are problems that need immediate attention.The Advanced Service Tips � > s, r r fr,{ fa : xs:v' � ' and Troubleshooting Guide can helpyou ascertain the cause.You may y y need to change the timer settings or discuss household habits with the system users. ❑Laterals/Orifices Inspect the orifice shields.A clean area around an orifice cover is a sign of a plugged orifice;clean these orifices out before cleaning the laterals. f z To clean and flush the manifold,open the flush valves at the ends of the laterals and brush or jet the laterals. ❑ Recirculating Splitter Valve Move the RSV from side to side to check that the balls move freely.Then verify that the liquid level in the tank is within the normal range.If it is low, the ball mechanism could be jammed in the seated position.If it Is high, r :, the RSV may not be making a tight seal when the balls are seated.Clean 4F `iv e rS �•;jrl f +� � 1 .4Sr'. the balls and replace the balls or the cage if necessary.Don't replace the :. RSV in the tank until you're ready to leave the site. Measure Sludge/Scum }`kf._' '� Measure sludge and scum in both ' r '; compartments of the tank,and record Z {S "'•> . the measurements on the Field Maintenance Reportform.Schedule :ter: •: ' 115 ❑ Pod bottom pumping of the tank when the bottom '+ Pull out a few sheets,inspect the pod bottom,and note any excessive of the scum layer is within 3 in.(75 buildup of debris.When you're done cleaning the manifold,remove the mm)of the flow-through port of . ; RSV from the tank,and run the pump for two or three minutes with the the tank baffle or when the sludge { '�>> flush valves open and the RSV removed to flush debris from the pod's accumulates to within 6 in.(150 mm) r, of the flow-through port. - + �. underdrain back into the tank.You can do this while you are performing other tasks.After flushing,close the flush valves and make sure the orifice Note any unusual appearance or smell of the tank's contents,and consult covers are on more or less straight.Replace the RSV in the tank. the Advanced Service Tips and Troubleshooting Guide,available from your El Intake vent AdvanTex Dealer,if necessary.If you find kitty litter,sanitary products, excessive grease,or other material that shouldn't be in the tank,talk to Make sure that the ventilation intake is not damaged or blocked,and the residents of the home and remind them not to flush those things. clean or replace it if necessary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance (continued) Inspect/Clean AdvanTex Cleaning Wand,a hose,or a backpack pressure washer(at low Discharge Pump System pressure).Wash debris down into the pod,where it will drain back into the El Riser/Lid processing tank. ❑Splice box ❑ Replaced UV items? ❑ Float cords ❑ Replaced/used other items? ❑ Floats Document any equipment replaced and any additional observations. ❑ Pump Final/Safety Inspection If there is a discharge pump basin,inspect it and its components.Clean Review the Field Maintenance Report form to ensure all activities have floats and pump by hosing them.If you pull the pump,check to make sure been performed. the discharge valve is open after reinstalling. ❑ RSV reinstalled Over time,solids may accumulate in the discharge basin.Use a trash If you haven't done so already,replace the RSV. pump to pump these solids into the inlet end of the processing tank. ❑ Manifold reconnected and valves closed Inspect/Service Make sure that the flush valves at the ends of the AX20 laterals are Other System Components closed. ❑ Disinfection equipment ❑ Lids bolted on ❑ Dispersal laterals/orifices Replace all lids and tighten all lid bolts. Follow the manufacturer's instructions to inspect and service other S'rGi components of the system. Additional Services Rendered❑Cleaned textile sheets? .ti� '}`�• �. -,£� �,yr"-"t�?�"'�'.;"�•f?�,,��',�,�+.'=`3n`:�.... ,�','. � - You should not need to clean the textile sheets every year,but it may be 's= » .: •rr s��`�f`'; :r. ' i•'.Yiirf.�R�sy..;j�'�}='s y •t�� ' •3�y1� � a k •• y necessary now and then.Don't clean them unless the buildup of biomat ,.. •� s4fr{' . is bridging across the sheets,because removing too much of the biomat ''' inhibits the system's treatment performance. r LY nn r° •i � '_1` � r ti. r2;`�r + Kf, t ` v :�.,z�.,, 4�ir �rr4.§rt� � .�o. fr�C`'>;� !�.t•-,. M j } WARNING: If lid bolts are missing,replace them with spares.If you have no spare lid bolts,fasten the lid with a self-tapping screw,and immediately call your Dealer for replacement bolts.If the lid is unbolted or if the lid or "^; A s c ;• t r riser are damaged, be sure to securely block access to the tank opening § r�,.,;,,; t°zr.. a ,�s ✓ before leaving the site. Open tanks are hazardous,and children or adults who try to enter them may be seriously injured,asphyxiated,or drowned. If you need to clean the sheets,remove the RSV so that solids can freely drain back to the tank.Then clean the sheets one by one with the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-oM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. . d — � O&M PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance (continued) a ❑ Control panel reactivated Summary/Recommendations Make sure that all circuit breakers have been switched back on.The panel ❑Treatment system is performing;no further action necessary. will automatically return from test mode to normal mode in 30 minutes. To manually return it to normal mode,hold down the alarm button on the ❑Call for service front of the panel until the alarm chirps.Close and latch the panel,and ❑Tank needs pumping lock it if necessary. ❑Other? ,lh`''};ti y��' ��, " `"`, Check-off or document final recommendation(s).Back at the office, t s� schedule any necessary follow-up. Comments Record any additional observations from your visit on the Field Sl ��,(�+ � '4„i5''S �� f{�1 t,��'•^ js �• Maintenance Re ortform,along with information about equipment Ji'�.rr, r,.f•,�rs.s ij$,\�,t +�� r��ltLut� y�. repaired or replaced. Fax the completed form to the number on the bottom.The automated i:5��`�iS?�:' •Sr�N� Zt` :Ns,�';t1yr t��Nftf �} j' (� , t r1 •� , 4 ��z�c,s s system will record the completion of the site's visit and archive an image of the form on advantexservice.com for future reference. 05 � � C s �(t:A'.l�ry% •tS'.-i+r..� 1 'S `• �;�, !j�)n��s��ii�s �ftp�c5 �• Yl��l � ftr, � S• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of 0renca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Unscheduled Field Maintenance Report [:A:�dvanTex® Field Maintenance Report Unscheduled Property Owner/Tracking H Operator Site Address Contact Phone AX Site ID N County ID N Pod M RTU M/UL M Date of Last Inspection Dispatcher Comments Cause of Malfunction:❑ Mechanical ❑Process-Related Date: Time: Notification of site condition Services Rendered: ❑Made by VeriComi Monitoring System ❑Made by Homeowner ❑Other Site condition at time of call ❑Alarm ❑Tank Overflow ❑Odor ❑Sewage Backup ❑Other Parts Used:W=Warranty,B=Billable(✓appropriate selection) Field Sampling/Observations W B Item Number Description ❑Necessary ❑Not necessary NTU(15±NTUs) pH(6-9) Odor of Sample. Typical ❑Musty ❑Earthy ❑Moldy Non-typical ❑Sulfide ❑Cabbage ❑Decay Conditions at site Notes/Final Recommendations: Alarm On El Yes ❑No El yes,alarm type ) System performing;no further action needed Additional service needed Tank Liquid Level ❑Normal LlHigh ❑Low Pump Operational?❑Yes ❑No Circuit Breakers Final/Safety Inspection: Recirc........❑Tripped ❑On ❑Off Lids bolted on? L-1 Yes ❑No Discharge.....❑Tripped ❑On ❑Off (If damaged,comment ) Controls......❑Tripped ❑On ❑Off Control Panel reactivated? L-1 Yes ❑No VCOi ATRTU Board:(if applicable) Circuit Breakers: Document the panel status by shading the appropriate inputs and outputs as indicated by the yellow and red LEDs. Recirc: ❑On ❑Off Discharge: ❑On ❑Off Controls: ❑On ❑Off Inputs ❑ O 0 ® 0 © 0 ® 1 Time at Site Travel Time Total Time Outputs Q Q Q Power ❑On❑Off❑Flashing (Green LED) Signature Date Time Fax completed form to 1-866-384-7404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Unscheduled Field Maintenance Unscheduled Maintenance Procedures Field Sampling/Observations If you receive an alarm call or phone call that requires a visit to an ❑ Necessary AdvanTex site,download the Field Maintenance Report Unscheduled from ❑ Not necessary www.advantexservice.com.The top of the form should be pre-filled with information about the site.If any information is missing,fill it in. If the cause of the problem is not immediately apparent,use proper techniques(described in the"Performing Scheduled Field Maintenance" Depending on the type of problem that caused the alarm,you may not section)to sample effluent from the RSV.Do this first so that subsequent need to check all the boxes—they're just there to reduce the amount of activity will not contaminate the sample.Test the sample's clarity,pH,and writing you have to do.But do use the notes areas to record any repairs dissolved oxygen,and record the results on the form.Also check the box or adjustments you make,and to document anything unusual.These that describes the odor of the sample. notes may help you on future service calls,and they help Orenco and your Dealer identify patterns of problems. Conditions at Site We recommend that you send a copy of this form to the homeowners Alarm On ❑ Yes ❑ No after your visit.This reinforces any advice you may give them about proper (If yes,alarm type ) use of their system.It also reassures them that the VeriComm°monitoring system is working and that you are diligently maintaining their system. Tank Liquid Level ❑ Normal ❑ High ❑ Low Notification of Site Condition Pump Operational? ❑ Yes ❑ No ❑ Made by VeriComm Monitoring System Circuit Breakers ❑ Made by Homeowner Recirc ❑ Tripped ❑ On ❑ Off ❑ Other Discharge ❑ Tripped ❑ On ❑ Off Indicate whether you learned about the problem from the VeriComm Controls ❑ Tripped ❑ On ❑ Off system,from the homeowner,or some other way—perhaps from a neighbor. Record the status of each part of the system on the form.Use the"Notes" field to describe problems in more detail. Site Condition at Time of Call El Alarm VCOM ATRTU Board (if applicable) Shade the appropriate circles to indicate which inputs(yellow)and outputs 171 Tank Overflow (red)are active on the ATRTU board inside the panel,and record the status ❑ Odor of the green power light. ❑Sewage Backup ❑ Others Describe the condition that prompted the alarm. a - 1 WARNING: Do not enter tank. Entering a tank without proper confined1 000 - Red output space procedures and equipment can cause serious injury, asphyxiation, r c LEDs or drowning. 3., Ja a9�y�' ay:�b•5 y q.' ....J r!Q ------------==''=------------------•,• ..ryrr...::,,:::.--�:.:r it�S•... t S S Yellow input LEDs Green power LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Performing Unscheduled Field Maintenance (continued) Cause of Malfunction Final/Safety Inspection ❑ Mechanical WARNING: If lid bolts are missing,replace them with spares.If you have no ❑ Process-Related spare lid bolts, fasten the lid with a self-tapping screw,and immediately call When you have found the cause of the malfunction,record whether your Dealer for replacement bolts.If the lid is unbolted or if the lid or riser are damaged,be sure to securely block access to the tank opening before leaving it is a mechanical problem(such as failure of a float or loosening of a the site. Open tanks are hazardous,and children or adults who try to enter connection)or a problem with the biological processes in the system them may be seriously injured,asphyxiated,or drowned. (such as recirculation ratio,system abuse,or insufficient ventilation). Describe the problem in as much detail as possible in the space provided. Lids bolted on? ❑Yes ❑ No Services Rendered (If damaged,comment 1 Describe what you did to correct the problem. Control panel reactivated? 11 Yes ❑ No Parts Used Circuit Breakers: Record any new parts you installed.Check the appropriate box to show Recirc: 11 On El Off whether they are covered under warranty or billable to the customer Notes/Final Recommendations Discharge: 11 On El Off Write down any observations about this incident that will be useful to you, Controls: ❑ On ❑ Off the homeowner,your AdvanTex Dealer,or Orenco. Verity the condition of system components upon leaving the site. Time/Date/Signature Record time at site and travel time. Sign and date the form.Then fax it to the number at the bottom.The bar code at the top will ensure that a PDF of the form will go into the Service Provider's inbox on advantexservice.com,for assignment to the appropriate site. Make a copy of the form and send it to the homeowner,along with the invoice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Change of Service Provider Authorization AdvanTexService.com Change of Service Provider Authorization Form Property Owner Site Address Gontact Phone Pod k RTU MIUL M Fill this form out completely, have it signed by the Homeowner, and fax to 1-541-459-2884 Previous Service Provider: New Contract Start Date: Additional Comments: New Service Provider Company New Service Provider Signature Date As the homeowner,you acknowledge that you are not under contract with any other Authorized Service Provider as of the"New Contract Start Date,"noted above. Homeowner Signature Date Fax completed form to 1-541-459-2884 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of 0renca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Changing Service Providers Consistent maintenance is important to ensuring the excellent will need to have access to the site information for that system.Before performance of AdvanTex Treatment Systems.So,when a service meeting with the homeowners,you should log onto advantexservice.com contract expires,it must be renewed,either with the existing service and do the following: provider or with another Orenco-authorized service provider.Our Web site, • Print the Change of Service ProviderAuthonzation Form. advantexservice.com,provides tools to help with this effort. • Fill out the form,including the site information,previous When a service contract expires,contact the homeowners and offer a service provider's name,start date of the new contract,and renewal.If the homeowners renew the contract,update the information in any explanatory comments. advantexservice.com. • Have the homeowners sign the form. • Add your name,company name,and signature and fax the If the homeowners do not renew the contract within 60 days,notify form to Orenco at the number on the bottom. the Dealer(if the system is still under warranty)and make a note in advantexservice.com.If aservice contract is required bylaw,notify the Once the form is received,you will have access to the site inform county or other regulatory jurisdiction as well. -ation for that system,so you can schedule the next service call.In addition,the automated system will archive an image of the form on When homeowners do not renew their service contract with their current advantexservice.com for future reference. service provider and select you to be their new service provider,you . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AppendixAdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE - - Worksheet The following chart shows recommended timer settings for a new system. RESIDENTS iNOTES 2 10 sec(0.17 min) 20.00 • Assumes water usage of 50 gal.(190 L)per person per day and a return recirculation 3 15 sec(0.25 min) 19.75 ratio of 3 :1 (Filter recirculation ratio of 4 : 1). 4 20 sec(0.33 min) 19.45 • Override OFF cycle time is set at one-half of the OFF cycle time. 5 25 sec(0.42 min) 19.70 Override ON cycle time is set the same as the ON cycle time. 6 30 sec(0.50 min) 19.50 As you gain experience with a system,you may conclude that you need to make adjustments,sometimes significant ones.This worksheet is intended to help you deter- mine appropriate start-up timer settings(Pump ON,Pump OFF)for a single-pod AX20 system.Typical values and ranges are provided for each parameter.If you have any questions or if your values fall outside the desired ranges on this worksheet,contact your Dealer. PARAMETER TYPICAL VALUES NOTES Number of people 3 Range of 2 to 8 people. Water usage per person 50 gpd(190 L/d) Typical daily average is 50 gal.(190 L)per person. 0 Actual daily flow(total) 150 gpd(570 L/d) (Number of people) x (water usage per person). Rh Return recirculation ratio 3:1 You can adjust this ratio(return flow to forward flow)up or down depending on system per- Rt Filter recirculation ratio 4:1 formance.(Range of 2 to 6.) Total daily flow to AX20 600 gpd(2280 L/d) (Actual daily flow) x(return recirculation ratio+1).Must be_3000 gpd(11,370 L/d). Actual flow should not exceed 500 gpd(1895 L/d).(500 gpd x 6:1 Ru=3000 gpd) Od Actual pump dose rate 33.3 gpm(126 L/min) Determine this value by field-testing or by using Orenco's PumpSelectTM.Start at the low end. Td Pump ON cycle time(dose) 0.25 min Select a value between 0.17 minutes(10 seconds)and 0.75 minutes(45 seconds). Tr Pump OFF cycle time(rest) 19.75 min See Pump OFF equation below. PUMP OFF EQUATION EXAMPLE Plugging in the above values and rounding results in the following: - Td • Qd 33.3 Tr 1440 1440 = 0.25 •= —Td T = — 0.25 = 19.74=19.75 (Rb+ 1Q; (3 + 1) = 150 After you determine your Pump ON and Pump OFF times,double check to make sure your start-up settings fall within the cycle time(CT)range,below.If they don't,make adjustments per the"Note." ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS TYPICAL VALUES NOTES CT Cycle time 20 min Low flow applications may result in cycle times of an hour or more,which can cause the media to dry out or odors to develop in the recirc tank.If CT is much more than 30 minutes, consult your Dealer or Orenco for suggested adjustments. Pump cycles per day 72 cycles 1440 min/day=(OFF cycle time+ON cycle time).Must not exceed the pump's maximum rated cycles of 300 cycles per day. Gallons per cycle 8.3 gal.(31 L) With 68 orifices and using the Td range recommended above,you will maintain the recom- mended 0.08 to 0.25 gal.(0.45 to 0.95 L)per orifice per dose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of 0rence Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from OrenCo:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Appendix 2: Float and RSV Settings Orenco will provide the float and RSV settings for tanks that are approved for use with AdvanTex Treatment Systems in your area.Service Providers are simply required to verify that the float and RSV settings are correct. This diagram shows how these settings are established for AdvanTex Treatment Systems that use a VeriComm®Control Panel.The diagram shows both a Mode 1 and a Mode 3 setup.For Mode 1 setups,the recirculating splitter valve(RSV)is installed in the second compartment, with the Biotube pump vault.For Mode 3 setups,the RSV is installed in III VIII the first compartment,under the inlet riser. NOTE:Maintain a minimum 1/4 in. NOTE:Maintain a minimum 1/a in. per foot 120 mm per meter,or 2%) per foot 120 mm per meter,or 2%) slope from the pad outlet to the slope from the pod outlet to the RSV inlet. RSV inlet. - - - - -- - - --- - ---- - ---- - - -- - -- — ——— —I2"150 mm) 2"15D mm)I - -— - - —-- High water alarm- - ---- - -- min.2"�— Override timer —— — — ——— — — -- - - --- - - --- - - ———— — ———— — ———— — ——-- - -— - 150 mm) - --- approx.2" Normal 100%discharge 150 mm) approx.6" Surge volume approx.6" 1150 mm) (approximately 250 gallons)(950 L) 1150 mm) RSV ———— — _ —_—---Normal low operating liquid level 1100%recirc)-=———— — ———— —— cage min.4" 1100 mm)—— —Low water alarm/redundant off — —— — ——— — — ——— — ——— NOTE:For Model Flow-through part in baffle installations,the Standard RSV will he located in X the second compartment of the tank. NOTE:For Mode 3 installationjin the Duckbill RSV will he locatthe first compartment of the ta60%to 70 of X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10108 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Appendix 2: Float and RSV Settings (continued) Typical RSV Levels For stinger pipe lengths up to 24 in.(600 mm)long,the"normal low operating liquid level"will be approximately 5-6 in.(125-150 mm)below the top of the RSV cage.(The normal low operating liquid level is the level at which 100%of the filtrate returns to the tank.)For most residential applications,the recommended surge volume—the volume between the low liquid level and the high water alarm float—is approximately 250 gallons(950 Q.For Mode 3 installations,the duckbill model RSV, Standard internal splice box which has a flexible PVC tube that vents the RSV cage to atmosphere,is required. Typical Float Levels s Be sure to check the plans for any site-specific or tank-specific float settings.The top float is normally set equal with the tank's invert of inlet. The bottom float should be approximately 4 in.(100 mm)below the normal low operating level. NOTE: Before leaving the site, verify that the"low water alarm/redundant External Splice Box off'float is positioned at least 10 in. (250 mm)below the top of the RSV cage. I 150mm) —Normal 100 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright 0renco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenca Systems'' Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without vdritten authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 1 : START-UP AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Orenco Systems' Incorporated chg,,ghig th,174 thr W,,Id Dacr Wastewater° AduanTex Treatment System AXN Models meet 800-348-9843 the requirements ofANSI-NSF Standard 40 for www.orenco.com� www.orenco.com Class I Systems. www.vericomm.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-1,Rev.1.1,10/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. O&M PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING 44 kwo r 1 i F. t. t r ' Volt • `' �:' ��+ - � - -*www• Part 2: Advanced Service Tips O&M and Troubleshooting Guide MANUAL -� Orenco Systems° Incorporated Changing the Way the World Does Wastewater° 1-800-348-9843 www.crenco.com www.vericomm.net AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Introduction As an authorized AdvanTex®Service Provider,you play a crucial role in Orenco's AdvanTex Program. Orenco has always advocated regular,professional servicing of all onsite systems...not just during the warranty period but for the life of the system.Regular servicing optimizes the treatment process and protects the property owner's investment.It also ensures that onsite systems protect public health,protect 7, .. 1* . the environment,and are viewed as a reliable,sustainable technology. Orenco relies on you to perform the AdvanTex system start-up,do routine - (scheduled)maintenance,and respond to calls for unscheduled maintenance (alarm calls).We also rely on you to keep in contact with the homeowners or property owners,review the Homeowner's Manual with them,advise them on preventive maintenance,and work to keep the system under a continuous service contract.Equally important,we rely on you to keep good service records on the system,creating a"history"of its performance. To make your job easier,Orenco has created one of the most service-friendly and ri trouble-free onsite systems on the market.AdvanTex is a packed bed(media) filter.And media filters are the most suitable technology for onsite wastewater treatment because they are reliable and provide consistent,high-quality effluent. 14 J'I We then paired our media filter with a remote telemetry control panel,to allow you to"view"the system right from your computer.And we've provided a Web-based business tool—advantexservice.com—to help you file and retrieve system data automatically,schedule service events,and manage service technicians. Finally,we've provided classroom and field training,as well as support materials,like this 0&M Manual. Please read it thoroughly,and refer to it often. We're very proud of our AdvanTex Treatment System.Like all our products,it has gone through extensive research,development,and field-testing.Then each component is built to written specifications and subjected to quality review,before shipping.In addition,our AXN models meet the requirements of NSF- ANSI Standard 40 for Class I Systems. Thank you,in advance,for your knowledge,your conscientiousness,and your good work. .,r`.a. `' ,s.y, - Las:-• � s .. � •+-yam � _ - � '+::, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems ,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from 0'renco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Table • Contents T ow ❑ Introduction......................................................................................2 ❑ Troubleshooting Nitrogen Reduction................................................11 ❑ Typical Site Plan for an AdvanTex®Treatment System........................4 ❑ Appendix 1:More Information about Nitrogen Reduction and ❑ How the AdvanTex Treatment System Works.....................................5 Key Indicators................................................................................14 ❑ Equipment List.................................................................................6 ❑ Appendix 2:Float and RSV Settings................................................16 ❑ Factors Affecting the AdvanTex Treatment Process............................7 ❑ Appendix 3:Timer Settings.............................................................18 ❑ Normal Performance of the AdvanTex System...................................8 ❑ Appendix 4:Glossary.....................................................................19 ❑ Troubleshooting Effluent Quality 9 ❑ Notes.............................................................................................20 ❑ Troubleshooting Other Symptoms...................................................10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems-,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. AIM OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Typical - Plan forAdvanTee TreatmentSystem AdvanTex®AX20 Filter Pod provides advanced secondary treatment. I I I Building sewer line conveys wastewater from Pump basin house (on some systems) Watertight processing tank provides primary treatment. I Final dispersal(shallow gravelless drainfield, I drip system,shrub irrigation,water reuse, I lagoon,wetland,etc.)or STEP collection (not shown) d I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems ,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING How — AdvanTex TreatmentSystem The AdvanTex Treatment System consists of a watertight processing tank After recirculating several times,the effluent is discharged,either directly and the AX20 textile filter pod.Wastewater from the home flows to the from the processing tank or after first being collected in a pump basin. tank,where natural biological and physical processes provide primary Depending on the design for a particular site,the treated effluent may treatment.In the primary chamber of the tank,the wastewater separates be discharged to a drainfield,an underground drip irrigation system,a into three layers:a floating scum layer,a bottom sludge layer,and a constructed wetland,an effluent sewer(STEP)system,or a reuse system. relatively clear layer of liquid effluent in the middle. The system may include equipment for ultraviolet(UV)disinfection before From the secondary chamber,a pump draws liquid effluent through the ultimate dispersal of the effluent. Biotube'filter and sends it to the AX2O pod.There,the effluent is sprayed Properly designed,installed,and operated,a Residential AdvanTex over hanging sheets of porous synthetic textile media.Microorganisms Treatment System can treat wastewater to 5 mg/L BODS and 5 mg/L TSS. live in this moist,oxygen-rich(aerobic)environment.As effluent trickles This level of treatment is better than what municipal wastewater plants over and through the sheets,the microorganisms break down the provide.The system can also be configured to reduce nitrogen levels contaminants and eliminate them. as required locally.When effluent treated in this way is dispersed to the Effluent recirculates between the tank and the AX2O pod.In Mode 1, soil,natural processes purify it further,and it eventually returns to the the most common configuration,the effluent recirculates to the second underlying water table,where it can be used again. compartment of the tank.In Mode 3,effluent recirculates to the first compartment.This mode is used where maximum removal of nitrogen from the effluent is required. m 0 }. 0 Components of a Residential AdvanTexO Treatment System (Mode 1)Listed by Flow Path D Two Chamber { Processing Tank Q � © Biotube®Pump Vault �- _ I © Biotube Filter D Effluent Pump © Discharge Assembly D AdvanTex"AX20 Filter Pod y D Recirculating Splitter Valve(RSV) - ' D Float Switches D External Splice Box m VeriComm®Control Panel u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.'I.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Equipment Routine maintenance and troubleshooting require a variety of tools, • Plumber's snake equipment,and spare parts.We recommend that an Authorized AdvanTex • PVC cement and primer Service Provider have the following items at hand: • PVC fittings(3/4 in.to 2 in.) For Routine Inspection and Maintenance • PVC pipe(3/4 in.to 2 in.) • Cordless drill with 3/16-in.Allen wrench for lid bolts on risers • Spare parts for downstream components(e.g.drip and pod headworks,UV disinfection unit) • Extra lid bolts • Waterproof wire nuts • Sludge and scum measuring device(e.g.,Nasco Sludge • Wire stripping/crimping tool Judge"for sludge and Orenco SMUG for scum) • Float switches • Hook for raising floats to test them For Troubleshooting • Biotube®filter cradle(OM-BIOTUBECRADLE) • Digital camera • Backpack pressure washer • Watch or timer • Trash pump(and generator,if pump is electric)for removing • A copy of Part 2 of the AdvanTex 0&M Manual:Advanced solids from discharge basin Service Tips and Troubleshooting Guide(AIM-OM-ATX-2) • AX20 manifold brush(AX-LATERALBRUSH) • AX20 sheet cleaning wand(AX-CLEANINGWAND) For Personal Hygiene and Cleanup • Handheld computer(PDA)with Bluetooth®Kit or laptop with • Bleach/water solution null modem cable(optional,to turn pump on and off at a • Eye protection distance from the panel) • Hand cleanser • Electrical tester(voltage and amperage) • Paper towels • Phone line tester(available from RadioShack°) • Protective clothing • Dissolved oxygen(DO)meter or colorimetric ampoules • Rags • Sample bottles with grab sample device • Rubber gloves • Turbidity meter • pH meter or pH test strips • Test strips for nitrate,ammonia,alkalinity • Tape measure • Calculator • A copy of the AX2O Installation Instructions(NIM-ATX-AX-1) and AdvanTex 0&M Manual Part:1 Start-Up and Routine Maintenance(AIM-OM-ATX-1),for reference For Repairs - - • Adhesive(ADH10O,SS140,SS115,SS845) • Control panel parts(circuit breakers,motor contractors, relays) • Effluent pumps • Extension cord • Flashlight • Hand tools(pliers,wrenches,screwdrivers,drill bits,hammer, shovel,hand saw,etc.) • Inspection mirror(e.g.,Prototek"Mirror on a Stick") . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright Knco Systems® Inc.Property of Orenco Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Factors Affecting the AdvanTex Treatment Process Properly designed,installed,and operated,a Residential AdvanTex —about five times greater than that of an equivalent volume of sand,for Treatment System can treat wastewater to 5 mg/L BODS and 5 mg/L example.Textile also has a greater void volume(for free flow of oxygen) TSS.If treatment performance fails to meet that standard,the cause may and greater water-holding capacity. be the design,installation,settings,or use of the system—or more likely,a combination of those factors.Here's what happens in each part of the system,and how each of these factors can keep the system from , performing as well as it should. •, • .� - Y • r Processing Tank Primary treatment happens in the tank,and several conditions inside . : T . _ the tank affect the ultimate effluent quality.The first is the incoming wastewater:its strength(concentration),mass loading(amount of each wastewater component),hydraulic loading(volume),and chemical These properties make it an excellent environment for aerobic micro- characteristics.Residential wastewater(raw influent)typically has BODS organisms to live and digest the nutrients in effluent.As effluent from the of 450 mg/L,TSS of 500 mg/L,and total Kjeldahl nitrogen ffKN)of 70 processing tank percolates through and between the sheets of textile, mg/L.Practices in the home may raise the levels of these components the microorganisms remove what they need from it,reducing BODS and and may also introduce harmful chemicals and indigestible solids into the TSS.Also,the aerobic conditions within the AdvanTex filter are ideal for system.Although the AdvanTex system is robust enough to accommodate microbes that convert ammonia to nitrates(nitrification).For sites where a houseful of weekend guests or a couple of days of canning,residents maximum denitrification is necessary,AdvanTex filters can be configured must be aware that in the long run,certain habits can harm their septic in Mode 3,so that the filtrate recirculates back to the high-carbon,low- system or increase the need for system servicing and/or pumping.The oxygen environment at the inlet end of the processing tank,which is ideal Troubleshooting section of this manual lists some household practices to for microbes that reduce nitrates to nitrogen gas(denitrification).Harmless inquire about when a system has problems. nitrogen gas is then released back into the atmosphere. In addition to the composition of a home's effluent,the size of the tank In addition to being affected by oxygen,the AdvanTex filter's performance and the volume of the effluent also affect performance.Residential is affected by mass loading,hydraulic loading,strength,and systems are sized and designed to accommodate the North American chemical characteristics of the influent.If the effluent coming from average of 50-60 gallons per person per day and are sized for a certain the processing tank is contaminated with harsh chemicals or excessive number of residents.A change in the number of residents,or a sudden grease,the biomat of microorganisms will suffer.The graphs on the next increase in their water use per capita,can push wastewater through the page show that low-to-moderate loading rates produce BODS and TSS of tank without allowing the minimum 24 hours of retention time required for <5 mg/L,and higher loading rates produce BODS and TSS in the range of thorough separation and digestion of wastes. 15-25 mg/L. Finally,the tank and all pipe joints must be watertight to prevent both infiltration and exfiltration of liquid.Infiltration of rainwater or groundwater About Recirculation Ratio will overload the system,preventing proper stratification in the processing Maintaining an appropriate recirculation ratio is important for proper tank and overloading the AdvanTex textile filter.Exfiltration of liquid effluent functioning of the system.Adjusting the frequency and length of the doses from the tank can make liquid levels too low for stratification,leading to of effluent delivered from the tank to the AdvanTex filter optimizes the clogging of the Biotube®effluent filter.Of course,exfiltration also pollutes conditions for the microorganisms. the soil,and potentially the groundwater. A recirc ratio that's too high can generate a highly aerobic biomat AdvanTex Textile Filter growth on the pump filter.It also increases alkalinity consumption and dissolved oxygen concentration in the processing tank,which can inhibit The AdvanTex textile filter provides secondary wastewater treatment.The denitrification.Conversely,a recirc ratio that's too low can tend to liberate filter is a sturdy,watertight fiberglass basin filled with a nonwoven textile periodic odors during dosing events.The optimum ratio is typically material.This lightweight,highly absorbent media treats a large amount between 2:1 and 6:1. of wastewater in a small space because it has a very large surface area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. AIM OM ATXRev.'I.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Normal Performance of the AdvanTex System The table below summarizes the typical levels of BODS,TSS,and TKN in Typical Values for Supplemental Lab Tests each part of the AdvanTex system,if proper conditions(described in the preceding section)are met: Sampling Sampling Typical values'(ni Parameter Method Mode 1 Mode 3 Typical Values in the AdvanTex Treatment System BODS Grab =10 =10 BODS(mg/L) I TSS(ni TKN(ni TSS Grab =10 =10 Raw Influent' 1450 1500 70 TN Grab —25 —10-201 Primary Chamber Effluent 1150 140 1 70 G&O Grab <1 <1 Secondary Chamber Effluents 15-40 10-20 4 values are based on testing by Orenco and third parties. AXN Filtrate 5 5 4 Typical nitrogen reduction ranges from-60-70%,with sufficient carbon source and alkalinity. Source:Crites and Tchobanoglous.Small and Decentralized Wastewater Management Sl stems,p.180, To check for dissolved or/gen,use a DO meter or DO test kit. 183,1998.McGraw-Hill.Based on 50 gpcd. 2 Will vary with recirc ratios and more configuration.The numbers here represent a recirc ratio between 2:1 Effluent Quality vs. Hydraulic Loading Rates and 6:1 and are derived from Orenco and third-parry testing in Mode 1. ANSI/NSF Standard 40 and Other Third Party Testing Results Actual performance results,based on a six-month accumulative average from NSF(National Sanitation Foundation)testing on the AX20N at 500 gpd,using composite sampling.Performance and servicing 60 frequencies will vary relative to the mass load heing treated.Procedures for treating excessively high loads will require engineering review.For more Information,please review AdvanTex Design Criteria. 50------ Dependent ..Dependent on treatment system configuration and recirc ratios. 40 NovaTec fib gpd/ftZ /10 mo. When all parts of the AdvanTex system are operating correctly and the 30-- - ec component values in each part are within the limits above,the typical 4 .3 gpd z • 4 j3 gpd/ft � values or properties from field tests of AdvanTex effluent(filtrate)are 20 uc Davis NSF gpd/ftZ a mo. summarized in the table below. 10 12 gpd/ftZ 6 mo. 5 mo. Typical Values for AdvanTex Effluent (Filtrate) 0- 0 10 20 30 40 SO 60 Parameter Sampling Method Typical Values or Properties - - - - - Clarity Visual' Clear(s15 NTUS) s0 Odor Sniff' Non-offensive(musty is OK;rotten egg TSS or cabbage is not OKE 50._.._...... .............. ......_;........_.; ......_.............. ......_.. Biotube® Visual No liquid level differential inside/outside filter vault,one-year cleaning interval 40 NovaTec Oil film Visual;inside the um None;no red,blue,green,or orange 10 Mo.ftZ Y pump 9 9 30 - ..._.. . 10 ma. vault sheen NovaTec 48.3 gpd/ftZ Foam Visual;inside tank None 20..... NSF 4 mo! - pH Field 6-9 uc Davis 29.1 gpd/ftZ DO Fleldc —2.5 6 10--- 12 gpd/ftZ 6 mo. - 5 mo. If effluent is cloudy or smells pungent or if the biomat on the textile b.. " 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 filter appears greasy,waxy,or oily,laboratory tests of the filtrate will aid troubleshooting.Following are the typical values for various lab tests of AdvanTex filtrate. —95%Confidence Level — Current Average ❑ ' To check for clarity,service providers can carry a portable turbidity meter or calibrated turbidity standards. Recommended Design Range for Residential Strength Waste 2 To check for odor,service providers can simply sniffthe effluent sample or can use a sulfide measuring packet or an olfactory snifter device. To check for pH,service providers can use litmus paper,a packet pH meter,or a benchtop pH meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orence Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Effluent Quality Once you know the typical values If none of these troubleshooting steps makes a difference,lab tests may for wastewater treatment system be necessary to determine the cause of the problem.Call Orenco for performance,you can be proactive recommended lab tests or design remedies. and troubleshoot nontypical process indicators,before system performance is affected. tl Low Effluent Quality If your effluent samples are cloudy and color/turbidity is significantly higher than expected(greater than 15 NTU),do the following: • Check the Biotubeg filter for clogging. • Check to see if the textile filter smells of chemicals(medication, chlorine,etc.)or has a granular or crusty appearance.(For example, a white crystalline crust could signal that water softener discharge or Odor industrial strength detergents have been flushed into the system.) If the tank or textile filter smells like rotten eggs or cabbage: • Check to see if the recirc ratio is too high or the pump dose time • Check dissolved oxygen levels using a DO meter or DO wet test kit. is too long.If the effluent cBOD5 is high and TSS is low,a large amount of soluble cBOD5 has not yet been consumed.That would • Note filtrate DO levels that are<2.5(less than 2.5)or>6(greater likely be because the recirc ratio is too low for the influent strength than 6)mg/L. or insufficient start-up time has elapsed.Typical organic reduction Filtrate DO that's<2.5 mg/L indicates insufficient oxygen.If the filtrate DO within the first 24 hours in residential systems is about 75%or is<2.5 mg/L: greater.As the biomat begins to develop,greater reductions in the soluble cBOD5 will occur(typically within the first 7-10 days).With • Check filter surface for evidence of clogging. a higher influent strength,the soluble cBODS would not be readily • Check that the pump is working. removed until the biomat on the media is established. • Check that ventilation is occurring,at the pod and from the house to • Check that ventilation is occurring,at the pod and from the house to the tank. the tank. • Check that the recirc ratio isn't too low; increase if too low. • Interview the users about system abuse,especially in the area of harmful chemicals,solvents,strong cleaning agents,or water • Check that influent strength isn't too high(see AdvanTex Design softener backwash. Criteria). • Check to ensure hydraulic retention time isn't too high. Special Note about Water Softeners: Water softener backwash is Filtrate DO that's>6 mg/L indicates excessive aeration.If the filtrate DO extremely high in salts, which can disrupt system performance,especially is>6 mg/L: nitrogen reduction processes. Talk with residents to make sure that no water softener backwash is discharging into the processing tank.Plumbing • Check to ensure recirc ratio isn't too high. water softener backwash into the processing tank voids the warranty. • Check to see if influent flows are below normal. • If influent flows are below normal or recirc ratio is too high,reduce recirc ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renA Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from 0renco:500-348-9843. AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.'I.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Other Symptoms Biotube® Filter Clogging If a visual inspection of the Biotube®filter for biomass build-up shows the need for cleaning more often than once a year(annual cleaning is typical for recirculating systems),try the following: • Verify the pump isn't running too long(typically 3 cycles/hour). • Ensure the recirc ratio isn't too high. • Verify normal DO levels; if high,reduce recirc ratio. • Check for below normal influent flows. Oily Film All signs of oil or grease anywhere in the system(in the tank,in the vault, • Check influent Grease&Oil and TSS; if excessive,a review of on the effluent filter or textile filter)must be investigated.Ask the system component sizes may be required. user to identify the probable source: • Recent change of car oil? • Canning meat or poultry? • Excessive use of garbage disposal? • Excessive use of bath or mineral oils?(Jacuzzi`tub?) • Excessive use of detergents? If the system user can't identify the probable source,try the following: • Sample and test at all process steps,including influent (if possible). • Label,date,and photograph all samples. — When photographing,use standard glass beakers and set samples in front of a common,uniform background • Check biomat accumulation at AdvanTex Filter. .,' • Note if biomat is yellowish and wax-like or lard-like.If so,scrape biomat sample for analysis: — Photograph/document biomat sample. — Send to lab with effluent samples. Excessive grease and oil(>25 mg/L)is typically a design and management concern with commercial applications. Foam Foam rarely occurs in packed bed filters.If you see foam in the textile filter,call Orenco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0, of Copyright Knco Systems® Inc.Property of orenco Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Nitrogen Reduction AdvanTex Treatment Systems do an excellent job of reducing nitrogen, The Process especially in the Mode 3 configuration,where total nitrogen(TN)*is Appendix 1 describes the nitrification/denitrification cycle in more typically reduced to 10-15 mg/L,from typical influent total Kjeldahl nitrogen(TKN)**of 70 mg/L.Because many people purchase AdvanTex detail,but a brief description should help you with most troubleshooting. for its nitrogen-reducing capabilities,and because nitrogen reduction is a In nitrogen reduction,ammonia is converted to nitrate in an aerobic complex,many-staged process,it's important to understand the process, environment,and then reduced through bacterial action in an anaerobic its related factors,the signs of effective nitrogen reduction,and how to environment to nitrogen gas,which is released harmlessly to the atmosphere.Optimum nitrogen reduction typically requires the following: keep the process optimized. It's also important to know the TN limits required by the system user's permit. • Adequate alkalinity of approximately 250 mg/L or higher(a lab test Some regulatory agencies have no requirement;some require a specific shows levels). percentage reduction of a certain kind of nitrogen(90-95%nitrification of • pH of 6-9.Fixed-film microbial processes generally thrive between ammonia nitrogen,for example);and some require that TN be reduced to pH 6 and 9.Treatment problems typically result from rapid changes levels at or near drinking water quality at the point of final dispersal.A level in pH rather than extreme long-term mean values,although long- of 20 mg/L TN is becoming increasingly accepted by regulators because it's term levels can result in less efficient process activity. typically achievable without relying on supplemental carbon and alkalinity Filtrate DO level of 2.5 6 mg/L,process tank DO level of<1 mg/L. feeds. Finally,because influent characteristics greatly affect the amount of • Adequate time for the nitrifying bacteria to develop(one to three nitrogen reduction possible from any given system,it's vital to know the months). alkalinity of your waste source and the local or regional norms for organic • Adequate temperature(below 40°F retards the process). and ammonia nitrogen. • Good organic removal. For a thorough description of the nitrogen reduction process,see Appendix 1.In residential wastewater,the ammonia level is typically about 60 mg/L and the TN is typically=70 mg/L. Signs of Effective Nitrogen Reduction r Service providers frequently ask us,"How do I know if my wastewater 40 treatment system is reducing nitrogen?"A thorough description of key ,�� ,*► ' indicators is included in Appendix 1.Following is a brief summary: i • Clear,odorless filtrate effluent(a"see and sniff"testis generally considered sufficient). • Normal-looking biomat on the textile filter(light-brown to dark-brown and gelatinous in texture). Additional filtrate tests will show... • Typically,low BODS,low turbidity and high clarity. • DO of-2.5-6 mg/L. • Low ammonia levels(~—<1-3)and relatively high nitrate levels,since *Total Nitrogen(TN)is the sum of organic nitrogen(ON),ammonia nitrogen nitrification converts ammonia to nitrate. (NH N),nitrate nitrogen(NO3-N),and nitrite nitrogen(NO2-N). '*Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen(TKN)is the sum of organic nitrogen(ON)and ammonia nitrogen(NH,-N). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. A'I'M OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Nitrogen Reduction (continued) Troubleshooting Nitrogen Reduction Filtrate DO Levels Outside Range of 2.5-6 mg/L—If filtrate DO is too low(indicating insufficient oxygen),the system may release sulfide If you suspect that the system is not meeting expectations for nitrogen odors during dosing events,or there may be a more lasting smell within reduction,troubleshoot each of the critical factors that contribute to the filter pod.Try the following; optimum nitrogen reduction,to determine a cause. • Check for surface clogging/ponding and clean as necessary. • Check air flow through the vent assembly. r- • Check the recirc ratio; if it's too low(<2:1),increase as necessary. If your filtrate DO is too high(indicating excessive aeration),it's likely that excessive recirculation or insufficient hydraulic retention time are factors. Try decreasing the recirc ratio. High Filtrate Ammonia Levels—Because ammonia is biochemically oxidized to Filtrate Alkalinity Too Low—Sufficient alkalinity is required to achieve nitrate during nitrification, Opp It, the desired degree of nitrification for any wastewater treatment system, high ammonia levels are a because it takes 7.14 parts alkalinity to nitrify 1 part ammonia. sign that something is amiss. If filtrate alkalinity is too low: Try the following: • Check the recirc ratio;a high recirc ratio increases alkalinity • Check for surface consumption. clogging/ponding and clean as necessary. • Check influent TKN or ammonia levels and source alkalinity. • Check for sufficient If a large quantity of nitrification is required,it may be necessary to add alkalinity-raising chemicals to the system. aeration(measure DO). • Ensure no blockage of air flow into textile filter(indicated by thick Filtrate pH Too Low—Nitrification is particularly sensitive to pH but biomat development or a build-up of grease and oils). tends to thrive at levels between pH 7 and 8.The nitrification process releases hydrogen that consumes alkalinity and causes pH levels to • Ensure no blockage in the manifold,causing ... drop.A pH level of<6 retards microbial activity of all kinds,including — Localized hydraulic overloading,saturation denitrification,and with a pH level<5.5,nitrification may show signs of degradation.Maintaining an alkalinity of 50 to 80 mg/L in the effluent is — Short circuiting typically sufficient to maintain pH levels above 5.5.If the filtrate pH level is • Check for sufficient alkalinity; if insufficient,consider supplemental too low: buffering using equipment that automatically adds an alkaline • Check influent alkalinity level(pH drops when too much available compound to the system.Call Orenco Engineering for assistance,if alkalinity is consumed). necessary. • Check recirc ratios; reduce if too high. • Ask system user about chemical discharges into the system, including carpet cleaners,chlorine,and photo developing agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-oM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0, of Copyright Knco Systems® Inc.Property of orenco Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting Nitrogen Reduction (continued) I Low Filtrate Nitrate Levels—Residential packed bed filters normally Adequate Time and Temperature—Nitrifying bacteria require one to yield more than 98%nitrification(conversion of ammonia to nitrate). two months to develop,and extremely cold temperatures(below 40°n Therefore,the ammonia levels in the filtrate should be low and the nitrate retard that process.If the AdvanTex Treatment System has been installed levels higher.Some denitrification occurs in the packed bed filter,so the in a very cold climate,nitrification may not"kick in"for several months normal nitrate level may vary.Be sure you are familiar with the mode of until warmer temperatures are reached.Typically,a June-September operation,as some AdvanTex modes are configured to produce lower installation provides the necessary temperatures for a 30-60 day nitrate levels.If it appears that nitrification is dropping off: nitrification start-up time.Once nitrifiers colonize,they typically continue to nitrify through normal winter conditions.Only in severely cold regions • Check the recirc ratio;adjust as necessary(high recirc ratios may should additional insulation be necessary. drive pH too low for effective nitrification/denitrification,and low recirc ratios may not provide sufficient aeration). • Verify incoming ammonia levels. • Check recirc/blend for excessive organic food source(high BODS may cause greater oxygen demand through the filter,reducing nitrification). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. A'I'M OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix 1: More Information about Nitrogen Reduction Nitrogen removal(or"nitrification/denitrification")is a biochemical process. Performance Indicators In nitrification,ammonia is oxidized to nitrate (2NH3 converts to 2NO3+ 3H20).This nitrate is then reduced through bacterial action(denitrification) To judge the nitrogen-reducing performance(or potential)of any to nitrogen gas,which is released harmlessly to the atmosphere. wastewater treatment system,be sure to check the following performance indicators; During the nitrification process,about 9 parts oxygen are consumed in converting 2 parts ammonia to nitrate.Therefore,depending on the Clear,Odorless Effluent—Simple,"see and sniff"tests can be concentration of ammonia,a considerable amount of air may be needed. performed easily in the field.Effluent from packed bed filters(recirculating textile filters,recirculating sand filters,intermittent sand filters)that are Other processes,like BODS reduction,may occur simultaneously and fperforming well should be clear(with turbidity<20 NTUs)and odorless. further elevate the demand for aeration,especially if the organic level is high.In an abundance of air,all the aerobic or facultative microbes compete for their share of oxygen. When the organic concentration is high,the microbes that oxidize organic matter,primarily the heterotrophic bacteria,are aggressive and tend to outcompete other microbes for the available free oxygen in solution. T Ammonia is oxidized by autotrophic bacteria,which do not have as ,3_ Cj aggressive a growth rate,so if oxygen is not abundant,nitrification suffers. Consequently,the nitrification process usually lags until the organic . concentration is depleted or until sufficient oxygen is present.At a 2.51 BOD 5/TKN ratio,the nitrifiers may only make up about 10 percent of the microbial population.At 0.5:1 BOD S/TKN,the nitrifiers make up about 35 Tests for Ammonia and Nitrate Nitrogen—If the system is oxidizing percent of the population. ammonia to nitrate(nitrifying),lab tests should measure relatively low ammonia levels and relatively high nitrate levels in the filtrate.Because In a filtering process,the filter column must be deep enough,or the filter nitrification responds to many and varying conditions within the aerobic media must be efficient enough at filtering organic particles,to deplete treatment processes,ammonia and nitrate nitrogen levels in the filtrate organic concentrations to a level in which a sufficient population of are the most ideal constituents to watch for any changes in performance. nitrifiers will be sustained.The physical(dimensional)features of the filter Start-up times can be plotted,optimum recirc ratios can be gauged, will vary depending on the media's characteristics—void ratio,moisture cleaning frequencies can be predicted,and nonvisible clogging or holding capacity,and effective surface area per unit volume ratio.Tankage, saturation can be detected by watching either of these constituents. surge capacity,application rates,and loading characteristics are other design considerations that play a role in the sizing of the filter unit. Typical nitrification in single-family residential systems is expected to be in the 98-99%range.Investigate if the process appears to degrade by 5 percentage points or more. BOD5—The nitrification process requires oxygen,which is why nitrification is enhanced when BODS is extremely low.Measures of filtrate BODS should be<15 mg/L,although higher BODS may not necessarily �94, correlate with low levels of nitrification. Typical influent characteristics are shown on page 8.When BODS is high, there is a greater organic demand for oxygen,which may hamper the nitrogenous demand for oxygen.Increasing the recirc ratio should help • establish oxygen balance. i IA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright orenco Systems® Inc.Property of orenco Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix 1: More Information about Nitrogen Reduction (continued) Alkalinity—The nitrification process releases hydrogen ions into solution,which tends to lower the pH level.Alkalinity is essential for nitrification.For each part ammonia that is nitrified,7.14 parts alkalinity are consumed(buffering the acidity caused by the release of hydrogen ions).Consequently,if the degree of nitrification is less than expected, it could simply be a lack of sufficient alkalinity to support more.Typical residential nitrification requires alkalinity above about 250 mg/L for recirculating processes and double that for single-pass processes. Many wastewater streams do not have sufficient alkalinity to support complete nitrification.In this case,nitrification may deplete the alkalinity, and pH may drop to a level that retards the microbial activity(<6). Recirculating the effluent helps,since half the alkalinity can be restored in Biological Growth on Filter—With"fixed film"treatment systems, the recirc or process tank,wherever denitrification occurs(and adjusting biological growth on the filter media is natural.The biomat should appear the recirc ratios may also bring the pH back to preferred operating levels). light-brown to dark-brown in color and gelatinous in texture. But wastewater streams that are alkalinity-starved can't provide for 100% nitrification. Dissolved Oxygen—Dissolved oxygen also provides critical information with which to diagnose how well a system is performing.Measures of The use of low flush fixtures can reduce nitrification performance.Low DO should be in the range of 2.5 to 6 mg/L.If the DO level drops,the flush fixtures tend to reduce hydraulic loads,which causes elevation of degree of nitrification will normally drop as well,which could be a sign of wastewater constituents(i.e.,higher concentrations of BODS,TSS,TKN, blinding or saturated etc.).In this case,the available alkalinity in the water supply may not be flow conditions adequate to accomplish the full level of nitrification desired. —anything that These constraints exist for all wastewater treatment operations,regardless might inhibit free air of whether the operation involves a suspended growth contact stabilization from flowing into the process or an attached growth packed bed filter.Packed bed systems will � system.(Nevertheless, perform better,especially if they have a large attached growth surface it's quite possible to area per unit volume ratio,because the micro-sites near the attached side have low filtrate DOs of the biomat,where denitrification typically occurs,return some of the and still have high alkalinity.Textile packed bed filters,because of their large surface area per MEN effluent quality,as unit volume ratio,tend to perform even better. r ' - measured by BODS and TSS levels.) Nevertheless,additional buffering may be necessary to accomplish the level of nitrification desired.In low alkalinity conditions,pH adjustment pH—For normal residential nitrogen loads,pH is typically maintained can be made with the addition of quicklime or hydrated lime,soda ash, between 6 and 8. or caustic.If the alkali is to be introduced at a process point preceding Influent Characteristics—Influent characteristics(see page 9)will sedimentation zones,such as in the tank,lime would be preferred.Soda greatly affect the amount of nitrogen reduction that is possible from any ash and caustic both contain sodium,which is a dispersant and will wastewater treatment system.High solids and/or fats and cooking oils impede settling of solids in the tank. increase the oxygen demand and accumulation of material on and within the media,affecting the available oxygen for nitrification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. A'I'M OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix 2: Float and RSV Settings Orenco will provide the float and RSV settings for tanks that are approved shows both a Mode 1 and a Mode 3 setup.For Mode 1 setups,the for use with AdvanTex Treatment Systems in your area.Service Providers recirculating splitter valve(RSV)is installed in the second compartment, are simply required to verify that the float and RSV settings are correct. with the Biotube pump vault.For Mode 3 setups,the RSV is installed in This diagram shows how these settings are established for AdvanTex the first compartment,under the inlet riser. Treatment Systems that use a VeriComm®Control Panel.The diagram NOTE:Maintain a minimum 21%1, Ft E:Maintain a minimum 2 )1:50)slope from the pod outlet )slope from the pod outlet to the RSV inlet. e RSV inlet. - - --- - - --- - ---- - ---- - - 1 -- - -- - - - C --- -22---- - --- --- - - --- - =- 2" min.2 High water alarm- - ---- - -- - --- - ---- - ---- - ---- - Override timer -- - - --- - - -- - - --- - - --- - • __ - )50 mm) Normal 100%discharge approx.2" - 150 mm) approx.6" Surge volume approx.6" 1150 mm) (approximately 150 gallons)(945 L) 1150 mm) RSV - - --- - - -- ---- Normallowoperatingliquidlevel)100%recirc)_--- AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix 2: Float and RSV Settings (continued) Typical RSV Levels For stinger pipe lengths up to 24 in.(610 mm)long,the"normal low operating liquid level"will be approximately 5-6 in.(127-152 mm)below the top of the RSV cage.(The normal low operating liquid level is the level a at which 100%of the filtrate returns to the tank.)For most residential applications,the recommended surge volume—the volume between the low liquid level and the high water alarm float—is approximately 250 gallons(948 Q.For Mode 3 installations,the duckbill model RSV, which has a flexible PVC tube that vents the RSV cage to atmosphere,is Standard internal splice box required. Typical Float Levels Be sure to check the plans for any site-specific or tank-specific float \ settings.The top float is normally set equal with the tank's invert of inlet. J The bottom float should be approximately 4 in.below the normal low operating level. NOTE: Before leaving the site, verify that the"low water alarm/redundant -- External Splice Box off"float is positioned at least 10 in. (254 mm)below the top of the RSV cage. I I�I L-1 iri rl�_- approx.2"� 150 mm) Normal 100%discharge - - - --J�L-- il _- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. AI,M OOA-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix Timer Settings The following chart shows recommended timer settings for a new system. RESIDENTS OFF(MIN) NOTES 2 10 sec(0.17 min) 20.00 • Assumes water usage of 50 gal.(190 L)per person per day and a return recirculation 3 15 sec(0.25 min) 19.75 ratio of 3:1 (Filter recirculation ratio of 4: 1). 4 20 sec(0.33 min) 19.45 • Override OFF cycle time is set at one-half of the OFF cycle time. 5 25 sec(0.42 min) 19.70 Override ON cycle time is set the same as the ON cycle time. 6 30 sec(0.50 min) 19.50 As you gain experience with a system,you may conclude that you need to make adjustments,sometimes significant ones.This worksheet is intended to help you deter- mine appropriate start-up timer settings(Pump ON,Pump OFF)for a single-pod AX20 system.Typical values and ranges are provided for each parameter.If you have any questions or if your values fall outside the desired ranges on this worksheet,contact your Dealer. PARAMETER TYPICAL VALUES NOTES Number of people 3 Range of 2 to 8 people. Water usage per person 50 gpd(190 L/d) Typical daily average is 50 gal.(190 L)per person. 0 Actual daily flow(total) 150 gpd(570 L/d) (Number of people)x(water usage per person). Rib Return recirculation ratio 3 :1 You can adjust this ratio(return flow to forward flow)up or down depending on system per- Rf Filter recirculation ratio 4 :1 formance.(Range of 2 to 6.) Total daily flow to AX20 600 gpd(2280 L/d) (Actual daily flow)x(return recirculation ratio+1).Must be<_3000 gpd(11,370 L/d).Actual flow should not exceed 500 gpd(1895 L/d).(500 gpd x 6:1 Rb=3000 gpd) ad Actual pump dose rate 33.3 gpm(126 L/min) Determine this value by field-testing or by using Orenco's PumpSelectTM.Start at the low end. Td Pump ON cycle time(dose) 0.25 min Select a value between 0.17 minutes(10 seconds)and 0.75 minutes(45 seconds). Tr Pump OFF cycle time(rest) 19.75 min See Pump OFF equation below. PUMP OFF EQUATION EXAMPLE Plugging in the above values and rounding results in the following: 1440 - Td , Qa 1440 • 0.25 • 33.3 T, = —Td T = — 0.25 = 19.74=19.75 (Rb+ 1Q; (3 + 1) • 150 After you determine your Pump ON and Pump OFF times,double check to make sure your start-up settings fall within the cycle time(CT)range,below.If they don't,make adjustments per the"Note." ADDITIONAL PARAMETERS TYPICAL VALUES NOTES CT Cycle time 20 min Low flow applications may result in cycle times of an hour or more,which can cause the media to dry out or odors to develop in the recirc tank.If CT is much more than 30 minutes, consult your Dealer or Orenco for suggested adjustments. Pump cycles per day 72 cycles 1440 min/day -. (OFF cycle time+ON cycle time).Must not exceed the pump's maximum rated cycles of 300 cycles per day. Gallons per cycle 8.3 gal.(31 L) With 68 orifices and using the Td range recommended above,you will maintain the recom- mended 0.08 to 0.25 gal.(0.45 to 0.95 L)per orifice per dose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0, of Copyright Knco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systemsa,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix Glossary 1W Alkalinity:The amount of ions available in the filtrate to react with NTU:Clarity and color of wastewater can be measured in nephelometric hydrogen ions.Although pH paper or a pH meter provides a quick field units(NTU).Clarity of a sample in a glass container can be compared measure of the overall balance of acidity vs.alkalinity in the system and by eye against a prepared sample.To obtain a quantitative measure of is useful for detecting changes that may cause problems,quantitative turbidity,a turbidity meter can be used in the field or in a lab. determination of alkalinity(measured in mg/L)is done in a lab. pH:A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of wastewater on a scale from BOD:Biological Oxygen Demand,a measure of the amount of organic 0(acid)to 14(alkaline),with 7 being neutral.pH can be measured in the material in wastewater,cBOD means carbonaceous BOD;the terms are field using pH test strips or a pH meter. often casually used interchangeably.cBOD5 means"five-day cBOD"and TN,TKN:Total Nitrogen(TN)is the sum of organic nitrogen(ON), is a lab test in which the sample is incubated for five days. ammonia nitrogen(NH3-N),nitrate nitrogen(NO3-N),and nitrite nitrogen DO:Dissolved oxygen,in mg/L.It can be measured in the field using a DO (NO2-N).Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen(FKN)is the sum of organic nitrogen(ON) meter or colorimetric kit,or in a lab. and ammonia nitrogen(NH3-N). G&0:Grease and oil,in mg/L,measured in a lab. TSS:Total suspended solids,in mg/L,measured in a lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distrihute without written authorization from Orenco:500-348-9843. A'I'M OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. PART 2: ADVANCED SERVICE TIPS AND TROUBLESHOOTING 2�9Nsr srnr>oP��o Orenco Systems AduanTex Incorporated Treatment System Changing the Way the AXN Models meet the World Does Wastewater' requirements of 1-800-348-9843 ANSI-NSF Standard 40 www.arenco.com for Class I Systems. www.vericomm.net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OM-ATX-2,Rev.1.0,5/08 Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-984^. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION , AX- RT Introduction: AdvanTe)& AX-RT Treatment Unit Operation This supplement contains information to help you successfully operate and maintain an AdvanTex®AX-RT Treatment System.The AX-RT operates similarly to the AdvanTex AX20 Treatment System,but there are some differences to be aware of when performing 0&M activities.A big difference is that the AX-RT consists of a single,self-contained module for recirculation,treatment,and dosing, instead of separate units. Another difference is that the AX-RT has no Recirculating Splitter Valve(RSV).Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is split—by means of a tank baffle—between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chambers of the AX-RT recirculating treatment tank. Raw sewage enters the septic tank through its inlet tee.In the septic tank,the raw sewage separates into three distinct zones—a scum layer,a sludge layer,and a clear zone.Effluent from the clear layer passes through a Biotube°effluent filter and is discharged by gravity to the recirc/blend chamber of the AX-RT unit.The effluent then flows through the recirc transfer line to the recirc pumping system.The recirc pumping system pumps effluent from the recirc/blend chamber through the manifold to the spray nozzles in the top of the unit.Effluent percolates down through the textile media and is divided—by means of a tank baffle—between the recirc/blend chamber and the recirc/filtrate chamber inside of the unit. Figure 1.AdvanTex®AX-RT Functional Areas and Components(AMT-111T Shown): O Septic Tank Inlet Tee ©Recirc Transfer Line 0 Tank Baffle ®AX-RT Outlet Q Biotube°Effluent Filter Q Recirc Pumping System m Treatment Tank(Recirc/Filtrate Chamber) (D Passive Air Vent ©AX-RT Inlet and Tee O Manifold and Spin Nozzles Q Recirc-Return Valve (9 External Splice Box Q Treatment Tank(Recirc/Blend Chamber) Q Textile Media ®Discharge Pumping System G Control Panel(Not Shown) 0 O © 7— D- o BID m m © Side view,septic tank Side view(AX20-RT pump discharge model) ------- --------------, OEI i -----' Top view,septic tank Top view(AX20-RT pump discharge model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems® Inc.Property of Orenco Systems®,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Ornnco:800-348-9843. • AIWOWATX-SUP-1,Rev.2.2,06/12 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION , AX- RT Introduction to AdvanTex AX-RT, continued The recirc pump's operation is controlled by a timer in the control panel.It allows the pump to dose the textile media for short periods(usually a 1-1.5 minutes),typically 72 times a day.These frequent"micro-doses,"which optimize the treatment process,occur 24 hours a day,to maintain the proper biological environment. Treated effluent can be discharged to the drainfield by means of a discharge pump system or by gravity discharge.The"High Level Alarm"and "ON"floats for the discharge pump are set at the factory and are non-adjustable.Dose volume for the discharge pump system is determined by adjustments to the"OFF"float.AX-RT units with gravity discharge simply discharge when the level of treated effluent in the recirc/filtrate chamber is at the level of the discharge outlet. For units equipped with UV disinfection,the effluent passes through the UV treatment unit before being pumped or flowing by gravity to final dispersal. Typical Site Plan for an AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment Unit AdvanTex°AX-RT Treatment Unit provides advanced secondary treatment. Building sewer O line conveys wastewater IL from house. Watertight septic tank equipped with effluent filter provides primary treatment. Final dispersal can be handled by shallow pressurized drainfield, drip system,shrub irrigation,water reuse,etc.,or by STEP collection (not shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIVCVATX-SUP-1,Rev.2.2,06/12 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from 0renco:800-348-9843. AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION , AX- RT AdvanTex O&M Manual: Changes Specific to the AX-RT The following shows AX-RT-specific information not found in Parts 1 and 2 of the AdvanTex®0&M Manual that are relevant to operating and maintaining the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment Unit.Use the general information found in the 0&M Manual along with this information to start up and properly service AX-RT systems. Start-Up Checklist Changes Setting Timers for New Systems Primary Treatment Initial timer settings for an AX-RT should be established based upon expected average daily flows and a recirculation ratio of 4:1 (filter Note:All pumping equipment is contained in the AX-RT unit.Substitute the checklist item below for the checklist items in the"Process Tank Pumping recirculation ratio).Table 1 provides recommended timer settings.If flows Equipment"and"Process Tank Pumping System"sections. vary significantly from expected flows,timer settings should be adjusted accordingly.Contact Orenco for more information. Septic Tank Table 1.Recommended Timer Settings for New Systems ❑ Biotube®filter installed correctly on the septic tank outlet. Models Number of Time On Avg Daily Time Off AX20-RT, Residents Setting Flow,gpd Setting Note: There is no recirculating splitter valve(RSO or separate discharge AX20-RTUV Min(Sec) (Qday) Min basin in an AX-RT system. Floats in the recirculation pump system are 2 0.8(45) 100(379) 30 set at the factory for correct performance.Do not adjust the floats in the recirculation pump system. Substitute the checklist items below for the 3 0.8(45) 150(568) 20 checklist items in the"Secondary Treatment"section. 4 0.8(45) 200(757) 15 Secondary Treatment 5 0.8(45) 250(946) 15 AX-RT Unit 6 0.8(45) 300(1136) 10 ❑AX-RT unit installed level. 7 0.8(45) 350(1325) 10 ❑All piping properly covered and compacted. 8 0.8(45) 400(1514) 8 Ventilation System Model Number of Time On Avg Daily Time Off ❑ Passive air vent on AX-RT unit properly installed. AX25-RT Residents Setting Flow,gpd Setting Recirculation Pump System Min(Sec) (Qday) Min ❑ Floats operate properly. 2 1.0(60) 100(379) 40 ❑ Pump plumbing connected correctly to manifold. 3 1.0(60) 150(568) 30 Recirculation Pump System Operation 4 1.0(60) 200(757) 20 ❑ Pump operates in"Manual." 5 1.0(60) 250(946) 15 ❑ Pump operates in"Automatic." 6 1.0(60) 300(1136) 15 ❑ Pump run amps: 7 1.0(60) 350(1325) 10 ❑ Pump rest volts: run volts: 8 1.0(60) 400(1514) 10 AX-RT Filter Operation 9 1.0(60) 450(1703) 8 ❑ Complete,square spray square pattern with full coverage of sheets 10 1.0(60) 500(1893) 8 ❑ Manifold pressure: (Typically 3.0-3.5 psi or 20.7-24.1 kPa.) 11 1.0(60) 550(2082) 7 AX-RT Discharge Unit(pump discharge only) 12 1.0(60) 600(2271) 7 ❑ Floats operate properly. -Assumes water usage of 50 gal.(190 L)per person per day and a return ❑ Pump discharge plumbing connected correctly, recirculation ratio of3:1.(Filter recirculation ratio of 4:1.) ❑ "Off"float adjusted for correct discharge dose to dispersal. •Override OFF cycle time is set at one-half of the OFF cycle time. Override ON cycle time is set the same as the ON cycle time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copyright Orenco Systems®,Inc.Property of Orenco Systems® Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from Orenco:800-348-9843. AIWOWATX-SUP-1,Rev.2.2,06/12 AdvanTex� O&M MANUAL. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION , AX- RT Setting Discharge Dose Volume When you collect effluent samples,be careful not to touch the textile sheets, unit walls,or other components.Disturbing the sheets,walls,or other com- The AX-RT is pre-set at the factory for a discharge dose volume of ponents could contaminate the samples.Also,be sure to thoroughly clean 43 gal/dose(162 L/dose).If necessary,use the discharge pump"Off"float and dry your sampling device between uses to avoid cross-contamination. to make adjustments to the discharge dose volume.Each 1-in.(12.7 mm) increase or decrease in"Off"float height is equal to approximately Measure Sludge and Scum 8.7 gal.(33 L)change in dose volume. Measure sludge and scum in the septic tank AND on the recirc/blend Do not adjust the settings of the"High-Level Alarm"and"On"floats. side of the AX-RT unit.Follow the instructions for pumpouts found in the AdvanTex 0&M Manual for the process tank. Table 2. Dose Volume Information Pump gal./min(Usec) 10(0.6) 20(1.3) 30(1.9) 50(3.2) NOTE:A light buildup of solids is expected to form in the AX-RT unit over time. After the second year that the system is in use, we recommend Factory float setting*,in.(mm) 30(762) 30(762) 30(762) 30(762) measuring solids accumulation in the AX-RT whenever you perform Lowest"Off"setting,in.(mm) 16(406) 18(457) 20(508) 24(610) regularly scheduled maintenance. Max dose volume,gal.(L) 156(591) 139(526) 123(466) 90(341) 'settings are measured from the bottom of the discharge side of the m-Rrunit. If more than trace amounts of scum or solids are found in the recirc/blend side of the AX-RT unit,check the recirc/filtrate side of the unit for solids and Perform Field Sampling scum,schedule a pumpout,and begin troubleshooting the system.The When you arrive at the site,remove the lid from the AX-RT and take your Advanced Service Tips and Troubleshooting Guide can help you determine sample from the recirc/filtrate side of the AX-RT unit before doing anything the cause.You may need to change timer settings or discuss household else,so that the sample won't be contaminated by material that you stir up habits with the system users. while working. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIM-OWATX-SUP-1,Rev.2.2,06/12 Copyright Orenco Systems°,Inc.Property of 0renco Systems,Inc.Do not reproduce or distribute without written authorization from orenco:800-348-9843. HOMEOWNER' S MANUAL onsito Wastewater Collection How to Take Care of Y Wastewater System f Y, Orenco Systems' Incorporated Cba,:gi g tbz Way tb r W-ld D,.Wa,t...at,r' 800-348-9843 541-459-4449 www.orenco.com �� www.vericomm.net How to Take Care of Y Wastewate r System Congratulations _ �' — ! And your service provider should Your home includes reliable, �- have a copy of this manual. it's carefully engineered equipment �i - -I, - available on our Document — manufactured by Orenco Library, at www.orenco.com. Or Systems°,Inc.—for the collec- a call 800-348-9843 (541-459- tion and/or treatment of house- t''-- 44 9) and we'll send you hold wastewater. - - - -- - another. When properly designed and installed, onsite Your system will also work better and last longer if wastewater treatment does a terrific job of decom- you learn what can go into it—and what can not. posing household waste and recycling precious Little effort is required.just read and practice the water resources. Our systems use little energy and "do's and don'ts"that follow.Every member of your frequently outperform municipal sewage treat household should be familiar with these.And if you ment plants. The treated effluent is often returned have guests who want to "help out in the kitchen," harmlessly to the soil,where it receives final polish- be sure to tell them,too.With this preventive main- ing and filtration for groundwater recharge.There's tenance,along with periodic inspections,your onsite no degrading of our nation's rivers and oceans . . . wastewater system should function for decades.And which is so often the case with municipal sewage. you'll save water,energy and pumpout costs,too! As with any engineered system, such as your car or There's a place on the back of this Homeowner's your heat pump,your onsite wastewater system will Manual to record"Important System Facts"If those work better and last longer if it is regularly main- have not been filled in for you, please record those tained by a qualified service provider. Your service now,before you file or shelve this manual.And give provider should be present during installation, so a copy of these facts to your service provider, espe- he or she is familiar with your system, especially cially if your service provider changes.You'll be glad those service lines, conduits, and connections that you did. get buried. Do's i Don'ts or IHouse There are a number of do's and don'ts that will help ensure a long life and minimal maintenance for your system. As a general rule, nothing should be disposed into any wastewater system that hasn't first been ingested, other than toilet tissue, mild detergents, and wash water. Here are some additional guidelines. ' � Dont� over flush the following down the drain: • Egg shells,cantaloupe seeds,gum, I � _— _ l � � "% � ) coffee grounds ' ��`i, • Tea bags,chewing tobacco, cigarette butts __, • Condoms,dental floss,sanitary Don't flush dangerous and damaging DO collect grease in a container and dispose napkins,diapers substances into your wastewater treatment with your trash.And avoid using garbage • Paper towels,newspapers,candy wrappers system. (Please refer to the"Substitutes for disposals excessively.Compost scraps or • Rags,large amounts of hair Household Hazardous Waste,"on the next dispose with your trash,also.Food by-products . "Flushable"wipes,baby wipes,medicated panel.)Specifically,do not flush... accelerate the need for septage pumping and wipes,cleaning wipes • Pharmaceuticals increase maintenance. • Excessive amounts of bath or body oils / — �� • Water softener backwash '�'��_ "FLUSHABLE"'WIPES ARE • Flammable or toxic products • Household cleaners,especially floor wax DISPOSE IN,TRASH. and rug cleaners ,i • Chlorine bleach,chlorides,and pool or �� Don't plumb water softener discharge brine spa products - - into your wastewater system. (The softened • Pesticides,herbicides,agricultural DO keep lint out of your wastewater treatment WATER is OK,just not the BRINE that's chemicals,or fertilizers system by cleaning the lint filters on your produced during the regeneration cycle.) washing machine and dryer before every DO route the brine around your wastewater load.Installing a supplemental lint filter onsystem so it discharges directly into the soil. your washing machine would be a good y�4 This is a cost-effective solution that ensures - i precautionary measure. (This normally the long-term performance of your system takes just a few� minutes.Lint and other such� and the biological processes that occur N0s' materials can make a big difference in the . �� inside it. frequency and cost of pumping out your - = primary treatment tank.) Water softener brine interferes with nitrogen removal.And it degrades treatment by Dont use special additives that are touted — - — to enhance the performance of your tank or interfering with the settling process inside the tank.Without proper settling,solids,grease, system.Additives can cause major damage and oils are carried through your system, to other areas in the collection system.The natural microorganisms that grow in your clogging components.This increases your costs by.. system generate their own enzymes that are sufficient for breaking down and digesting �,�, -`� `� • requiring the tank to be pumped more nutrients in the wastewater. _ often(at hundreds of dollars per pumpout) DO use your brash can to dispose of substances . requiring filters to be cleaned more often that cause maintenance problems and/or increase the need for septage pumping. • fouling drainfields and other downstream equipment Do's i Don'ts or IHouse Scouring cleaners &powders: G�uRs e � i �� '�' Sprinkle baking soda on a damp sponge or ,�� add 4 tbs(50 g)baking soda to 1 qt(1 L) warm water.Or use Bon Ami®cleanser;it's �� ;. � ,/ ', ._ '� - �1 cheaper and won't scratch. Carpettupholstery cleaners: Sprinkle dry cornstarch or baking soda on, then vacuum.For tougher stains,blot with Don't ignore leaky plumbing fixtures;repair Don't leave interior faucets on to protect water white vinegar in soapy water. them.A leaky toilet can waste up to 2,000 gal- lines during cold spells.A running faucet can Toilet cleaners: lons(7500 liters)of water in a single day. easily increase your wastewater flow by 1,000 Sprinkle on baking soda or Bon Ami;then That's 10-20 times more water than a house- to 3,000 gallons(4,000 to 12,000 liters)per scrub with a toilet brush. hold's typical daily usage.Leaky plumbing day and hydraulically overload your system. fixtures increase your water bill,waste natural Instead,properly insulate or heat your faucets Furniture/floor polishes: resources,and overload your system. and plumbing. To clean,use oil soap and warm water.Dry with soft cloth.Polish with 1 part lemon juice and 2 parts oil(any kind),or use ji natural products with lemon oil or beeswax c� A in mineral oil. O Metal cleaners: — \ L`+ / _J� \ ij • Brass and copper:scrub with a used half of lemon dipped in salt. • Stainless steel:use scouring pad and Don't use excessive amounts of water.Using 00 use substitutes for household hazardous soapy water. 50 gallons(200 liters)per pet-son per day is waste.Replace the following hazardous • Silver:rub gently with toothpaste and typical.If your household does not practice products with products that are less soft wet cloth. any of the"water conserving tips"below,you environmentally harmful.The hazardous Oven cleaners: may be using too much water. cleaners are listed below,followed by the Quickly sprinkle salt on drips;then scrub. suggested substitute.00 conserve water: Use baking soda and scouring Pads on older •Take shorter showers or take baths with Ammonia-based cleaners: spills. a partially filled tub.Be cautious about • For surfaces,sprinkle baking soda on a excessive use of large soaking tubs. damp sponge. • Don't let water run unnecessarily while • Or for windows,use a solution of brushing teeth or washing hands,food, 2 tbs(30 mL)white vinegar to dishes,etc. 1 qt(1 L)water.Pour the mixture into Liquid � • Wash dishes and clothes when you have a a spray bottle. V� beteI 0 full load. Disinfectants: • When possible,avoid doing several loads Use borax: 1/2 cup(100 g)in a gallon in one day. (4 L)of water;deodorizes also. Laundry detergents: • Use water-saving devices on faucets and Drain decloggers: Choose a liquid detergent(not a powder) showerheads. Use a plunger or metal snake,or remove that doesn't have chlorine or phosphates. • When replacing old toilets,buy low-flush and clean trap. models. Do's and Don'ts I OUTSIDE I y Dont enter your tank,ever!Gases Dont dump RV waste into your that can be generated in the tank wastewater system.It will increase and/or oxygen depletion can be the frequency of required septage _ fatal. pumping.When dumped directly into the pumping vault RV waste " p P g Do keep the tank access clogs or fouls equipment,causing a �'��i lid Secure to the riser at undue maintenance and repair 811 Was with stainless steel lid costs. (Also,some RV waste may -- bolts.If bolts are lost or damaged, contain chemicals that are toxic or that may retard the biological call your service provider immediately for bolts.Or call Orenco at digestion occurring within the tank.) (800)348-9843 or+1(541)459-4449.If the tank lid becomes Dont ever connect rain gutters or detached from the riser or if the lid or riser becomes damaged, storm drains to the sewer or allow BLOCK ACCESS TO THE TANK OPENING IMMEDIATELY AND KEEP surface water to dram into it.And I CHILDREN AWAY until all repairs are made. don't discharge hot-tub water into Dont drive over your tank or any your system.The additional water = - N01.1- buried components in your system, will increase costs and reduce unless they've been equipped with the capacity of the collection and - —; a special traffic lid.If the system is treatment systems.It can also wash 0 subject to possible traffic,put up a excess solids through the tank, i barricade or a row of shrubs. and,for properties with drainfields, additional water water can flood the drainfield. Dont dig without knowing the location of your wastewater system.As much as possible,plan landscaping and permanent outdoor structures before installation. But easily removable items,such as bird baths and picnic tables, are OK to place on top of your system. At the Control Panel --�� DO locate your electrical control Dont turn off the main circuit breaker to the wastewaterpumps -- \ panel where it will be protected when going on vacation.If there is any infiltration or inflow into from potential vandalism and the system,the pumps will need to handle it. p have unobstructed access. 00 familiarize yourself with the location of your wastewater system >" and electrical control panel.Refer ICAUTION! to the panel's model number when reporting a malfunction in the system. Only a qualified electrician or i i DO make arrangements with a reliable service person to provide operator should work on your control panel.Before regular monitoring and maintenance,and place the service anyone does any work on either the wiring to the level person's phone number on or in your control panel! control floats and pumps in the vault or on the control panel itself,it is imperative to first switch the isolation DO remember that the audible alarm can be silenced by pushing and the circuit breakers in the panel to the lighted button located directly above the"Push to Silence" Ipositions, power label on the front of the electrical control panel.Hold the button system at the main breaker! until the alarm goes off.With normal use,the tank has a reserve storage capacity good for about 24 hours. HOMEOWNER' S MANUAL Onsite Wastewater Collection DO keep an"as built"system diagram in a safe place for reference.And keep accurate records of maintenance and service calls.Make sure whoever services your tank keeps a Orenco Systems Incorporated -� complete record,and ask for a copy for your records. Changing the Way the World D—Wastewater 800-348-9843 541-459-4449 IMPORTANT SYSTEM FACTS www.orenco.com www.vericomm.net Distributor or Dealer: Please fill out the following important information before giving out this Homeowner's Manual: AQWA DistributodDealer Name Permit#(if applicable) 2604 Willis Ct.,Wilson, NC 27896 DistributodDealer Address Property Address 1-888-552-AQWA Distributor/Dealer Phone Numbers) Property Owner Names) AQWA Authored Service Provider Name 1-888-552-AQWA Authon'ed Service Provider Phone Numbers) Start-Up Date Control Panel Model#and UL# AdvanTe)�'Model#(if applicable) Authon'ed Installer Name Advar,Te)'Serial#(if applicable) Authon'ed Installer Phone Numbers) Piedmont Design Associates, PA Engineer Name(if applicable) ' ""DPS 704-664-7888 AdvanTex' Engineer Phone Number(s) Treatment System AXN Models meet the requirements of NSF-ANSI Standard 40 for Class 1 Systems. Regulatory Agency Regulatory Contact Name Regulatory Contact Phone Number(s) ABR-OM-1 Rev.3.4,©12111 Orenco Systems®,Inc. Technical Data UV Disinfection Unit °� Orenoo Systems Incorporated 800-348-9843 Applications General The Orenco`)UV Disinfection Unit can be used after secondary In a pump or gravity discharge basin or tank,treated effluent is treatment(10 mg/L CBODJSS)in applications requiring disinfec- disinfected as it flows through the housing and around the UV tion before dispersal. lamp.The unit uses no chemicals and has no moving parts. It In NSF Standard 40 testing for fecal coliform reduction using typi- requires annual cleaning and lamp replacement. cal residential flows of 500 gpd(1890 L/day),the UV Disinfection Unit reduced fecal coliform by 99.9 percent(3 logs).Specifically, Features/Specifications it yielded an overall geometric mean of 1.71 cfu/100 mL.The bulb used in testing was rated at 125 pW/cmz intensity. re specify this component for your secondary treatment system, require the following: This test used effluent treated by an AdvanTex®AX20 Treatment System,which produced effluent of 4 mg/L CBODS,6 mg/L TSS, For all secondary treatment systems: and 1.2 NTU,with a geometric mean of 1.35 x 104 cfu/100mL. a Require a secondary treatment system that produces Similar reductions in fecal coliform can be expected from other 10 mg/L CBODS and TSS in the field. secondary treatment systems that produce 10 mg/L CBODS and a Require a power ballast and lamp current sensor housed in a TSS in the field. control panel(not a tank or riser)to minimize corrosion and For information on commercial or high-flow applications,contact failure due to environmental exposure. Orenco's Engineered Systems department. a Require a quartz sheath to minimize buildup and service intervals Power cord Require a quick-disconnect fitting for easy inspection and Cord grip • cleaning. For Orenco's AdvanTex Treatment Systems: Lamp handle Require suitability with Orenco MVP Panels or the VeriComm`) Monitoring System.When coupled with an AdvanTex Treatment System,the MVP panel or VeriComm Monitoring System prevents discharge of non-disinfected effluent due to Inlet lamp failure.A current sensor monitors lamp function and,in Outlet the event of lamp failure,the AdvanTex discharge pump is automatically disabled.With MVP panels,an audible and visible alarm is activated.With VeriComm-equipped systems Housing a text alert is sent to the Service Provider. Standard Model UV-125/31-P Quartz sheath and lamp and UV - 125 / 31 - P THousing material: P - Sch 40 ABS Flow-through Ta mp length: g 31 = 31 in.(787 mm) spacer Lamp output: 125=125µw/cmz UV disinfection unit Orencol UV Disinfection Unit, cutaway view ©2010 Orenca Systems®Inc. NTD-UV-OSI-1 Rev.1.0,©1/10 Page 1 of 2 UV Disinfection • i E � � Cfl G � t Flow path �F B Flow path Orenco UV Disinfection Unit,top view t Materials of Construction C Cord grip Nylon Housing 3-in.(80-mm)diameter Sch 40 black ABS Inlettee 3-in.(80-mm)Sch 40 black ABS Other housing fittings Black ABS Quick-disconnect Black ABS coupling 1'/z"IPS outlet Black ABS Lamp assembly seal EPDM rubber Lamp sleeve 20.5-mm quartz sleeve Specifications Dimensions,in.(mm) A 42.26(1073) B 36.00(914) C 30.87(784) D 0.50(13) E 4.00(100) F 7.60(193) G 1.50 IPS(40 DN) Performance Lamp 31"(787 mm),120V,AC,50 or 60 Hz,425 mA, 38 W;radiant intensity is 125µw/cmz at 254 nm Ballast 120V,AC,50 or 60 Hz,located in UL listed Orenco control panel Power cord 600V,18/2 UL Type TC,25 ft(7.62 m)standard length Cord plug UL listed four-pin connector,Iampholder, Orenco UV Disinfection Unit,side cutaway view electric discharge,1000 V or less NTD-W-OSI-1 ©2010 Orenco Systems®Inc. Rev.1.0,©1/10 Page 2 of 2 UV Disinfection Unit CO Orenco Systems Incorporated 800-348-9843 Installation and Servicing Instructions for Orenco°Salcor 3G UV Disinfection Unit Before You Begin WARNING:Do not look directly at an operating UV lamp or expose skin to UV lamp light!UV radiation burns retinas and skin! The Orenco°Salcor 3G UV Disinfection Unit consists of a housing that slides into a quick-disconnect fitting on a pump basin, gravity discharge basin,or discharge tank,as well as a removable lamp assembly.The lamp is shipped in a separate, padded box and must be connected to the lamp assembly before installation.An optional external or internal splice box that attaches to the riser of the basin or tank is available with the UV disinfection unit.Additionally,a current sensor and ballast for the UV disinfec- tion unit are included in Orenco UV control panels,purchased separately. IMPORTANT The power cord for the disinfection unit can be installed through a splice box, or a conduit can be run through the riser. Orenco recommends that the cord be installed in its own conduit separate from other wires. The standard length of the power cord is 25 ft. Longer power cords are available from Orenco®. The control panel can be installed on a nearby building or on a post. If the control panel contains pump control circuitry, do not install it on the wall outside a residential space,as the relay contact noise, when the pump turns on and off, may be noticeable and bothersome. It can, however, be installed on the wall of a garage or shed. Eye bolt Cord grip Power cord I 7 = Handle Outlet Power cord plug Flanged Quick- coupling disconnect (Not included) coupling, female side Bulb Lamp assembly Housing UV disinfection unit components(control panel components not shown) ©2009 Orenca Systems®,Inc. NIN-UV-SAL-1 Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 1 of 6 Installation and Servicing Instructions (continued) Step 1: Install the Quick-Disconnect Coupling WARNING:Do not apply primer to the flanged coupling or the female side of the quick-disconnect coupling. They are ABS. Primer intended for PVC will weaken the ABS material. Step 1a: Cut a section of 3-in.(75 mm) PVC pipe to 9 in. (230 mm). Step 1b:Apply glue to the inside of the flanged coupling and press the pipe into the coupling. Leave 3 in. (75 mm)of pipe inside the riser or tank. Narrow end 3-in. PVC of slot down Step 1c: Glue and install the female side of the quick-disconnect coupling pipe onto the pipe stub. NOTE:Be sure that the narrow end of the slot on the coupling is pointed down toward the bottom of the basin or riser,as shown in Photo Id. Step 1d: Glue and install a reducer on the pipe stub outside of the riser. Step 2: Install the Splice Box,if Necessary If the splice box for the UV unit has not been pre-installed on the basin or tank riser, install it using the instructions supplied with the splice box.You can use either an internal splice box or Orenco's External Splice Box. NOTE:Instead of using a splice box, you can run conduit for the disinfection unit's cable directly through the riser using a watertight grommet. Step 3:Assemble the Disinfection Unit WARNING:Handle the UV bulb with care.Avoid touching the glass surface of the bulb!Oils from your fingers can damage the bulb and shorten its life! Step 3a: Loosen the lock nut on the cord grip and remove the cord grip from the handle of the lamp assembly. ® Step 3b:Thread the loose end of the cord through the threaded end of the cord grip and out the top end. 4 Step 3c: Connect the power cord plug to the bulb. Step 3d: Carefully slide the bulb straight into the lamp assembly. Step 3e: Screw the cord grip into the handle;tighten the cord grip and the lock nut until both are snug. 7r. NOTE:Overtightening can damage the cord grip. If you use a wrench or other tool for tightening the cord grip, be careful not to overtighten. ® V Step 3f: Insert the lamp assembly into the housing.The lamp assembly and housing are keyed,to help install them correctly. y NIN-UV-SAL-1 ©2009 Orenco Systems®,Inc. Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 2 of 6 Installation and Servicing Instructions (continued) Step 4: Install the Disinfection Unit 0 , Once the basin or tank has been backfilled,you can install the disinfection unit. ' t Step 4a: Partially fill the disinfection unit with water to counteract its buoy- r ancy. Step 4b: Lower the disinfection unit into the basin and slide it into the quick- disconnect coupling.We recommend using a steel scum gauge or steel rod with a hook or bent end to lower the unit into the basin. Step 4c: Firmly seat the unit into the quick-disconnect coupling. Step 4d: Neatly coil the excess power cord and secure it to the splice box with a cable tie. If you are using an Orenco external splice box,secure the cable with the hook-and-loop strip supplied with the splice box. A Step 5: Install Wiring j Step 5a: In the control panel,turn off the circuit breaker marked UV. Step 5h: Run conduit from the splice box or through the riser wall to the — control panel,following applicable electrical codes.The power cord should have its own conduit separate from other wires. r t E f 0 Step 5c: If a splice box is used,pull the disinfection unit's power cord q < 9 3 through one of the cord grips on the splice box and tighten the cord grip so 0 9 that the cord cannot slide through;then feed the cord into the conduit. If no splice box is used,just feed the cord into the conduit. Pull the cord through the conduit to the control panel.Whether or not a splice box is used,seal k the conduit around the cord with approved electrical sealant. NOTE.Leave at least five feet(1.5 m)of coiled power cord in the basin or riser so that you can easily remove the disinfection unit for servicing. Step 5d: Consult the wiring diagram clipped inside the control panel and terminate the wires at whichever terminals are designated as "LIV Power Terminals" on the drawing. R' w Step 6:Turn on the Power m -4 `< 9 9 0 Step 6a:When power is available to the control panel,turn on the main cir- cuit breaker to the panel. Step 6b:Turn on the circuit breaker marked "LIV." Step 6c: Check the numeric display on the current sensor in the panel to ensure the lamp is functioning.The current sensor monitors the function of the lamp.A normal reading is about 0.28 amp. If the sensor reading is "o," that means the lamp has failed or it is not correctly connected. e 203 20 L- 1 ©2009 Orenca Systems®,Inc. NIN-UV-SAL-1 Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 3 of 6 Installation and Servicing Instructions (continued) Troubleshooting the UV Disinfection Unit During system operation,if the lamp fails or if it is not correctly connected,the current sensor will read "0." When the current sensor reads "0,"the AdvanTex System's discharge pump will be automatically disabled so that no untreated effluent is discharged. If a VeriCommT" Monitoring System is being used, it will send an alert to the service provider.The service provider will then visit the site, check the connections and the lamp,and replace the lamp if necessary. If the UV unit is powered through a VeriComm Monitoring System,a local alarm will sound if the service provider does not provide service within approxi- mately 18 hours. Additional troubleshooting instructions are clipped to the inside of the control panel. Servicing the UV Disinfection Unit and Replacing the Lamp In a pump basin,gravity discharge basin,or discharge tank,treated effluent is disinfected as it flows through the housing and around the UV lamp.To ensure sufficient exposure of the effluent to the ultraviolet light from the lamp,the UV Disinfection Unit must be cleaned and the lamp replaced once a year. WARNING:Do not look directly at an operating UV lamp or expose skin to its light!UV radiation burns retinas and skin! When servicing any wastewater treatment equipment, wear clothing that covers all parts of the body that may be exposed to wastewater or effluent, wear appropriate personal protection equipment(rubber gloves,goggles,and boots),and always protect eyes and skin from UV rays. Step 1: Remove the Disinfection Unit Step 1a: In the control panel,turn off the circuit breaker marked UV. Step 1h: In the basin, unfasten the coil of power cord so that you have enough slack to pull the disinfection unit out. It is not necessary to discon- nect the cord from the disinfection unit. 9 9 Step 1c: Use a steel scum gauge or steel rod with a hook or bent end to pull the disinfection unit out of the quick-disconnect coupling and lift it out of the basin. WARNING:DO NOT pull the disinfection unit up by the cord! Step 1d:Tilt the disinfection unit so that all of the water inside drains out of the outlet and back into the basin. Step le: Lay the disinfection unit on a protective sheet of plastic on the ground. y✓WWI Step 2: Clean the Disinfection Unit Step 2a:Wipe any buildup off of the outside of the disinfection unit. Step 2h: Grasp the lamp assembly at the top. Do not pull on the cord!Pull the lamp assembly out of the disinfection unit housing. Step 2c: Support the disinfection unit housing on the edge of the basin, and use a hose and long-handled bottle brush to break up any buildup inside the disinfection unit. Drain the unit back into the basin when finished. NIN-UV-SAL-1 ©2009 Orenco Systems®,Inc. Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 4 of 6 Installation and Servicing Instructions (continued) Step 2d: Hold the lamp assembly over the basin and gently hose it off. F� Wipe off any debris, if necessary.To remove stains or coating from the clear sheath around the bulb,rub gently with a soft sponge and detergent. ; Remove stubborn stains with isopropyl alcohol on a sponge. / F Y{fi Step 3: Replace the Lamp in the Lamp Assembly WARNING:Handle the UV bulb with care.Avoid touching the glass surface of the bulb!Oils from your fingers can damage the bulb and shorten its life! �vR ;rty With the lamp assembly removed from the handle, replace the W bulb. a Step 3a: Loosen the lock nut on the cord grip and remove the cord grip from the handle of the lamp assembly. Step 3b: Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the lamp assembly. �. Step 3c: Disconnect the power cord plug from the bulb. Step 3d: Connect the plug to a new bulb. Step 3e: Carefully slide the bulb straight into the lamp assembly. Step 3f: Screw the cord grip into the handle;tighten the cord grip and the �► lock nut until both are snug. Step 3g: Insert the lamp assembly into the housing. Note: You must properly dispose of the old bulb at a recycling center, as it O contains mercury. Step 4: Reinstall the Disinfection Unit Step 4a: Follow the instructions in the installation section of this document IV for reinstalling the disinfection unit into the quick-disconnect coupling. Step 4b: In the control panel,turn on the circuit breaker marked "UV." Step 4c: Check the numeric display of the current sensor in the panel to ensure the lamp is functioning. b { I ©2009 Orenca Systems®,Inc. NIN-UV-SAL-1 Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 5 of 6 UV Disinfection Unit Instal lation/Inspection/Ma i ntenance Form Record your UV disinfection unit installation information,as well as annual inspection and cleaning results and any other maintenance activity performed on the UV disinfection unit. Date of Installation: Name of Installer: Installation Site: Remarks: Date of Inspection/Cleaning/Bulb Replacement Other Maintenance Performed? Notes NIN-UV-SAL-1 ©2009 Orenco Systems®,Inc. Rev.1.1©9/09 Page 6 of 6 PF Series Hi h-Head EffluentPumpsg Applications Features/Specifications Our submersible High-Head Effluent Pumps are designed to To specify this pump for your installation,require the following: transport screened effluent(with low TSS counts)from septic . Minimum 24-hour run-dry capability with no deterioration in tanks or separate dosing tanks.All our pumps are constructed pump life or performance* of lightweight,corrosion-resistant stainless steel and engi- neered plastics;all are field-serviceable and repairable with 1/8-inch (3-mm) bypass orifice (patent pending)to ensure common tools;and all standard 60-Hz PF Series models are flow recirculation for motor cooling and to prevent air bind CSA certified to the U.S. and Canadian safety standards for • Liquid end repair kits available for better long-term cost of effluent pumps,meeting UL requirements. ownership Orenco's High-Head Effluent Pumps are used in a variety of • TRI-SEAUm floating impeller design on 10-,20-,and 30-gpm applications,including pressurized drainfields, packed bed fil- models;floating stack design on 50-gpm models ters, mounds,aerobic units,effluent irrigation,effluent sewers, . Super stainless Franklin Electric motor, rated for continuous wetlands,lagoons,and more.These pumps are designed to be use and frequent cycling used with a Biotube®pump vault. q y g • Type SOOW motor cable (suitable for Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 applications) • Five-year warranty from date of manufacture against defects in materials or workmanship Discharge *Not applicable to 5-hp models connection Standard Models C Bypass See specifications chart, pages 2-3,for a complete list. 72 orifice RECIRCULATION PUMP Nomenclature PF-300512 DRIP DOSING PUMP PF 00 00 0_00 PF 201012 T Cord length: Note:Three-phase cards available Blank = 10' only in 10-foot or 30-foot lengths. 20 = 20' S30 = 30' UrtIOn 50 = 50' connection Voltage(nameplate): 1 = 115(1/2 hp only) 200 = 200 O 2 = 230(220 if 50 Hz) � 4 = 460 vyi Frequency: Y -E 1 = single-phase 60 Hz • 3 = three-phase 60 Hz y 5 = single-phase 50 Hz 8 Horsepower: CL 05 = 1/2 hp En 07 = 3/4 hp 10 = 1 hp 15 = 1-1/2 hp 20 = 3 hpCID ® � 30 = 3 hp 50 = 5 hp C US Nominal flow(gpm): LR80980 10 Orenco Systems" 20 Incorporated 30 05a q t1 e Way the 50 NTD-PU-PF-1 W"Id D"Wo't—at", Rev.1.5,5/08 800-348-9843 Pump(PF Series) ©Orenco Systems®,Inc. www.orenco.com Page 1 of 6 PF Series High-HeadPumps (continued) d Specifications VJ i 60 Hz a a e m R s a E s 0 0 CD cc cc .. - .a d y O c V d cc S y 'C C =_ 'y :: Model 0 3 x '° a z ¢ c M E c ._ a`cc PF100511 10(0.6) 0.5(0.37) 1 115 120 12.7 12.7 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 23.0(660) 16(406) 26(12) 300 PF100512 10(0.6) 0.5(0.37) 1 230 240 6.3 6.3 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 23.0(660) 16(406) 26(12) 300 PF10053200 10(0.6) 0.5(0.37) 3 200 208 3.8 3.8 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 23.0(660) 16(406) 26(12) 300 PF1007124 5 10(0.6) 0.75(g.56) 1 230 240 8.3 8.3 8 1 1/4 in.GFP 25.9(658) 17(432) 30(14) 300 PF100732004,5 10(0.6) 0.75(g.56) 3 200 208 5.1 5.2 8 1 1/4 in.GFP 25.4(645) 17(432) 31 (14) 300 PF1010124,5 10(0.6) 1 (0.75) 1 230 240 9.6 9.6 9 1 1/4 in.GFP 27.9(709) 18(457) 33(15) 100 PF101032004.5 10(0.6) 1 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.5 5.5 9 1 1/4 in.GFP 27.3(693) 18(457) 37(17) 300 PF1020126,7,1 10(0.6) 2(1.49) 1 230 240 12.1 12.1 18 1 1/4 in.SS 39.5(1003) 22(559) 48(22) 100 PF102032006,8 10(0.6) 2(1.49) 3 200 208 8.7 8.7 18 1 1/4 in.SS 37.9(963) 20(508) 44(20) 300 PF200511 20(1.5) 0.5(0.37) 1 115 120 12.3 12.5 4 1 1/4 in.GFP 22.3(566) 18(457) 25(11) 300 PF200512 20(1.5) 0.5(0.37) 1 230 240 6.4 6.5 4 1 1/4 in.GFP 22.5(572) 18(457) 26(12) 300 PF2010124.5 20(1.5) 1 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.5 10.5 7 1 1/4 in.GFP 28.4(721) 20(508) 33(15) 100 PF201032004,5 20(1.5) 1 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.9 7 1 1/4 in.GFP 27.8(706) 20(508) 33(15) 300 PF2015124 5 20(1.5) 1.5(l.11) 1 230 240 12.4 12.6 9 1 1/4 in.GFP 34.0(864) 24(610) 41 (19) 100 PF201532004,5 20(1.5) 1.5(l.11) 3 200 208 7.1 7.2 9 1 1/4 in.GFP 30.7(780) 20(508) 35(16) 300 PF300511 300.9) 0.5 0.37 1 115 120 11.8 11.8 3 1 JA in.GFP 21.3 541 20 508 28 13 300 P 3300512 30(1.9) 0.5(0.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 3 1 1/4 in.GFP 21.3(541) 20(508) 25(11) 300 30053200 30(1.9) 0.5 0.37 3 200 208 3.6 3.6 3 1 1/4 in.GFP 21.3 541 20 1 508 2b 11 PF300712 30(1.9) 0.75(0.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 5 1 1/4 in.GFP 24.8(630) 21 (533) 29(13) 300 PF30073200 30(1.9) 0.75(g.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 5 1 1/4 in.GFP 24.6(625) 21 (533) 30(14) 300 PF3010124 300.9) 1 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.4 10.4 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 27.0(686) 22(559) 32(15) 100 PF301032004 30(1.9) 1 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.8 5.8 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 26.4(671) 22(559) 33(15) 300 PF3015124,5 30(1.9) 1.5(l.11) 1 230 240 12.6 12.6 8 1 1/4 in.GFP 32.8(833) 24(610) 40(18) 100 PF301532004,5 30(1.9) 1.5(l.11) 3 200 208 6.9 6.9 8 1 1/4 in.GFP 29.8(757) 22(559) 34(15) 300 PF3020124 5•' 30(1.9) 2(1.49) 1 230 240 11 11 10 1 1/4 in.SS 35.5(902) 26(660) 44(20) 100 PF302032004,5 30(1.9) 2(1.49) 3 200 208 9.3 9.3 10 1 1/4 in.SS 34.0(864) 24(610) 41 (19) 300 PF303012fi 7,3 30(1.9) 3(2.23) 1 230 240 16.8 16.8 14 1 1/4 in.SS 44.5(1130) 33(838) 54(24) 100 PF3030326 8 30(1.9) 3(2.23) 3 230 240 10 10.1 14 1 1/4 in.SS 44.3(1125) 27(686) 52(24) 300 PF3050126,7,1 300.9) 5(3.73) 1 230 240 25.6 25.8 23 1 1/4 in.SS 66.5(1689) 53(1346) 82(37) 100 PF3050326 8 30(1.9) 5(3.73) 3 230 240 16.6 16.6 23 1 1/4 in.SS 60.8(1544) 48(1219) 66(30) 300 PF500511 50(3.2) 0.5(0.37) 1 115 120 12.1 12.1 2 2 in.SS 20.3(516) 24(610) 27(12) 300 PF500512 50(3.2) 0.5(g.37) 1 230 240 6.2 6.2 2 2 in.SS 20.3(516) 24(610) 27(12) 300 PF50053200 50(3.2) 0.5(0.37) 3 200 208 3.7 3.7 2 2 in.SS 20.3(516) 24(610) 28(13) 300 PF500712 50(3.2) 0.75(g.56) 1 230 240 8.5 8.5 3 2 in.SS 23.7(602) 25(635) 31 (14) 300 PF50073200 50(3.2) 0.75(0.56) 3 200 208 4.9 4.9 3 2 in.SS 23.1 (587) 26(660) 32(15) 300 PF500734 50(3.2) 0.75(g.56) 3 460 480 1.8 1.8 3 2 in.SS 34.8(884) 25(635) 31 (14) 300 PF501012 50(3.2) 1 (0.75) 1 230 240 10.1 10.1 4 2 in.SS 27.0(686) 26(660) 35(16) 100 PF50103200 50(3.2) 1 (0.75) 3 200 208 5.7 5.7 4 2 in.SS 26.4(671) 26(660) 39(18) 300 PF5015124 50(3.2) 1.5(l.11) 1 230 240 12.5 12.6 5 2 in.SS 32.5(826) 30(762) 41 (19) 100 PF501532004 50(3.2) 1.5(l.11) 3 200 208 7 7 5 2 in.SS 29.3(744) 26(660) 35(16) 300 PF5030124 5•7•8 50(3.2) 3(2.23) 1 230 240 17.7 17.7 8 2 in.SS 43(1092) 37(940) 55(25) 100 PF5030324,5,1 50(3.2) 3(2.23) 3 230 240 10.4 10.4 8 2 In SS 40(1016) 30(762) 46(21) 300 PF503032004,5,8 50(3.2) 3(2.23) 3 200 208 13.1 13.1 8 2 in.SS 43.4(1102) 30(762) 55(25) 300 PF5050326 8 50(3.2) 5(3.73) 3 230 240 16.5 16.5 13 2 in.SS 59.3(1506) 49(1245) 64(29) 300 PF751512 75(4.7) 1.5(l.11) 1 230 240 12.1 12.3 4 2 in.SS 33.4(848) 30(762) 44(20) 100 NTD-PU-PF-1 See notes on following page. Rev.1.5,5/08 ©Orenco Systems,Inc. Page 2 of 6 PF Series High-HeadPumps (continued) d as c ea _ 07cc 0 d Y a � � O O O. y � d ,_ O V 50 Hz c a as R s a sca as�+ m _ a+ m is as s +r - ay -a m y o s cc i d m a y _ _ °� Model 0 3 x '° a z a o c � ._ 3: oi6c PF100552 10(0.6) 0.5(0.37) 1 220 230 3.9 4.1 6 1 1/4 in.GFP 23(584) 17(432) 26(12) 300 PF100752 10(0.6) 0.75(0.56) 1 220 230 6.2 6.2 9 1 1/4 in.GFP 26.8(658) 17(432) 30(14) 300 PF300552 30(1.9) 0.5(0.37) 1 220 230 4.1 4.1 4 1 1/4 in.GFP 22.5 (572) 19(483) 26(12) 300 PF300752 30(1.9) 0.75(0.56) 1 220 230 6.1 6.1 5 1 1/4 in.GFP 24.8(630) 19(483) 29(13) 300 PF301052 30(1.9) 1 (0.75) 1 220 230 7.4 7.4 7 1 1/4 in.GFP 28.4(721) 20(508) 32(15) 100 PF3015524,1 30(1.9) 1.5(l.11) 1 220 230 9.3 9.3 8 1 1/4 in.GFP 35.4(899) 24(610) 40(18) 100 PF500552 50(3.2) 0.5(0.37) 1 220 230 4 4 2 2 in.SS 20.3(516) 25(635) 29(13) 300 PF500752 50(3.2) 0.75(g.56) 1 220 230 6.3 6.4 3 2 in.SS 23.7(602) 25(635) 31 (14) 300 PF501052 50(3.2) 1 (0.75) 1 220 230 7.3 7.4 4 2 in.SS 27(686) 26(660) 35(16) 100 PF501552 50(3.2) 1.5(l.11) 1 220 230 9.1 9.1 5 2 in.SS 32.5(826) 30(762) 42(19) 100 GFP=glass-filled polypropylene;SS=stainless steel.The 1 1/4-in.NPT GFP discharge is 2 7/8 in.octagonal across flats;the 1 1/4-in.NPT SS discharge is 21/8 in.octagonal across flats;and the 2-in.NPT SS discharge is 2 7/8 in.hexagonal across flats.Discharge is female NPT threaded,U.S.nominal size,to accommodate Orenco discharge hose and valve assemblies.Consult your Orenco Distributor about fittings to connect hose and valve assem- blies to metric-sized piping. 2 Minimum liquid level is for single pumps when installed in an Orenco Biotube Pump Vault or Universal Flow Inducer.In other applications,minimum liquid level should be top of pump.Consult Orenco for more information. s Weight includes carton and 10-ft cord. 4 High-pressure discharge assembly required. a Do not use cam-lock option(0.)on discharge assembly. 6 Custom discharge assembly required for these pumps.Contact Orenco. Capacitor pack included with pump.Custom control panel required. 8 Torque locks are available for all pumps,and are supplied with 3-hp and 5-hp pumps. Materials of Construction Discharge: Glass-filled polypropylene or stainless steel Discharge bearing: Engineered thermoplastic(PEEK) Diffusers: Glass-filled PPO(Noryl GFN3) Impellers: Celcon°acetal copolymer on 10-,20,and 30-gpm models;50-gpm impellers are Noryl GFN3 Intake screen: Polypropylene Suction connection: Stainless steel Drive shaft: 7/16 inch hexagonal stainless steel,300 series Coupling: Sintered stainless steel,300 series Shell: Stainless steel,300 series Motor: Franklin motor exterior constructed of stainless steel.Motor filled with deionized water and propylene glycol for constant lubrication. Hermetically sealed motor housing assures moisture-free windings.All thrust absorbed by Kingsbury-type thrust bearing.Rated for continuous duty. Protected against thermal overload and equipped with surge arrestors for added security. NTD-PU-PF-1 Rev.1.5,5/08 ©Orenca Systems®,Inc. Page 3 of 6 PF Series High-Head Effluent Pumps (continued) I ' I iJOMMMMM■ PF10 Series,60 Hz 1/2 hp to 2 hp��■ hp ■ I�—�L�MM�---- ■■■■■■■■■■■■\\■-------------- 1 ��ONL ■ t �� ■■■■■■■■■■■■■\:\■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ��►\�� ■iii. \_��■■■■■■■►\■■■■■■■■■■■ MINE N111111 own— I I 1mmmmmmmmmmm IM M ME ME ME ME ME ME ME MA ME ME � ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■��■■�\NOON■ ��'�� ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■\\■■►`NOON mil�� • I I 1■■■■,11��\NOON■■■\\■\`\■ ��■ 11 NONE . �.��■►`� ■■■■■■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ EMMI ■ controller ■OMM"I ■■■■■■■■ , ■■■■■■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ EMENEEL---JEMENEO..EOMMEN , 11111111111111111111■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 11111111111111111111 II 1 i=!!��11111111111111 1 1111■�:!�11111111111 1 CiiiiiiiiiiC:::::::::::::::Qii 1!■■■■■�■�!111111111 1 �.■ ..�iiiiiiiiii I 11 ' I ' 1111►!111111111111111111111111111 .,, La1�■■■■■■■■■■■■■ I 1■■ 1111111111111►!1111111111111111111111111 ■■■■:�■■■■■■■■■■ ■■ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIi\11111111111111111111111 ■■■■■►�■■■■■■■■■ I■■ " 1111111111111111��1111111111111111111111 C■■■■■�_�■■■■■■■`------- N■■ ■■■■■■■■■■.��■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■MEMO 111111111111111111►\11111111111111111111 ■■■■■■■■■■■��.�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ 11111111111111111111:1111111111111111111 ■■■■■■■■■■■■■�•-�e■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■._.�■■■■■■■■NONE■■■ 111111111111111111111►\11111111111111111 „ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■�,�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ M■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■MOMMEMOMMEM■.�.■■■■■■■■■■■■ 1111111111111111111111��1111111111111111 ■ . ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■�;�■■■■■■■■■■ 11��11111111111111111►111111111111111 ■ I ' ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■••■■■■■■■■■ , , 1I• 1111111111111111111►\1111111111111 Lars■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■:�■■■■■■ IL.....�111111111111111111��111111111111 Eiii'■i■�:iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii►�iiii ilFi-===�"�■��1111111111111►�1111111111 ■■■■■■■��-�\\■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■►�■■■ �� ' I I1111�1■■:.-!��11111111►\111111111 ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■._�■�■■■■■■■■■■■■►■■ 1t-----�■■��!■1�111�:!�111111��11111111 Miiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ��iiiiiiiiii: „ 1111111111■■��11■�!��1111►1111111 C �■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■•��■■■■■■■L -"■■■1�1111■:��11��!1111►\11111 ---------MENEEMENEiiiME MEN iii■■■.�.--- �� iia-•■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■:q■■■ 11 • 111111111■■.-!1�11�.�111�.��1►\1111 Sd�----__ ■■IIC11111�._11��.�111� 1\\111 ■®�■■.. iz:--■■■■■■■■■■■■�•iiO ��ii11■■1■■■■■i`!■�II�i!��:��1�\!\�11 „ iiiiiii■:��iiiiiiii� 11 ■■■■■■.�'_!■1■:`�1�1�:�1�:�11\:�1 �■■■EE.�- •■■■■■■■■■■■.=_•■E■■■■■ ice. -■::■■..:-__--�■■■■■■■.MO.-,��■■■ 1L_--��J�CCC�111111■■ !■�:_!1��:!1��11►: ■��...---- -...■.._-.MM �� /�O■■■■,■��..----_ ■■1��11■-� � 11\.\111 iiL--_'_--�.■■■■■■E��■_■_.�-��\��\� 11 • I 11111111111111■�■■.-- ■ . 1■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■�..--_�� MENNEN :::::::::............. 7111111111111■■. ■----- ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ of Installation Manual ' Orenco Systems® Incorporated VeriComm Control Panel VCOM AX20B1 /PT UV Drip 814AIRWAY AVE Sl1THERLIN,OREGON Manual# EIN-CP-AX-125 97479-9012 TELEPH 0 N E: 1541)459-4449 FACSIMILE: 1541)459-2884 This Manual Contains: Description Document Number 1. VCOM Panel Installation Instructions EIN-CP-GEN-4 2. Panel Wiring Diagram EDW-WD-AX-89 3. Recirc. Float Arrangement&Splice Box Wiring Diagram EDW-FS-AX-2 4. Discharge Float Arrangement&Splice Box Wiring Diagram EDW-FS-AX-4 5. VCOM-AXB/PT UV Drip Operation EIN-CP-OP-1226 EIN-CP-AX-125 Rev 2.0©04/28/05 Control Panel Wiring Diagram 1-1� From Main Power Panel AdvanTeXTm Treatment Systems 1 ranch 1 Phpseection Model VCOM-AXB1 SA, — y Branch circuit protection =Factor Wire and main disconnect provided by others. VC O M-AX2O B 1 SA — =Field Wire Orenco Systems Incorporated 1.1 Ground Wire L1 L1 T1 5 a14aiHwnvavENHF 1.2 NIEEL CB20A L2 T2 6 1 Recirc. SUTHEOUN,OREGON M1 PUMPS 97479-9112 115 VAC L1 T1 10 1.3 ' 15 3/4 Hp MAX TELEPHONE CB20A L2 T2— 16 2 Discharge 15411459-4449 1.4 Jumper — M2 wrest _ FUSIMILE: 1.5 N 15411459-2884 -7CB 0ASURGE 1.6 SA ARRESTOR 9L15FCB001 HEATER 1.7 Phone Line In >.I HT HEATERS INC. 833428 Options ------------ 1.8 TRANSFORMER FUSE 1A 120-36VAC 1.9 (W/CENTER TAP) ATRTU MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.10 J3 ORENCO ATRTU-100 1 3 1.11 Modem 1.12 RJ11 Jack T132 (HAND) AUTO MOTOR 1.13 �� A2 M1 Al CONTACTOR / GE CI-01 TB1 Recirc. _ DI3 D01 PUMP RUN LIGHT 1.14 4 High Level 3 I a2l Alarm (11) (1) X1I IDEC TW SERIES Options 1.15 For recire.pump float Recirc. j ----------- arrangement diagram, 4 Override 2 D12 (HAND) AUTO see drawing no. Timer �- (10) MOTOR 1.16 rrEDW-FS-AX-2rr. On&Off 4A2A1 CONTACTOR GE CI-01 Rec 1.17 4 Redundant 1 DI1 D02 G PUMP RUN LIGHT Off&Low �- (9) (2) X1 X2 IDEC TW SERIES Level Alarm Options 1.18 � � - - - - - - - - - - Discharge DI5 D03 LEVEL ALARM 1.19 14 High LIGHT larm el 13 - (13) (3) X1 R X2 IDEC TW SERIES 1.2o For discharge pump float arrangement Discharge14 Pump 12 -P1 diagram, see drawing On j Doo AUDIBLE ALARM 1.21 no. "EDW-FS-AX-3rr. (4) A FLOYD BELL Discharge 4All 1.22 14 Pump01 Off 11 i (1) 01 Remote Alarm REMOTE ALARM 1.230 O ® N (AHW OR EQUIV. X17) 4 7KS Light Alarm 115 VAC ALARM) 1.24 EDW-WD-AX-31 1.25 24(8)C Rev.4.1©88/96/02 Page 1 of 2 2.1 13 14 2.2 M —P1 2.3 2.4 13 14 A' DI7 M (15) 2.5 2.6 PUSH TO SILENCE (118 2.7 2.8 RET (18) 2.9 2.10 Telephone Line Connection 2.11 For VCOM-AXB operation O u 2.12 description, see drawing no. "EIN-CP-OP-611". O AATRTU-11e1 00 O 2.13 Connect phone line directly to RJ-11 jack on PC board. 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 t Power Wiring Options One Circuit Two Circuits Three Circuits 2.18 1 2 0 1 2 � aim 0 2 19 0 0 ON ON ON 0 0 ON ON ON 0 0 ON ON ON 0 NN N NN NN00�� IN 00�� 2.20 Jumper Wires I L I 2.21 0 -0 Q O 2.22 Z CI m `" -o Z m Z '" v !D C O N [0 C O_ 2.23 Instructions: Factory default. Remove the jumper wire between the Remove all jumper wires. Wire as shown. pump 1 and controls circuit breakers and Remove the terminal link from the jumper wire between the neutral blocks. the pump neutral blocks. 2.24 2.25 2.26 2.27 EDW-WD-AX-31 Rev.4.1©08/06/02 Page 2 of 2 Control Panel Wiring Diagram AdvanTex® Treatment Systems From Main Power Panel Model VCOM-AXB1/PT UV Drip — 1Fr VAC,1 Phase,60 el =Factory Wire Main disconnect — =Field Wire provided by others. j VC O M-AX20 B 1/PT UV Drip 1.1 Ground Wire PUMP 1 L1 j � L1 1 T1 5 115 VAC CB 20A L2 T2 Recirc. 1.2 10 N N1 6 1 M1 PUMPS 115 VAC L1 1 T1 10 1.3 PUMP 2 L1 15 1 Hp MAX 115 VAC CB 20A L2 T2 1.4 10 N N2 16 2 M2 Discharge Note:Motors must have internal overload protection 1.5 GFI iasaa UV Power 1.6 UV Power L1 � � 23 115 VAC CB 15A 0 0 ❑ 0 0 10 N� cF o � 0 2q (Use teminals 23&24 for UV units with bare wires, or use GFI recepticle for UV units with plug.) 1.7 - - GFI Recepticle Controls L1 APEX 6462W 115 VAC 1.8 10 N NN SURGE ARRESTER INTERMATIC Options AG2401 1.9 --CB 10A SA X1 G PL X2 POWER LIGHT IDEC HW SERIES PL HEATER 1.10 Phone Line In HT HARTFORD 300435 - - - - - - - - - - - - Options - - - - - - - - - - 1.11 F1 1=1A TRANSFORMER 120-36VAC (W/CENTER TAP) 1.12 Phone Line ATRTU MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1.13 Surge J3 ORENCO — Arrester ATRTU-100 1 3 1.14 2 Modem 1.15 RJ11 Jack TB2 (HAND) AUTO MOTOR CONTACTOR 1.16 (SM A2 M1 Al S&S CA7-16-10-120 D01 PUMP RUN LIGHT 1'17 (1) X1 G X2 IDEC HW SERIES 1.18 T B 1 Options Recirc. 4 High larm el 3 (�13 (HAND) AUTO MOTOR CONTACTOR 1.19 For recirc.pump float SA2A S&S CA7-16-10-120 arrangement diagram, Override DI2 4 2 /E(2) PUMP RUN LIGHT 1.20 see drawing no. Timer (10) IDEC HW SERIES 1.21 "EDW-FS-AX-2". Re&I Off Options - - - - - - Redundant DI1 4 Off&Low I_I 1 (9) LEVEL ALARM 1.22 Level Alarm D03 X1 R X2 IDEC HW SERIES LIGHT AUDIBLE AL 1.23 (a4 + A FLOYD BELLARM M W 09201 Q 1.24 125 aemateaiarm REMOTE ALARM EDW-WD-AX-89 E0 O ® N (AHW OR EQUIV. 115 VAC ALARM) Rev.5.0©04/27/05 Light alarm Page 1 of 3 2.1 Discharge High Level 2.2 14 Alarm// 13 DI5 Override (l3) 01 2.3 For discharge pump Timer On&Off float arrangement Discharge DI4 14 Timer 12i diagram,see drawing On&Off (l2) 2.4no. "EDW-FS-AX-4". 01 Discharge Redundant All 2.5 14 Off&Low 11 (1) Level Alarm i 4.7Kf2 2.6 UV Fail Dry Contact YYY 2.7 22 21 AI2 (2) 4.7KQ 2.8 Y 2.9 24VDC (8) 2.10 RET(17) 11" 13 14DI6 2.11 (14) M1 2.12 2.13 13 14 2.13 M2 (15) 2.14 � Communication 2.15 PUSH TO SILENCE - (16) Ribbon 2.16 PET Cable ( ) 2.17 ATRTU DIGITAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OUTPUT ORENCO EXPANSION ATRTU-4DO Rev.A 2.18 TB1 2.19 3 F 2.20 LJ' 2.21 2.22 2.23 2.24 2.25 2.26 2.27 EDW-WD-AX-89 Rev.5.0©04/27/05 Page 2 of 3 3.1 3.2 TRANSFORMER, 2,6 1,5 3.3 CLASS 2 115V-24V 25VA 7 12 3.4 3.5 SPINFILTER TB2 HAND OFF AUTO I I SPINFILTER 3.6 COM 17 18 24VAC VALVE (5) I PROVIDED BY OTHERS 3.7 D01(1) 3.8 DRIP FLUSH HAND OFF AUTO I I DRIP FLUSH 3.9 For VCOM-AXB/PT UV DRIP 19 20 24VAC VALVE operation description,see i PROVIDED BY OTHERS drawing no. 02 I 3.10 "EIN-CP-OP-1226". (2) 3.11 - - - - - - - - - - ' NOTE: The Spinfilter and Drip Flush valves must be NORMALLY CLOSED. 3.12 Remote Alarm Connections Telephone Line Connection 3.13 El D° o aU.Mlll.rm � p0� Orenco Model ❑❑ •w 3.14 AHW or equiv. Note:115VAC signal is present PSA 0 during alarm conditions. Orenco Model 3.15 r ATRTU-100 Connect phone line to RJ-11 jack on phone line surge arrestor/DSL filter. 3.16 3.17 Power Wiring Options 3.18 Four Circuits Two Circuits One Circuit 3.19 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 3.20 00000 0 00000 a 000000 N NGF N1 N2 ENE, N N3F N1 N2 N -11 N1 N2 o - a - o 3.21 3.22 a-n (D O IG) 0 0 3 LD m G1 0 ° ° n c 0 0 ° G o T n o G7 n Wire ° 3.23 Z Z m� -' v, -n LD Iz Nut a m a -n CD c rn G c m U C'o m c Gy 3.24 Use one wire nut to connect the pole of Factory default. each pump circuit breaker together with Wire as shown. Use one wire nut to connect the pole of the controls and GFI breakers and with 3.25 each pump circuit breaker and GFI the incoming L1 power line.Use another breaker together with the incoming L1 wire nut to connect the neutral block of power line.Use another wire nut to each pump with the controls and GFI connect the neutral block of each pump neutral blocks and with the incoming 3.26 and GFI with the incoming neutral line. neutral line. 3.27 EDW-WD-AX-89 Rev.5.0©04/27/05 Page 3 of 3 § � �/ Cl ( \ \ \ \ \ƒE _ _ »/ j \ \ \\ \\ Q cs \/ cs o \\% rL � � � � � � .7 D j o W E � CU L _ _ cm & ' LLJ \a = 2\ C w » � C, is @ ` / m § �� _ C CACLcn F2 � CD ■ � § I Jt Jt I t s ƒ > _ ■ -UL -UL « f " \ / CD \ // 2 0 2 § 0 Lu ƒ / o CD _ 2 .ci s cm CD CL) § \ 7 ƒ / /\ W � , , , , LL. E Co ■ � � E < = e _ S. @ = e )_ E a c _!\ O \ 7 , ■ cm \ \/ \\\ \\j 2 \\ \ w LEE Q r cc CL) Q CID LL. & 0 2a # W a § r \ _ ) \ \� ' o � . \\ cm �� cj \ \ \\ )\ /\= o ■ � C3 § j\) I 1T Tr 4\ § .7 0 y o W cm » \ � \ \` &\ \ \ L m _ cm CIO is ® - > - cn - `- cn cn FLIe ■ � cD ■ . y fE t = >\ e ca c .-L— S \o o § / / ƒ k § o Lu k \ 0 cc c - cs C.)CA cD ■ _ ` - � y L6 / / / / m c ? g % 4 � CA ■ . COD CL E _ e _ -3` 3 ~\ % {)- ■ _ {/§ z �E( ) ) ® \ - \ \ �kCLD \\\ EL _ (}\ I ca & /\}kk F--cc ±=k | � _ 2 «\ »_ c AMPCIOg Q \ § j Q cc COD cc \ k C 0 ' O a E m c.. W Pif G l/J O R C9 rL N u d Q d • • 06 00 O: cc .�. ICJ: pct' C7 Cit �' � •r�:or;; via �:s �`� � �, y .� o y 71 wwrrww oD O J '� a c7 _ cc L7 a b0 bA Y i "'`.... } .�,�'�=. ��"' � � •� chi� i� y LL p CD fes' rN'.a �• mm.3;� �::�}.a �p 0� cs bA 0 u51 5: 7Z Y y ggg CD CO) bA CO 7d U p y N 7-r :d (U �+ rbc _I••• _ i � � a O �° W a 0. O OY.,.! ,,+n }yi Cct 4.1 ° T vs blu c, y cd bA J i �� y ° tII) vT 3 p s 4 O C cC Or = a� Q a: bq.,� Nt""+ +-' J � v � y > :C bA a•: � r--� O � � .4,., � .'C~' cz ct O bA cn U t .'"r �r cn Gd r 0 a ��. o m. v = T U o C I v y v p T p U Y y Q) U] • O O O 0. p 3 bA ~ J p $ y o U .4. 7� • Ur. �'. +—' r-' :� -zpO O > ' ct ,u .�. >'S" r N a bp y C 397 ~ u a y QJ b n E Y Y H O O •r-1 .fir "�' b ;/] -� Q Z W cz y o a) Q) bpi bin y a) 7zr 0 ° CC y y ° J ° o ° y y d Gn D bio y 1 d n bb 94 a -C 7a Z y °A ' a rA CD y 7yl ty. �.� //'�� ryi] N •+ }" ryryy�� ;"� r�i� L it O O O O O O O � V u ' y bn y Qj a� v ° :JCA � ° a o 3 � 7� � o � �•� =sp =y- � � � yf� y � .� C O O O O i CO r Q y -� y 3 Qj ° a� r ` y O Y o -c z d y ° a y N s o [? o ° o = v y y ° U CA o y Y v a•� a rn ' y y o L y y O ai CC -� CAsy ° Y ° y bq w y y y 'y O Y ° o y by (� y F H a F Ems- 45 �Y x y o y 3 U u i ° y C .Y y bn a? _° U y - q ri . 3 GD • � � � EQ 3 � .CA Q) cn _ H 0 O OCD u y E O O > W 3 - �s Q '✓] �+ � �Pif O CL u� m 45 U 3>-i ,~fir a oA o a oA � 1�1 . � � W a� V] � 1� � .� ►V y � � � rL �-- a � '� � p J..� � (Z � y y 0. .� C 0 L), 6� 00 .l y ,L° O �f-.' ,t `°�y ,O°' ° •� J 7� ° Fj •.. a F O ❑ ice'" ❑ ❑ ❑ o y [•� y ° W _° y y 3 7� y H ° neo y o o o EL cz y a u a :� y Ca � 5 � r 12 C) cz 70 70 J ='3 y vv', =moi :3 � m •U N ❑ ❑ ❑ y o o r o a m `ti O y N 7C v y a y73 U a CL E Y a F a y ° a o a 3 3 0 > • � y y eA atjo > > z7 _ a� C7 y L7o o �+ pa u y Y Z o o a a .y �• Li lz i ❑ ❑ ❑ O y y , y y y bq Q' '� C p .b-0 '•I--I N +�-' ,jam '� C� a a Q l/') �- I� ."a� �" n..-I Cj a Yr y QI I_;+NI Y 7�cz o ° ° P w 3 CA a. 3 J-- u y ° y -C�C .4 .�^� .- o v o kn °5 bA Tr Y !•3Imo. //F'1.��T1 'Oto Y O o Q J U a' w y 'J w Pti y ,L y '' y '� .�. tfj cn �I N Q F-+ U U O r Q +'-r Q Q > +'-. -� .. F-+ u70 Q) y a �. • • • • • • • �y \� � O0. • • c�i ri u :1 'z a Zi o a ct o o o '• w a� a a a N ° N ' ° -a o a) n o o ct o ° up Uaj Y ro J Y �' Q >O O, O a,> O y iC > ^Z' 00 Y to CZ cl f1 'O y y `+- rn �r y O O v� •� :C ? +'�' w m .r. `� '-O E ,�-.' '' :�' U .r, .--+ y" O a dl bp P. ya .a c a y Q o s Fz cz o � � � � o OOQ �� 3 0O 3Q ° � `� u as 3 -Nx n � o ° p bq 7z y y Q) y y m v Y '.t Y y. .O Qy y Y acz " -C ct ° 3 � "� 3 a D a o ° �'o a� o > m ;3 �j - w bu E . Pr.,Pr a •C ,� a`J a y Y O ��"' P.v Q y 't 17,' Y cz `= s LTo C� a � Pa 3 X23 cP5 Q Q, y i. Y tb c � y O u �4 .t P P "d .Pr � � a •'� a �f � ,� � Y v � y by O '� O •O _ � � -cYc�..� • • N O n_ � Q ISI N .-O, a .� 4�J 'sP-. U G "O N Cq H cC J A ° N ° 4 1 9 d tct z ' Ll -t ° o o o jj y p o o Pa a� Y o a y s o o -C o a fi ' 3 y Ems- o q o U U a, � q Z: Y ° �� x a y r U ' p .J u °tn ° 75 ° O 75 • • • rN L � Lr � � � • • A Y ^ EY U U ybA y O -o o y 40 3 '= 0 EbPA �bA Q r. E 4t CL u Qi .QI U PY 17l uLV 71 aj bb � � � � � � �, � U � � Z a� � � a� � °�' •Y � to 75 q Z > y o bq q E� U w y+ > a) p ':t O a' q a� c y o Ucz cC bjO 0 U a� U U � .� � �icz 4t r1 L 70 P O G Pa.� O .� O3 E a �+ U N .L bA U :C C P. > '� to ,� �, � YO C Lt+ � z� O cl bn Q 7z cC 'G U vi ' Q r ,L ° p p U N -id 4 N b4 F'^ 7O cP3 W fx q z 7 L". 41. H :O b�A W 72 Ut bb ❑ ❑ A ❑ 71 Subsurface • - and Reuse Design, • • Maintenance Guidelines Geoflow, Inc. 503 Tamal Plaza Carte Madera,CA 94955 Tell free:800.828.3388 Fax.415.927.0120 ww.ge0fl0w.Cam w October 2007 v.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................................1 DIAGRAM 1: TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUT.........................................................................................................2 SYSTEMCOMPONENTS..................................................................................................................................................3 LW ASTEFLOw'®DRIPLINE....................................................................................................................................................3 2. CONTROLLERS......................................................................................................................................................................4 3. PUMPS,PUMP TANKS&FLOATS..........................................................................................................................................4 4. FII.TFRS................................................................................................................................................................................5 5. SUPPLY MANTFOLD AND LINE............................................................................................................................................5 6. RETURN 1\1IANIFOLD AND LINE...........................................................................................................................................5 7. PRESSURE REGULATOR........................................................................................................................................................5 S. AIR V\CCUJI BREAKER.......................................................................................................................................................5 9. FTI.TFR FLUSH V I VI?S........................................................................................................................................................6 10. FIELD FLUSH VALVES.......................................................................................................................................................6 11. ZONE VALVES..................................................................................................................................................................6 12. WASTEFLOw HEADWORIiS................................................................................................................................................6 DESIGNPARAMETERS....................................................................................................................................................6 1. SELECT AREA........................................................................................................................................................................6 2. WATER QUALITY.................................................................................................................................................................6 3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN................................................................................................................................................7 TABLE I MINIMLTIi SURFACF AREA GUIDNI.INFS............................................................................................................8 TABLE 2 DRIP LOADING RATES CONSIDERING SOIL STRUCTURE..................................................................................9 4. DEPTH AND SPACING........................................................................................................................................................10 5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES...................................................................................................................................................10 6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD.........................................................................................................................10 7. SLOPFS OR HTLLY STTFS....................................................................................................................................................11 S. MULTIPLE ZONES..............................................................................................................................................................12 9. WINTERIZATION................................................................................................................................................................13 10. LIGHTNING PROTECTION................................................................................................................................................13 11. R-FUSE,FOR IRRIGATION..................................................................................................................................................14 12. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA.....................................................................................................................................14 WORKSHEET I - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM...........................................................................15 WORKSHEET2- SELECT PUMP.............................................................................................................................................17 SYSTEMINSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................18 INSTALLATIONGUIDELINES....................................................................................................................................................18 TABLE 3 - SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METIIODS......................................................................................................21 WORKSHEET 3 - AS BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION..............................................................................................................22 SYSTEMMAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................................................23 ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................................................23 HOME OXVNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF GEOFLOw'DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD......................................24 SITEINSPECTION LIST..............................................................................................................................................................25 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE:....................................................................................................................................................26 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.) PRODUCT SHEETS WASTEFLOW®DRIPLINE................................................................................................................................................. 29 WASTEFLOW CLASSIC WASTFS'LOW PC '/z GPA WASTEFLOW PC I GPH CONTROLLERS...................................................................................................................................................................... 33 GEO STANDARD GEC)TOUCHSCRYEN FILTERS Bi oD i SCTM................................................................................................................................................................... 41 Gro V AC....................................................................................................................................................................... 42 FLOWMETERS...................................................................................................................................................................... 45 DIGITAL DISPLAY PULSF OUTPUT HEADWORKS......................................................................................................................................................................... 48 SPORTY VORTEX SPORTY GEODISC ULTRA VORTEX ULTRA GEODISC SOLENOID`1kLVES............................................................................................................................................................. 50 AIRVENTS............................................................................................................................................................................... 52 1 INCII 2 INCH PRESSUREREGULATORS.................................................................................................................................................. 53 LOW FLOW MEDIum FLOW HIGH FLOW ULTRA FLOW CHECKVALVES...................................................................................................................................................................... 55 BALL CHECK VALVE SPRING CHECK VALVE DRIPPLO`I............................................................................................................................................................................... 57 PVC 40 FRICTION LOSS CHART...................................................................................................................................... 58 LIMITED WARRANTY ll INTRODUCTION Geoflow's WASTEFLON&V drip system disperses effluent below the ground surface through '/z" pressurized pipes. It is designed using the grid concept with supply and flush manifolds at each end of the dripline creating a closed loop system. The grid design provides a complete subsurface wetted area. The objective with effluent dispersal is usually to disperse the effluent using the minimum area as quickly and safely as possible at an approximately uniform rate throughout the year. If the main purpose of the Geoflow system is to irrigate, then please use the standard irrigation manual for landscape available from Geoflow, Inc. Subsurface drip is a highly efficient method to dispose of effluent. Small,precise amounts of water are uniformly applied under the soil surface from multiple points. The main advantages of Geoflow's subsurface drip system for effluent dispersal are: • Human and animal contact with effluent is minimized, reducing health risks. • Correctly designed systems will not cause puddling or runoff. • It can be used under difficult circumstances of high water tables, right soils, rocky terrain, steep slopes, around existing buildings, trees or other vegetation, and on windy sites. • Disposal of water is maximized by means of evapotranspiration. • The system requires no gravel. It is easy to install directly into indigenous soils and the natural landscape can be maintained. • Minimizes deep percolation. • Consumption of nitrates by the plant material is increased. • Invisible and vandal proof installations. • Fifteen-year warranty for root intrusion, workmanship and materials. Systems are durable with a long expected life of approximately 30 years. • Non intrusive. It allows use of the space while operating. • Easily automated. • Effluent can be re-used for irrigation. NOTES • ThesegLudelines are for secondary treated effluent. When using primary treated effluent,Geoflow recommends automating all the self flushing valves, and increasing the number of emission points in the dispersal field. For more information on septic tank dispersal, please check our website at w,, wgeoflowcom or telephone Geoflow at 800-828-3388. • Please follow your State and County Regulations for onsite wastewater dispersal. These guidelines are intended to be a guide to users of the Geoflow drip system and should be used only as a supplement to your local regulations. • Occasionally,in forested area, the dripline is placed on the surface and covered with mulch. 1 WASTEFLOW®is a registered trademark of Allnnovations. 1 DIAGRAM 1: TYPICAL DRIPFIELD LAYOUT 6"-10"deep(typical) WASTEFLOW dripline. e PVC Supply ma nifol 2ft.Spacing (typical) Lacksfp PVC to Wire d rip In e a d a p ter. floe is and solenoi Glued into GEO TS controllers wired to 3/4"slip fitting. Flow meter(optional( Place d ow nstrea m of filter Supply line Pump tank Field flush Filter �vaNe Filter flush �Va Iva 4 Flush return Not to scale 2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS See Diagram 1 on page 3. A typical drip system installation will consist of the elements listed below: 1. WASTEFLOW® DRIPLINE (See product sheet for specification) WASTEFLow dripline carries the water into the dispersal/reuse area. The dripline is connected to the supply and return manifolds with Compression or Lockslip fittings. Typical spacing between each dripline and between drip emitters is 24" on center. Twelve-inch spacing is used regularly for soils with very low or high permeability. Dripline is usually buried 6"-10" below ground. Standard coil length is 500-ft. Rolls of alternative lengths, diameters and dripper spacings may be special ordered. WASTEFLOw dripline features: a.) nano-ROOTGUARD®' In 2008 Wasteflow dripline will have new nano-ROOTGUARD which has an extended expected life of 30 years. The risk of root intrusion with an emitter slowly releasing nutrient rich effluent directly into the soil is well known to anyone who has observed a leaking sewer pipe. All Geoflow drip emitters are guaranteed to be protected against root intrusion with nano-ROOTGUARD. This patented process fuses the root-growth inhibitor,TREFL,1,N9'into each drip emitter during manufacturing. Treflan is registered with the United States EPA for this application. The nano-ROOTGUARD technology holds Treflan for extended time inside the plastic, slowly releasing it in minute quantities to prevent root cells from dividing and growing into the barrier zone. It is chemically degradable, non-systemic, and virtually insoluble in water (0.3 ppm). nano- ROOTGUARD carries a 15-year warranty against root intrusion. b.) Geoshield "14 protection Geoflow's WASTEFLow has an inner lining impregnated with an antimicrobial,Tributyl tin maleate,to inhibit adhesion of biological growth on the inside walls of the tube and on the emitters. It does not have any measurable biological effect on the effluent passing through the tube. This minimizes the velocity required to flush WASTITLOw dripline. The velocity only needs to move out the fine particles that pass through the 130 micron filter that,if not flushed,will ultimately accumulate at the distal end of each lateral. It is not necessary to scour growth off the inside wall of W-AsTEFLow tubing. Since all pumps deliver more volume given less resistance to flow, just opening the flush valve will usually achieve this degree of flushing. When a minimum flushing velocity is requested by regulators, 0.5 feet per second is used with Wasteflow dripline to get the settled particles at the bottom of the pipe back into suspension. This equates to 0.375 gpm per dripline when using standard WASTEFLOW dripline (0.55"ID) c.) Turbulent Flow Path WASTFI-Low drip emitters are pre-inserted in the tube usually spaced 6", 12", 18", or 24" apart with 24"being the most popular. Angles in the emitter flow path are designed to cause turbulence in order to equalize flow between emitters and keep the emitters clean. Geoflow emitters boast large flow paths,which, coupled with turbulent flow, have proven over the years to be extremely reliable and dependable. 2 nano-ROOTGUARD is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations 3 Treflan is a registered trademark of Dow Agro Sciences 4 Geoshield is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations 3 d.) WASTEFLOW Classic and WASTEFLOW PC Dripline Both WASTEFLOW Classic and WASTEFLOW PC have turbulent flow path emitters with nano- ROOTGUARD and Geoshield protection. The WASTEFLOW PC has the added element of a silicone rubber diaphragm that moves up and down over the emitter outlet to equalize flows regardless of pressure between 7 and 60 psi. To ensure a long life the recommended operating range is 10 to 45 psi. For WASTEFLOW Classic, the flow rate delivered by the emitter is a function of the pressure at the emitter. The Classic dripline has the advantage of no moving parts or rubber that may degrade over time. Also, when minimum flushing velocities are required, the flows during a dosing cycle and flushing cycle are very similar with the \Xasteflow Classic because when the flush valve is opened, the pressure is reduced, causing the flows from the emitters to decline. PC dripline requires significantly higher flow for flushing than dosing as the emitter flow does not go down during the flushing cycle. We generally recommend using WASTEFLO`V Classic, unless the economic advantages to using PC is substantial. i. WASTEFLOW PC can run longer distances than\w'ASTEFLow Classic. ii. Steep slopes. Systems should be designed for the dripline lateral to follow the contour. When this is practical, the extra cost of installing pressure regulators required for WASTEFLOW Classic would likely be less than the incremental cost of WASTEFLOW PC. iii. Rolling terrain. If the difference in height from trough to peak exceeds six feet then WASTEFLOW PC should be used. Vacuum relief valves must be placed at the top of each rise. 2. CONTROLLERS (See product sheet for specification) Controllers are used for time dosing and time flushing of the filter and dripfields. GEO controllers include a programmable logic controller to increase flexibility and reliability in the field. They can be used on systems ranging in size from one to eight zones at the time this manual was printed. All controllers include a surge arrestor, elapsed time meter and counter. In 2007 Geoflow added a new controller with a touchscreen interface. It can vary dose times in each zone, monitor flow, ultraviolet, blower, and other optional inputs. 3. Pumps, PUMP TANKS & FLOATS WASTEFLow dripfields depend on pumps to dose effluent under pressure to the field. These must be sized according to flow and pressure requirements. Look for submersible effluent pumps from a dependable source. Geoflow does not endorse a single manufacturer, but does advocate you use a pump that is readily serviced in your area. Two (duplex) pumps may be used. These will normally alternate at each signal from the control panel and are often used on commercial or large drip systems. Pump tanks should be sized according to your local rules and regulations. Geoflow controllers are set-up for 4 floats with the lowest one in the tank being the redundant off float. The primary timer onloff float is second from the bottom, followed by the secondary timer float third from the bottom and the high level alarm float on the top. 4 4. FILTERS (See product sheet for specifications) Geoflow systems require 120 mesh or 130 micron filtration to keep any oversized upstream contaminants from entering the dripline. Geoflow offers a full range of drip filters,with the tried and true Vortex screen filters for small commercial and residential systems,BioDisc filters with anti bacterial protection, and GcoVac suction cleaning filters for larger commercial and industrial systems. 5. SUPPLY MANIFOLD AND LINE This carries the water from the dosing tankk to the dispersal area. Rigid PVC schedule 40 is usually used. Schedule 80 is at times used to either avoid dips in the line that can collect`eater and freeze, or if pressure of at least 20 psi is required to pump water from the dose tank to the dripfield. To prevent water from freezing,the pipes should slope back to the pump tank, be buried below frost depth and/or be insulated. Refer to the PVC pipe sizing chart in the appendix to determine the best diameter for your application. 6. RETURN MANIFOLD AND LINE In order to help clean the system,the ends of the drip lines are connected together into a common return line, most often made of rigid PVC. This line'�xill help equalize pressures in the system. Flushing should be done frequently during the installation period. Periodic flushing will help to keep the manifolds clean. Many designers use the same size return line as they do the supply line for simplicity, or some down size the return line since return flow is lower than supply. To prevent water from freezing, the pipes should slope back to the pump tank, be buried below frost depth and/or be insulated. 7. PRESSURE REGULATOR (See product sheet for specification) Pressure regulators fix the inlet pressure at a given rate. Under normal operating conditions,pressure in the drip lines should be 10 psi to 45 psi. With WASTEFLOW Classic it helps to know exactly what the pressure is in the dripline, so system flow can be easily calculated. With all dripline it is prudent to have a pressure regulator to avoid oversized pumps from blowing out fittings. 8. AIR VACUUM BREAKER (See product sheet for specification) Air vacuum breakers are installed at the high points, above dripline and below grade to keep soil from being sucked into the emitters due to back siphoning or backpressure. This is an absolute necessity with underground drip systems. They are also used for proper draining of the supply and return manifolds in sloping conditions. One is used on the high end of the supply manifold and one on the high point of the return manifold. Additional air vents may be required in undulating terrain. Freezing conditions require the air vacuum breaker be protected with insulation. 5 9. FILTER FLUSH VALVES (See product sheet for specifications) Used to flush debris from the filter cleanout port back to the pretreatment or dosing tank, this can be an electronically activated solenoid valve or a manual valve. If manual,it should be opened for a full flushing at least every six months and left cracked open slightly, to flush continuously. Cracking open a manual valve may be used to increase flow through the system to be within the efficient flow rate of the filter and/or pump,if necessary. Certain States may, require automated electronic flushing. Please refer to your State codes. 10. FIELD FLUSH VALVES (See product sheet for specifications) Used to flush out fine particles that have passed through the filter and accumulated on the bottom of the tube at the end of each lateral, the field flush valve can be manual or electronic. If manual,it should be opened for full flushing at least every six months and left cracked open slightly, to flush continuously, and provide for drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions. Cracking open a manual valve can also be used to;increase the flow through the system to be within the efficient floe rate of the filter and/or pump, or to set system pressure instead of a pressure regulator. Certain States do require automated electronic flushing. Please refer to your State codes. 11. ZONE VALVES Used to divide single dispersal fields into multiple zones, these can be hydraulically activated index valves or electrical solenoid valves. Index valves are hydraulically operated,while solenoids use electricity. 12. WASTEFLOW HEADWORKS (See product sheet for specifications) WASTEFLOW Headworks is a pre-assembled unit including the filter,valves and pressure gauge in a box or on a skid. It is installed between the pump and the field. Be sure to insulate the box in freezing climates. DESIGN PARAMETERS 1. SELECT AREA Select the area with careful consideration of the soil, the terrain and your State and County regulations. Be sure the field is not in a fled plain or bottom of a slope where excessive water may, collect after rain. Surface water should be directed away from the proposed field area. 2. WATER QUALITY Determine the quality of the water entering the system. Is it secondary treated or primary treated? If using primary treated effluent,please refer to Geoflow's article for direct septic. Be aware of water conditions intrinsic to the area. If iron or iron bacteria are prevalent,please be sure to eliminate it upstream of the drip system with ozone, ultraviolet or chemical treatment. Iron can be recognized as orange stain on plumbing fixtures and may be treated prior to entering the facility. 6 3. SOIL APPLICATION DESIGN Note: This section is based on Subsurface Trickle Irrigation System for On-Site Wastewater Disposal And Reuse by B. L. Carlile and A. Sanjines. The basis of the information is from the Texas Health Department regulations. The rules in your County and State may vary. The instantaneous water application rate of the system must not exceed the water absorption capacity of the soil. A determination of the instantaneous water absorption capacity of the soil is difficult,however,since the value varies with the water content of the soil. As the soil approaches saturation with water, the absorption rate reduces to an equilibrium rate called the"saturated hydraulic conductivity." Wastewater application rates should be less than 10 percent of this saturated equilibrium. Even though the trickle irrigation system maximizes the soil absorption rate through the low rate of application, thus keeping the soil below saturation, there will be times when the soil is at or near saturation from rainfall events. The design must account for these periods and assume the worst case condition of soil saturation. By designing for a safety factor of 10 or 12, based on the saturated lgdraulic conductivity, the gstem will be under-loaded most of Me time but sliould function without surface failure during extreme metpen*ods. By applying wastewater slowly for a few hours daily, particularly if applied in "pulses" or short doses several times per day near the soil surface where the soil dries the quickest would keep the soil absorption rate at the highest value and minimize the potential of water surfacing in poor soil conditions. As stated previously, this design criterion will under-load the system at all times except when the soil is at or near saturation from rainfall. If designing for an efficient irrigation system, the `eater supply may not be sufficient to meet the demands of a lawn or landscaped area during peak water demand months. This problem can be overcome by either of two solutions: add additional fresh-water make-up to the system during the growing season to supply the needed water for plants in question; or split the system into two or more fields with necessary valves and only use one of the fields during the peak water demand months and alternate the fields during winter months or extremely wet periods, or use both fields simultaneously if the pump capacity will so allow. Table 1 shows the recommended hydraulic loading rates for various soil conditions, using a safety factor of at least 12 with regard to the equilibrium saturated hydraulic conductivity rate of the soil. These loading rates assume a treated effluent with SOD and TSS values of less than 30 mg/1 is produced in the pre-treatment system and that any, anomalies such as iron bacteria have been removed prior to dosing. TABLE 1. MINIMUM SURFACE AREA GUIDELINES TO DISPOSE OF 100 GPD OF SECONDARY TREATED EFFLUENT Soil Absorption Rates Design Hydraulic Total Est. Soil Hydraulic Loading Rate Area Required Soil Class Soil Type Pere. Rate Conductivity (gal / sq. ft. sq. ft./ 100 gallons minutes/in inches/hr per day) per day I Coarse- sand <5 >2 1.400 71.5 I Fine sand 5-10 1.5-2 1.200 83.3 II Sandy loam 10-20 1.0-1.5 1.000 100.0 II loam 20-30 0.75-1.0 0.700 143.0 III Clay loam 30-45 0.5-0.75 0.600 167.0 III Silt-clay loam 45-60 0.3-0.5 0.400 250.0 IV Clay non-swell 60-90 0.2-0.3 0.200 500.0 IV Clay, - swell 90-120 0.1-0.2 0.100 1000.0 IV Poor clay >120 <0.1 0.075 1334.0 Dispersal field area calculation: Total square feet area of di persal field= Design floes divided by loading rate NOTES: 1) The above chart is provided as a guide only: States and Counties may have regulations that are different. Check your State guidelines and consult with your local health department. 2) Problems with drip dispersal fields occur when soils are misinterpreted. If in doubt,choose the more restrictive soil type from the table above. 3) "Soil type" should be based on the most restrictive layer within two feet of the dripline. In many soils 1-ft. vertical separation from the limiting laver has proven successful with secondary, treated effluent. Geoflow recommends you follow State and Local guidelines. 4) Table 1 above, with only, minor modifications over the years, has served us well since 1990 with tens of thousands of systems operating successfully based upon this data. However,thanks to work by Jerry Tyler and his associates at the University of Wisconsin-Madison soil structure has become better understood and can now be used as a comprehensive tool to determine optimal hydraulic loading rates as seen in Table 2. 8 TABLE 2 DRIP LOADING RATES CONSIDERING SOIL STRUCTURE. Table 2 is taken from the State of Wisconsin code and was prepared by Jerry Tyler. Maximum Monthly Average Soil Textures Soil Structure BOD_<30mg/L TSS<30mg/L (gallons/ft'/day) Course sand or coarser N/A 1.6 Loamy coarse sand N/A 1.4 Sand N/A 1.2 Loamy sand Weak to strong 1.2 Loamy sand Massive 0.7 Finc sand Moderate to strong 0.9 Fine sand Massive or weak 0.6 Loamy fine sand Moderate to strong 0.9 Loamy fine sand Massive or weak 0.6 Very fine sand N/A 0.6 Loamy very fine sand N/A 0.6 Sandy loam Moderate to strong 0.9 Sandy loam Weak,weak platy 0.6 Sandy loam Massive 0.5 Loam Moderate to strong 0.8 Loam Weak,weak platy, 0.6 Loam Massive 0.5 Silt loam Moderate to strong 0.8 Silt loam Weak,weak platy 0.3 Silt loam Massive 0.2 Sandy clay loam Moderate to strong 0.6 Sandy clay loam Weak,weak platy 0.3 Sandy clay loam Massive 0.0 Clay loam Moderate to strong 0.6 Clay loam Weak,weak platy 0.3 Clay loam Massive 0.0 Silty clay loam Moderate to strong 0.6 Silty clay, loam Weak,weak platy 0.3 Silty clay loam Massive 0.0 Sandy clay Moderate to strong 0.3 Sandy clay Massive to weak 0.0 Clay Moderate to strong 0.3 Clay Massive to weak 0.0 Silty clay Moderate to strong 0.3 Silty clay Massive to weak 0.0 9 4. DEPTH AND SPACING WASTEFLOW systems usually have emitter lines placed on 2 foot(600 mm) centers with a 2 foot emitter spacing such that each emitter supplies a 4 sq. ft (0.36 m'-) area. These lines are best placed at depths of 6-10 inches (150 - 250 mm) below the surface. This is a typical design for systems in sandy and loamy soils with a cover crop of lawn grass. Closer line and/or emitter spacing of 12 inches is used on heavy clay soils or very coarse sands where lateral movement of water is restricted. Using closer spacing should not reduce the size of the field. 5. SOIL LAYERS AND TYPES The shallow depth of installation is an advantage of the subsurface dripfield since the topsoil or surface soil is generally the most biologically active and permeable soil for accepting effluent. The topsoil also dries the fastest after a rainfall event and will maintain the highest water absorption rate. The quality and homogeneity of the soil may present a problem. If the soil was not properly prepared and there are pieces of construction debris, rocks and non-uniform soils,it is very difficult to obtain uniform water spread. In many cases,particularly if the soil is compacted, soil properties can be greatly improved by ripping and disking. 6. ADDING FILL TO THE DISPERSAL FIELD Some dispersal sites require additional soil be brought in for agronomic reasons or to increase separation distances from the restrictive layer. Restrictive layers stop or greatly reduce the rate of downward eater movement, as a result surfacing may occur during part of the year. In soils with high water tables treatment is minimized due to a lack of oxygen. Placing drip lines in selected fill material above the natural soil provides an aerated zone for treatment. Dispersal however still occurs in the natural soil and the field size must be based on the hydraulic capability of the natural soil to prevent hydraulic overload. Any time fill material is to be used, the area to receive the fill should have all surface grasses and other organic material removed or it must be incorporated into the natural soil to prevent an organic layer from forming and restricting downward water movement. Removal must be performed under dry conditions. Divert surface and subsurface water prior to adding fill. Soils to be used should be determined by a soils expert. Uniform soil material with good structure should be chosen. Avoid platy, or massive materials with no structure. Do not use topsoil. The fill material should be applied in shallow layers with the first 4 to 6 inches incorporated into the natural soil to prevent an abrupt textural interface. Placement of fill should be uniform so preferential bypass flows do not occur. Soil should not be compacted. Continue this process until all fill has been incorporated. The fill area should be left crowned to shed surface eater and may need diversion ditches or some other devices to prevent surface water from infiltrating. The entire fill area should have a vegetative cover to prevent erosion.If possible, allow the fill to set at least seven to ten days before installing W_AsTEFLoNv dripline. It is generally agreed that fill should not be used on slopes greater than 20%unless means for controlling erosion, such as netting, are used. Consult a soils engineer on a case by case basis. 10 7. SLOPES OR HILLY SITES a.) High Points and siphoning A potential problem with buried drip lines is siphoning dirt into the emitters when the pump is switched off. For this reason: i) At least one vacuum breaker should be installed at the highest point in each zone. It is best practice to install one at the high point of the supply and one at the high point of the return manifold. ii) Drip lines should be connected at the end to a common return line with a flush valve. iii) Run dripline along a contour if at all possible. Avoid installing lines along rolling hills where you have high and low points more than 3 ft. off contour along the same line. If the dripline is installed over a ridge,as shown below,connect all the high points together and install a vacuum breaker on the connecting line. Connecting line with air vent at high point AV A AV 4 Air vent - -•-•-•-•- -•-•-•-•-•- - Manifold ---- 100, b.) Dripline Pressure Tolerances As water travels through a manifold or uphill,pressure decreases,or conversely,if water moves downhill pressure increases,which can affect the flow variation between the first dripline and the last dripline on the manifold. WASTEFLOW Classic: The Classic dripline can be operated in a range of 10 to 45 psi, however too wide a variance in the pressure in a single field will result in too high a variance in flow within that field. As a rule of thumb, if the level variation within a WASTEFLOW Classic zone exceeds six feet, individual pressure regulators should be placed for each six-foot interval. WASTEFLOW PC: PC dripline can tolerate very large height variations provided the pressure remains within the 7 to 60 psi range, and preferably within 10 to 45 psi. c.) Low Head Drainage At the end of each dosing cycle, consideration must be taken for gravity. Where is the water going to drain when the pump shuts off? `dater in the dripline will flow down to the lowest point within the drip zone. This is called "towhead drainage." Use the following precautions to mitigate towhead drainage. i. The dripline should run along the contour if at all possible because water will run to the lowest point of the line every time the pump is turned off If the lowest point in the line is in the middle of the lateral, there will be excess flow at this point. See Diagram below 105, AV.- -------------------------- -. AV 100' Area of higher flow when pump is turned --------------------- -•-•-•-•- - - off. 11 ii Have the dripline pass over an elevated berm between the manifold and beginning of the tubing to reduce gravity, flow out of the lateral. In looped systems, elevating the loop will keep the effluent in its respective run. FA Driplinc Manifold in - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - trench Berm under fleX PVC or plain wasteflow line iii. Use check valves or multiple zones to isolate the drip laterals. Check valves should only be used if there is no risk of freezing in the manifolds. They are placed on the supply and return manifolds coupled with an airvent on the downN11 side. If unsure,as a rule of thumb,use a maximum of 1500 ft of Geoflo`v dripline within each zone or section. iv Install short manifolds with fewer longer dripline runs. v. Slope the supply and return manifolds down to the pump tank so the effluent drains back down to the tank when the pump is turned off Open the zone valves fully, to drain the lines quickly. AV................... AV AV AV Slope ------------------- _._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._._ -------------------- Driplinc: Many ............................................. Dripline: Fewer are not _,_,-,-•_•_,-,-,-•_•-,-,-,-•_•-,-,-,-•_•-, longer runs are recommended dedon recummended on preferable on a _._._._._._._._._._ slopes. Slope. ................... ------------------ Manifolds .................. ]Mani folds Concentrate drip lines at the top of the hill with wider spacing towards the bottom. In the case of compound slopes consult a professional irrigation designer or engineer. S. MULTIPLE ZONES Drip dispersal fields can be divided into multiple zones or sections with solenoid valves or index valves for the following reasons: a.) Steep slopes with a risk of lowhead drainage can be subdivided to distribute the water at system shut-down more uniformly in the field. b.) Smaller zones reduce the required flo-w per minute which consequently reduces the size of the pump ,valves filters, supply and return lines. c.) Subdividing the field is a tool used to achieve the optimum ranges required to efficiently operate the pumps, filters and valves. d.) If the dispersal field is located in multiple areas on the property. e.) To accommodate varying soils or vegetation on a single site. 12 Note. On multiple zones, a single Wasteflow Headworks can be used for filtration and flushing by placing zone valves downstream of the Headworks box. All zones would require a check valve on the individual flush lines upstream of each line joining a common flush line to keep flush water from one zone entering any other zone during the flush cycle. (See Geoflow Design Detail No. 588) If the effluent has not been through secondary treatment, then each zone should have a dedicated filter or Wasteflow Headworks. 9. WINTERIZATION Buried drip systems are not prone to frost damage because, in their design, vacuum release and drain valves are provided. The dripline itself is made of polyethylene and not susceptible to freezing. It drains through the emitters so it will not be full of water after pumps are turned off Please follow these precautions: a.) Manifolds, supply lines and return lines must be sloped back to their respective dosing or treatment tanks or buried below frost depth and or insulated. These lines need to drain rapidly. Be sure drain valve on flush line remains open long enough for entire field to drain. b.) Remove the check valve at the pump. c.) Insulate equipment boxes, including Headworks box or filter and field flush valve boxes as well as zone dosing valves,pressure regulator and air vacuum relief valves. Use closed-cell insulation such as Perlite in a plastic bag. Place metal pins near, or in, the boxes to help locate them when under snow. d.) In severe freezing conditions,use heat tape or small beater in the Headworks box. e.) When installing PVC supply and return lines and manifolds be sure there are no dips in the lines. This can be avoided by using large diameter pipes (over 2") or by using schedule 80 pipe. £) The top of air vacuum relief valves must be no higher than soil surface. g.) If using an index valve to split field zones, be sure it is capable of self-draining. H.) XVASTEFLOW lines will self-drain through the emitters into the soil. If the cover crop over the dripfield is not yet adequately established, add hay or straw over the field for insulation. i.) Mark the valve box with a metal pin so you can find it in the winter when covered in snow. J.) If using manual filter flush valves or manual field flush valves,they should be left cracked open slightly to provide for rapid drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions. k.) Fields dosed with relatively small quantities of effluent are more likely to freeze than those dosed with design quantities. If winter use is less than summer use, then only use proportional number of fields to maintain water application rates in the field being dosed. 10. LIGHTNING PROTECTION A direct lightning strike on your valve,controller or wire is going to cause unpreventable damage. It is difficult to completely prevent electricity from spreading as it jumps across air,runs along electrical`vires and may, even travel along your water pipes. Power fluctuations can be prevented. The controllers are built to take some electrical surge and pass it through to the ground without damage. This requires a ground wire connected to a grounding stake driven deep into the ground. The best protection would be to use a separate ground wire or rod, do not rely, on the third ground wire in the building's electrical wiring circuits.If you are installing this system in an area with frequent lightning storms,we advise you to install a separate grounding rod. Each field controller must have at least one eight foot copper clad steel ground rod 5/8"in diameter, driven all the way into the ground, as close as possible to the controller. This is to be connected to the grounding lug on the back-plate of the panel. If the rod can't be driven in all the way, cut if off and drive in the remaining piece 2-3' from the other rod and connect the rods together with 6 AWG solid copper wire. Follow local electrical codes. Inputs to the controller are more sensitive than outputs, so Geoflow offers a metal oxide varistor that protects the incoming power. It includes a metal strip for the controller power and relays for the floats. If hit, the metal or the relays are merely replaced. These are wired into the Geo controller. 13 11. REUSE FOR IRRIGATION A good vegetative cover is an advantage to prevent erosion from the field and utilize water applied to the rooting zone. Sites should be planted or seeded immediately after installation. Grasses are particularly suitable for this application. Most lawn grasses will use 0.25" to 0.35" (6.3-8.9mm) of water per day during the peak growing season. This calculates to be about 0.16 to 0.22 gal/ftz/day. By over-seeding lawns with winter ryegrass, this use efficiency can be continued through much of the year. For vegetation using 0.16 to 0.22 gal/ft'/day by evapotranspiration, a sewage flow of 1000 gallons per day would supply the water needs of a landscaped area of 4600 to 6400 sq. ft.without having to add fresh water. For areas larger than this, the plants will suffer water stress during the hot months unless additional fresh water is applied. 12. WATER APPLICATION FORMULA To determine the rate of application for various drp irrigation designs, use the following formula: Vater application (inches per hour) _ (231 x(emitter flow j ate g ph)) / ((Emitter spacing inchei)x(diipline spacing inches)) Example: Dripline with 1.3 gph flow rate emitters spaced 24"apart and dripline spaced 24"apart 1F later application = (231x1.3)/(24x24) = O.32 inches of waterper hour. 14 WORKSHEET: The following worksheet is a simplistic guideline and is available as an Excel spreadsheet. It can be downloaded from Geoflow's homepage at w,,vwgeoflowcom. If you would like a copy sent to you at no charge, phone 800- 828-3388. To calculate the area required for your drip dispersal system you must know: 1. the quantity of effluent to be disposed of (in gallons per day) and 2. the soil acceptance rate (i.e. gallons per day per square foot). Make a sketch of the dispersal area with contour lines. WORKSHEET 1 - DISPERSAL FIELD DESIGN FOR SINGLE ZONE SYSTEM Worksheet Dispersal Field Formula A. Quantity of effluent to be dispersed per day hpd B. Soil type or hydraulic loading rate Based on soil analysis loading rate wall sq.ft l day Defer to,State or Local regulations. I f none, r ler to Table 9 and 2 on page 9 &10 C. Determine the total area required square ft Dividegpd by loading rate. AIB D. Choose the spacing between each WASTI:FLow line and each WASTEFLoxx'emitter i� ft. between lV 4.s"rLFLoiti lines Standard pacing is 2 ft ii) ft. between LVAs=,Low emitters E. How many linear feet of dripline in the total (Areal 2)far 2ft. line �iacing: Cl2.0 or area? ft. (Areal 1) for 1 ft. line spacing.. C/1.0 or (Areal 1.5)for 7Sft line spacing. Cl 1.3 (Linear ft. of dazpline/ 2�for 2 ft emitter spacing. E/2 or F Calculate the number of emitters (Linear ft. of dtipline/ 1)for 1 ft emitter spacing. E/1 or emitters (Linear ft. of dripline/1.5)for 9S ft emitter spacing E/1.5 15 Worksheet Dispersal Field Formula G. Choose pressure compensating or Classic dripline 1P�ASTFFLoiv Classic dripline or See page 4 and Appendix 1 for details VASTE 1 LOO PC'/z,gph dripline V2,is-n-, Lov PC 1 gph dripline Standard pressure is 20 psi. H. Determine dripfield pressure W/isTr, Loin Classic grtem.r need between 13 and 4S pri PSI (34.7 and 904 ft.)at the start of the dr pfaeld 1VA3-TFrr.oi�PC gste,,vs need between 10 and 45 psi (23.1 ft. to 104 ft)at the start of the dripfield L Determine feet of head required at dripfield llfultply pressure by 2.31 to get head required. ft. of head H x 2.31 J. What is the flow rate per emitter? See 1VASTErLow flow rates in Appendix 1. gph / emitter K. Determine total flow for the area Number of emitters multiplied by the emitter floe rate at the gph design pressure. abm Gplr = No of emitters(F)xgplr per erraitter(f) Gpyv = gph/60 L. Select pipe diameters for manifolds and submains Based on total flow from(K)above, ingpm. See schedule 40 inches friction loss charts at the back of the appendixes. Optimum velocity is between 2 and 5 ft.per second M. Select Filter or WASTEFLOW Headworks Filter Based on total flow from(K)above, in gpm. See minimum and maximum flow recommendations for each filter in Appendix 2. WASTEFLOW Head-works N. Sketch a layout of the WASTLFLour lines in the dispersal plot to make sure that the maximum See 11laximum Length of Run table in Appendix 1. lateral length of each WASTLFLOW lint is not exceeded. 16 WORKSHEET 2 - SELECT PUMP Worksheet-Pumps Formula O. Minimum pump capacity gpm From(K) P. Header pipe size inches From(L) Q. Pressure loss in 100 ft. of pipe psi Refer to PVC cliarts. R. Friction head in 100 ft. of pipe ft. of head Multplypsi from (Q)above by 2.39 S. Static head i) Height from pump to tank outlet ft. Dumber offt. ii) Elevation increase or decrease ft. Height changes from pump to drzpfield T. Total static head ft. Add(Si) + (Ki) U. Friction head i) Equivalent length of fittings ft. Estimate loss tbrougb fittings—usually inconsequential for small gstems. ii) Distance from pump to field. X 2 ft Measure length of sub-main supply &return iii) Total equivalent length of pipe. ft Add(Ui) + (Uu) iv) Total effective feet. ft (Uii)f 900,(R) v) Head required at dripfield ft See line (I)in Vorksbeet 1 above. vi) Head loss through filter or ft See pressure loss for filters in Appendix or see Headworks pressure loss far Headvorks box in Appendix Multiply pressure by 2.31 to get bead loss. vii) Head loss through zone valves ft V. MIINIMUM Total friction head ft Add(Uiv) + (Uv) + (Uvi) + (U,)u) W. MINIMUM Total Dynamic Head ft. Add(T) + (V)From line item(0)above X. IVIINIMUM pump capacity --gpm NOTE: Some States and Counties require additional flow for flushing. Please check your local regulations. If you need help on flushing design,see Geoflow's flushing worksheet at www.geoflowcom or call Geoflow at 800-828-3388. Y. Choose the pump. model number Based on pressure from line(V)above and flow Manufacturer from line above. 17 SYSTEM INSTALLATION 1. INSTALLATION GUIDELINES All Geoflow drip systems require: -Filtration with 120 mesh/130 micron -Filter flush valve -Field flush valve - 2 Air vents in each zone -All Wasteflow Classic drip systems require pressure regulation Handle your dripline and components with care. nano-ROOTGUARD'is temperature sensitive.To assure a long life, store the dripline out of direct sunlight in a cool place. a) All dripfield construction shall be done in accordance with Local rules and regulations. b) Protect the site prior to installation. Construction traffic and material stockpiling can change the soil profile. Fence off entire dripfield prior to any construction. No utilities, cable wire, drain tile, etc shall be located in dripfield. c) System is not to be installed when ground is wet or frozen. When the moisture in the soil is near the plastic limit (soils will ribbon and not easily crumble),it will be prone to smearing. d) Prior to construction note if any water is accessing the location of the dripfield. Dripfield should not be located at the low point of a site. Divert all downspouts and surface `eaters away from dripfield. If a curtain drain is to be used be sure it is serviceable and properly screened. e) Excavation, filling and grading should have been finished prior to installation of the subsurface drip system. Be sure to minimize soil disturbance when clearing and grubbing the dripfield. Preserve as many trees as possible. Use light track equipment for tree removal and grind out roots to below dripline depth rather than fully, removing the entire root. Be sure you have everything required for the installation before opening trenches. Pre-assemble as many sets of components as practical above ground and in a comfortable place.Compression or Lockslip adapters should be glued to PVC tees, riser units should be pre-assembled, and the sub-main manifold with tees can be pre-assembled and used to mark the beginning and end of \''ASTEFLOW lines. Loop dripline around trees g) For particularly tough soil conditions, soil moisture the day before opening trenches or installing WASTEFLOW Remember it is much easier to install the system in moist soil. The soil should be moist but still allow the proper operation of the installation equipment and not cause smearing in the trenches. The soil surface should be dry so that the installation equipment maintains traction. h) Mark the four corners of the field. The top two corners should be at the same elevation and the bottom two corners should be at a lower elevation. In freezing conditions the bottom dripline must be higher than the supply and return line elevation at the dosing tank. i) Install the dosing tank. It is critical that the tank is waterproof. If installing a riser, check that it is watertight, and the entry and exit ports are completely sealed. In freezing conditions the dosing tank should be at the lowest elevation of the entire system. Lid should be placed at grade and water should be able to shed over it. is j) Install zone valves; solenoid or hydraulic index valves. k) Install the PVC supply line from the dosing tank, up hill through one lower and one upper corner stake of the dispersal field. Please refer to your State guidelines for depth of burial. 1) Paint a line between the two remaining corner stakes. m) Install the Geoflow WAsTEFLow dripline from the supply line trench to the painted line, approximately 6" to 10" deep as specified. Upon reaching the painted line, pull the plow out of the ground and cut the dripline 1' above the ground. Tape the end of the dripline to prevent debris from entering. The tubing expands in warm temperatures and contracts in cold temperatures. If installing during the warmer months, be sure to allow some play in the tubing so it will not pull out of the fittings when it gets cold. Continue this process until the required footage of pipe is installed. Geoflow dripline must be spaced according to specification (2 ft. is standard). Depth of burial of dripline must be consistent throughout the field. Take care not to get dirt into the lines. n) If the system is looped,install the looped ends with Geoflow plain tubing or flex PVC. If in a cold climate be sure to pitch these slightly so they do not hold water and freeze. The loops are to be installed on the outside of the measured field. o) Install the supply header with tees lined up at each Geoflow line.Hook up the Geoflow lines to the supply header. Do not glue WAsTEFLow dripline. Lockstin Fittings Installations i. Hold the fitting in one hand and position the tubing with the other hand. ii. Move the sleeve back, and push the tubing onto the exposed stem as far as possible. iii. Push the sleeve out over the tubing and thread the sleeve onto tubing, as though tightening a nut to a bolt. Hand tighten. Do not use tools. iv. Test the connection to make sure the sleeve threads have gripped the tubing tightly. p) Install the filter headworks between the field and the pump tank on the supply line. Insulate the box in freezing conditions. When using an open bottom headworks box,place a rodent barrier down first. This can be made from bricks,paving stones, chicken wire, 3 layers of filter fabric or a 6" minimum depth of 1" gravel. Support the pipes entering and exiting the headworks with gravel. q) If using a pressure regulator,install it downstream of the filter headworks,just ahead of the dispersal field, on the supply line. Although the pressure regulator can be buried directly into the soil, it is preferable to install it inside a small valve box for easy access. *Insulate the box in freezing conditions. r) Install the floats in the dosing tank and wire up to the timer control. The timer control should be set to pump no more than the design floe; do not set to match the treatment capacity. s) Install the pump. Fill the dosing tank with fresh water and turn on the pump. Check for flow out the ends of all of the Geoflow lines. Let the pump run for about five minutes to flush out anv dirt. Shut off the pump and tape the ends of the lines. t) Dig the return header ditch along the line painted on the ground and back to the pre-treatment tank. Start the return header at the farthest end from the dosing tank. The return line must have slope back to the treatment tank, septic tank or pump tank. u) Install the return header and connect all of the Geoflow lines. Care must be taken not to kink the dripline. 19 v) Install air vacuum breakers at the highest points in the dispersal field. Use pipe dope or Teflon tape and hand tighten. Use a 6" minimum depth of 1" gravel below the boxes to keep rodents out. Insulate in freezing climates. w) Install a ball or solenoid field flush valve on the return line to the pretreatment or pump tank unless a pre- assembled Wasteflow Headworks is being used. If a Headworks was installed on the supply line, connect the return line back through the Headworks box. Support the return pipe before it enters the Headworks with gravel. If using electric solenoid valves, connect the valve common and an individual output wire to the solenoid leads using watertight electrical connectors. x) Allow glue fittings 1 —2 hours to set. Open the field flush valve and turn on the pump to flush lines then close the valve and check the field and all piping and connections for leaks. Turn off the system y) Check filters and valves for construction debris. z) Turn on the pump and check: i. Pressure at the air vacuum breaker(s) against design pressure. Check the pressure in the WnsTEFLow HEADWORKS. It should be five PSI or higher. If pressure gauges are on each side of the filter,noter these for benchmark differential pressure across the filter. If using a manual valve for field flushing, crack it open until at least on PSI is lost or design pressure is reached and leave in that position. ii. Flow rates from flow meter or draw down on tank. Compare to design flow. iii. Wet spots in the field. If any sections are particularly wet, determine if they are caused by faulty connections, drippers or shallow burial. iv Check that solenoid valves are functioning. Close the internal manual bleed after flushing the system. If solenoid will not close, first clean the solenoid with caution not to lose small spring, and if this fails, open the bonnet and clean the inside. aa) Establish vegetation cover as specified. bb) Provide owner with final as-built diagrams flow measurements and pressure readings at startup. cc) Provide controller records at startup,including elapsed time meter, pump counts, secondary, override counts, highwater counts and primary float counts. dd) Solenoid Valve Installation and Operation i. Wrap male adapters with 2 wraps of Teflon tape and thread the adapters into the valve inlet and outlet 1 turn past hand tight. CAUTION: over tightening may, cause damage to the valve. The solenoid is located on the downstream side of the valve. ii. Flush the laterals by opening the internal manual bleed lever on the downstream side of the solenoid. Turn the flow, control stem fully open (counterclockwise) for flow control models. di. Check that solenoid valves are functioning. 20 TABLE 3. SUBSURFACE DRIP INSTALLATION METHODS NOTE: Disturbing the soil may, affect the pore structure of the soil and create hydraulic conductivity problems. Please consult with your soil scientist or professional engineer before making the installation technique decision. NSTALLATION METHOD* ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES • Slow •Labor intensive • Handles severe slopes and confined areas a) Hand Trenching* p •Disrupts existing turf and ground •Uniform depth •Back fill required •Depth has to be monitored closely b) Oscillating or vibrating plow • Cannot be used on steeper . Use the type that inserts the slopes(>20%) •Fastin small to medium installations dripline directly in place,not one • Minimal ground disturbance •Requires practice to set and operate that pulls the dripline through .No need to back fill the trench adequately the soil. •Tends to"stretch"pipe. Shorter runs are required c)Trenching machine: Ground •Faster than hand trenching • Slower,requires labor Hog, Kwik-Trench, E-Z •May use the 1"blade for most •Disrupts surface of existing turf installations •Back fill required Trench* •Uniform depth q •Fast •Little damage to existing turf because of d)Tractor with dripline insertion the turf knife •The installation tool is designed tool-see diagram 2. • Minimal ground disturbance specifically for this purpose. •Does not stretch drip line •Adaptable to any tractor •Fastest.Up to four plow attachments e)Tractor mounted 3-point hitch with reels • Suitable for large installations only insertion implement • A packer roller dumps back soil on top of the pipe * Installation methods are left to the discretion of the contractor and/or the engineer. Other installation methods may be used as long as care is taken to protect the tubing and the soil. 4.M1 .......... .i.:.............._ .__ +5+ Diag.2 Installation Tool .. 21 �ORKSHEET 3 - AS BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. Site name: 2. Site address including State: 3. Dripfield designed by: 4. Dripfield installed by: 5. Date of installation: 6. Daily design flow: gpd. 7. Soil percolation rate: S. Is there secondary treatment on this job site? Yes No If "Yes"to question 8 above,please name manufacturer and model number: 9. Number of zones in dripfield: If more than 1 zone, circle the valve used Hydraulic or Solenoid 10. Amount of dripline installed in each zone: Zone 1 ft. Zone 2 ft. Zone 3 ft. Zone 4 ft. 11. Wasteflow dripline model number&/or description: 12. Flow rate per zone: Zone 1 gpm. Zone 2 gpm. Zone 3 gpm. Zone 4 gpm. 13. Depth dripline installed below grade: inches 14. Pump manufacturer,model number and number of pumps: 15. Filter or Headworks model number&/or description: 16. Pressure in each zone: Zone 1 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 2 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 3 psi Location pressure measured: Zone 4 psi Location pressure measured: 17. Size of filter flush valve: inches. Is the filter flush valve manual or automatic? 18. Size of field flush valve: inches. Is the field flush valve manual or automatic? If more than 1 zone, do the zones (a) share 1 flush valve or (b) does each zone have its own flush valve? 19. Was any fill material supplied on the dripfield? If "yes"to 18 above describe fill quality and quantity added. 20. Please provide owner with as-built drawings, including but not limited to direction of drip lines, location of air vents, pressure regulators if applicable,Headworks (filter and valves) and pump tank. 21. Startup Controller readings: ETM Pump ct. Secondary timer ct. High alarm ct. Primary ct. 22. Note how long it takes to drain return line in freezing climates,and set controller 22 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The best way to assure years of trouble free life from your system is to continuously monitor the system and to perform regular maintenance functions. For large systems or systems with a BOD > 30 mg/l automation of maintenance is essential. For smaller systems with a BOD < 30 mg/l inspection and maintenance should be performed every six months. ROUTINE AND PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE 1) Clean the filter cartridge. This may be done with a pressure hose. The screen filter cartridge should be cleaned from the outside inwards,while the discs in the disc filter cartridge should be separated and then cleaned. If bacteria buildup is a problem,we advise first trying lye, and if the problem persists, soak the filter cartridge in a chlorine bath - a mixture of 50% bleach and 50%`eater. 2) Open the field flush valve and flush the field for 3-5 minutes by activating the pump in "manual' position. Close the flush valve. On automatic solenoid valves the manual bleed lever should always be in the closed position and the dial on top should be free spinning. This allows it to open when pulsed electrically. Clockwise rotation closes valve. 3) With the pump in the "manual'position,check the pressure in the drip field by using a pressure gauge on the schrader valve located on the air vents and by reading the pressure gauge located in the Wasteflow Headworks box. The pressure should be the same as shown on the initial installation records. On systems with manual flush valves, close the field flush valve completely and then open the valve slightly until there is a 1-2 psi drop or design pressure is reached. This will allow, the field to drain after each dose to prevent the manifold lines from freezing. 4) Remove the lids on the vacuum breaker and check for proper operation. If water is seen leaking from the top of the vacuum breaker,remove the cap of the vacuum breaker and press down on the ball to allow any debris to be flushed out. Be careful not to come in contact with the effluent. 5) Turn off the pump and reset the controller for auto mode. 6) Periodically remove and clean the air vents, field flush and filter flush valves. 7) Visually check and report the condition of the drip field,including any noticeable wetness. 8) Treatment and distribution tanks are to be inspected routinely and maintained when necessary in accordance with their approvals. 9) Record the elapsed time meter, pump counter, override counter, high-level alarm and power failures. This information can be obtained from the controller. 23 HOME OWNERS GUIDE FOR CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF GEOFLOW DRIP DISPERSAL FIELD A drip dispersal system has been installed on your property for the subsurface dispersal of the effluent from your home. The drip dispersal system consists of a series of '/z" diameter drip tubing installed at a shallow depth of 6- 10" below the ground surface. It is designed to effectively disperse the treated effluent in the ground with a combination of soil absorption and plant uptake. Your drip dispersal system will function for many years with only, minimal maintenance being required, provided the following recommendations are followed: o Establish landscaping (preferably a grass cover) immediately. This will stabilize the soil and allow for the grass to take up the water. o Do not discharge sump pumps, footing drains or other sources of clear water to the system, except for the effluent discharge from your treatment system. o Maintain all plumbing fixtures to prevent excess water from entering the dispersal system. o Do not drive cars, trucks or other heavy equipment over the drip dispersal field. This can damage the drip components or the soil and cause the system to malfunction. Lawn mowers,rubber wheeled garden tractors and light equipment can be driven over the drip field. o Do not drive tent stakes, golf putting holes, croquet hoops etc.,into the dispersal field. o Contact your service company if your high water alarm should sound. The pump chamber is sized to allow additional storage after the high water alarm sounds but you should refrain from excessive water usage (i.e.,laundry) until the system has been checked. o After a temporary shut down due to a vacation or other reason,the treatment plant ahead of the drip field filter initially may not function effectively, resulting in the filter blocking.Refer to maintenance guidelines above to clean the filter. Contact your service company if you notice any areas of excessive wetness in the field. In most cases, this is usually caused by a loose fitting or a nicked dripline and can be easily repaired. Note: There may be some initial wetness over the dripline following the system's installation. This should cease once the ground has settled and a grass cover is established. 24 SITE INSPECTION SHEET Site Address Date Site observations 1 Is dripfield located at the lowest point in the site where all waters may pond? 2 Is there any water coming in from neighbors?Downspouts? irrigation? 3 Construction debris anywbere near the site,or compaction from construction or other causes? 4 How wet is the field before digging? 5 Will effluent drain back to tank in freezing climates? If not,is equipment insulated from freezing? Pump tank 1 Watertight? 2 At grade.Allow surface water to run off. 3 Inlet and outlet lines to be laid in gravel or compacted soils. 4 Float tree designed for easy removal for service and adjustment. 5 Float settings correct to design? 6 Pump set a few inches up from the bottom of the tank. 7 Waterproof wire nuts used to wire pump junction box. Headworks-Filter and flush valves 1 Waterproof wire nuts used in wiring solenoid valves. 2 Is filter large enough to handle flow?Is it appropriate for the treatment unit? 3 Clean filter and valves after construction. 4 Check filter everytiine system is serviced,and clean filter element. 5 Clean valves if thcy do not close properly. See if different valves have different toggles. 6 Insulate in freezing climates. 7 Have minimum of 1/2ft depth of 1"gravel under the Headworks for drainage and to keep gophers out. 8 Check pressure-across filter(if available). 9 Check pressure-on return line pressure should be as designed. Lower than 5 psi may be too low Zone valves 1 Index valves-Requires 10 gpm min. flow,needs to self drain in freezing climate. 2 Solenoids-Clean after installation if they do not close properly. Supply and return lines 1 flake sure they are supported going into and out of the Headworks. 2 No dips. 3 Make sure water from dripline does not flow back into supply and return trenches. Dripline 1 On contour. 2 Burial depth. 3 Check for kinking and local undulations (low areas)in installed driplines. 4 Flush lines during construction. 5 Is there ponding on surface? 6 Cover_crop over held? Airvents 1 Point of pressure measurement. 2 Insulate in freezing climates. 3 Make sure they are not in a position for surface or subsurface water to enter the system. 4 Check pressure at airvents. Should be as designed.Less than 7psi map be too lout. Return to? 1 Pump tank? Don't churn the tank on return. 2 Pretreatment? Can the equipment handle the additional flow Controller 1 Check field programmable settings against design. 2 Proper wiring of controller....wire floats and valves. 3 Keep moisture from running up wire into controller. Notes 1 Use sheet for"As built"in Design Guidelines. 2 Keep a record of start-up pressures and system data screens. Comments: 25 ROUBLE SHOOTING GUIDE: Symptom; High water alarm activates periodically (1-2 times week). During other times the water level in the pump chamber is at a normal level. Possible cause: Peak water usage (frequently laundry day) is causing a temporary high water condition to occur. Remedy: Set timer to activate the pump more frequently. Be sure to not exceed the total design flow. To avoid this, reduce the duration of each dose. Reme : Provide a larger pump tank to accommodate the peak flow periods. Symptom: High water alarm activates during or shortly after periods of heavy rainfall. Possible cause: Infiltration of ground/surface water into system. Remedy: Identify sources of infiltration, such as tank seams, pipe connections, risers, etc. Repair as required. Symptom_ High water alarm activates intermittently; including times when it is not raining or when laundry is not being done. Possible cause: A toilet or other plumbing fixture may be leaking sporadically, but not continuously. Check water meter readings for 1-2 weeks to determine if`eater usage is unusually high for the number of occupants and their lifestyle. Also determine if water usage is within design range. Remedy: Identify and repair fixture. Symptom: High`eater alarm activates continuously on a new installation (less than 3 months of operation). Inspection of the filter indicates it is plugged with a gray colored growth. dater usage is normal. being done. Possible cause: Slow start-up of treatment plant resulting in the presence of nutrient in the effluent sufficient to cause a biological growth on the filter. This is typical of lightly loaded treatment plants that receive a high percentage of gray, water (i.e., from showers and laundry), Remedy: Remove and clean filter cartridge in a bleach solution. Add a gallon of household bleach to pump tank to oxidize organics. Contact treatment plant manufacturer for advice on speeding up the treatment process possibly by "seeding" the plant with fresh activated sludge from another treatment plant. Symptom: `Fater surfaces continuously at one or more isolated spots, each one foot or more in diameter. Possible cause: Damaged drip line or a loose connection is allowing water be discharged under pressure and therefore at a much greater volume than intended. Remedy: Dig up drip line. Activate pump and locate leak. Repair as required. Possible cause: If water is at base of slope, can be caused by lo`v-head drainage. Remedy: Install check valves and airvents in the manifolds to redistribute water in the system after pump is turned off. This is not advised for freezing climates where manifold drainage is required. 26 Symptom: A portion of the drip field closest to the feed manifold is saturated while the rest of the field is dry. Possible cause: Insufficient pump pressure. A pressure check at the return manifold indicates pressure of less than 10 psi. Remedy: Check filter and pump intake to insure they are not plugged. If they are, clean as require. Remedy: Leaks in the system may be resulting in loss of pressure. Check for water leaks in connections and fittings or wet spots in the field. Also check air vents to insure they are closing properly. Repair as necessary. Remedy: Pump is worn or improperly sized. Pressure at feed manifold in less than 15 psi. Verify pressure requirements of system and provide a new or larger pump. As an alternate approach, the drip field may need to be divided into two or more zones. Possible cause: The duration of each dose is of insufficient length to allow the drip field to become pressurized before the pump shuts off (or runs for only a brief time before turning off). Remedy: Increase the pump run time and decrease the frequency of doses. Always calculate (or observe during field operation) how long the system takes to fully pressurize and add this time to the design dosing duration. Symptom. High water alarm begins to activate continuously after a long period (1-2 years) of normal operation. Inspection of the filter indicates it is plugged with a heavy accumulation of sludge. Possible cause: A buildup of solids in the pump tank due to carryover from the treatment plant. Remedy: Replace the filter cartridge with a clean cartridge. Check the pump tank and if an accumulation of solids is noted,pump the solids out of the pump tank. Also, check the operation of the treatment plant to insure it is operating properly. Symptom: Water surfaces at several spots in drip field during dosing periods. Installation is recent,less than 6 months of usage and the soil is a moderate to heavy clay. Possibly, the installation was completed using a non- vibratory plow Possible cause: Smearing of the soil may have occurred during installation of drip line. Also, the "cut" resulting from the installation allows an easy path for the water to surface during dosing. Remedy: In most cases the sod will compact naturally, around the drip line and the surfacing will diminish and ultimately cease. To help, reduce the duration of each dose and increase the number of doses/day. Also,it will help to seed the area to encourage the development of a good root zone. Symptom: Entire area of drip field is wet, soft and spongy. It appears to be totally saturated with water. Situation occurs during dry season`when there is little rainfall. Possible cause: Water being discharged to drip field exceeds design. Excess water may be a result of infiltration, plumbing leaks or excessive water usage. Remedy: Check water meter, elapsed time meter, pump counter, override counter or high level alarm counter to determine if water usage is in excess of design. Check for leaks or infiltration. Repair leaks as required. Reduce water usage by installing water saving fixture. Remedy: If water usage cannot be reduced, enlarge drip field as required. Possible cause: Area of drip field was inadequately sized and is too small. Remedy: Provide additional soil analysis to verify sizing and enlarge as required. 27 Valve Troubleshooting Symptom: Valve will not open manually Check eater supply and any possible master or gate valves to insure they, are open. Check that the valve is installed with the arrow pointing in the downstream direction Check that the flow control is fully open, counterclockwise. Turn off the water supply. Remove the solenoid and checkk for debris blocking the exhaust port. Turn off the water supply. Remove the cover. Inspect the diaphragm for damage and replace if necessary. Symptom: Valve will not open electrically Check voltage at controller for 24 VAC station. Check voltage across the solenoid lead wires for minimum 21 VAC. Make sure handle on top of valve is free spinning. Not all the way open or all the way, closed. If the valve still does not operate, electrically replace the solenoid. Symptom: Valve will not close Insure the manual bleed lever is in the closed position. Check for leaks around the flow control, solenoid or between valve cover and body. Turn off the water supply. Remove the solenoid and check for debris or damage to the exhaust port. Turn off the water supply. Remove valve cover and inspect for debris under diaphragm or debris in diaphragm ports. Symptom: Slow leak Check for dirt or gravel embedded in the diaphragm seat. Check actuator and exhaust fitting for proper seating. 28 # GEOFLOW • • Dripline Description The flexible 1/2"polyethylene dripline has large emitters regularly spaced in the line.With the dripline hidden about six inches below ground, effluent is distributed slowly and uniformly, reducing ponding, even in difficult soils and hilly terrain. WASTEFLOW is built to last. It is guaranteed to be trouble-free from root intrusion with built-in nano-ROOTGUARD® protection, and the dripline wall is protected from organic growth with the Geoshield lining. WASTEFLOW provides uniform distribution. The emitters have a Coefficient of variation of less than.05. Different flow rates, dripline diameters and emitter spacings can be special ordered. Use 600 series compression adapters or lockslip fittings to connect the dripline to PVC pipe. nano-ROOTGUARD°Protection WASTEFLOW dripline features patented nano-ROOTGUARD technology to prevent roots from clogging the emission points. The pre-emergent,Treflan®,is bound into WASTEFLOW emitters when they are molded to divert roots from growing into the emitter outlet. The system is guaranteed against root intrusion for 15 years. BACTERICIDE Protection Geoshield®is incorporated into the inner lining and emitters of WASTEFLOW dripline to prevent bacteria from forming and eliminates the need to scour the tubing. It is a tin based formula that defeats the energy system of microbial cells. This means smaller pumps or larger zones can be used with WASTEFLOW dripline than unprotected dripline. PC vs. CLASSIC Geoflow, Inc. offers WASTEFLOW dripline in both pressure compensating (WASTEFLOW PC) and non-compensating (WASTEFLOW Classic) models. We recommend that WASTEFLOW PC be used when the advantages are of substantial economic value. a) Very long runs. b) Steep slopes. Systems should be designed for the dripline lateral to follow the contour. If this is possible,the extra cost of pressure regulators required for WASTEFLOW Classic would likely be less than the incremental cost of WASTEFLOW PC. c) Rolling terrain. If the difference in height from trough to peak exceeds six feet then WASTEFLOW PC should be used. Vacuum relief valves must be placed at the top of each rise. WASTEFLOW PC and WASTEFLOW Classic can be interchanged to meet filter and zone flow requirements. ■ WASTEFLOW is manufactured under US Patents 5332160,5116414 and Foreign equivalents. ■ Geoshield® is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations ■ WASTEFLOW is a registered trademark of A.LInnovation ■ TREFLAN is a registered trademark of Dow i1gro Chemicals. 29 WASTEFLOW Classic 'IMM, Flow Rate vs. Pressure Standard Models: Pressure Head Flow Rate WF16-4-24 WASTEFLOW Classic 24"/1.3gph psi ft. Classic Dripline WF16-4-12 WASTEFLOW Classic 12"/1.3gph 10 psi 23.10 ft. .81 gph Alternate flow rates, diameters and spacing available upon 15 psi 34.65 ft. 1.00 gph request. 20 psi 46.20 ft. 1.16 gph 25 psi. 46.75 ft. 1.31 gph WASTEFLOW Classic Specification The dripline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch 30 psi 69.30 ft. 1.44 gph linear low density polyethylene tubing, with turbulent flow 35 psi 80.85 ft. 1.57 gph drip emitters bonded to the inside wall. The drip emitter flow 40 psi 92.40 ft. 1.68 gph passage shall be 0.053"x 0.053" square. The tubing shall have 45 psi 103.95 1.80 gph an outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately .64-inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of approximately 55-inches. The tubing shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall be Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure Geoshield®protection, the middle layer shall be black and the Flow variation +/- 5%, outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. Pressure Head Emitter Spacing The dripline shall have emitters regularly spaced 24" (or 12") psi ft. 24" 18" 12" apart. The turbulent flow emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin. The turbulent flow emitters shall have 10 psi 23.10 ft. 170' 165' 100' nominal discharge rates of 1.3 gallons per hour at 20 psi. The 15 psi 34.65 ft. 170' 165' 100' emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan® to inhibit root 20 psi 46.20 ft. 170' 165' 100' intrusion for a minimum period of fifteen years and shall he 25 psi 57.75 ft. 170' 165' 100' guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for 30 psi 69.30 ft. 170' 165' 100' this period. WASTEFLOW Classic dripline shall be Geoflow 35 psi 80.85 ft. 170' 165' 100' model number WF16-4-24 (or WF16-4-12). 40 psi 92.40 ft. 170' 165' 100' 45 psi 103.95 ft. 170' 165' 100' Kd=0.9 Cv < .05 Wasteflow Classic 1 gph Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run PSI 18.5 8 12 24„ '13,9 6 9 4 v 2 v 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Length - FT. 30 WASTEFLOW PC 1/2 gph Flow Rate vs. Pressure Standard Models: Flow Rate WFPC16-2-24 WASTEFLOW PC 24"/.53gph or 21ph Pressure Head 1/2 gph PC dripline WFPC16-2-18 WASTEFLOW PC 18"/.53gph or 21ph WFPC16-2-12 NASTEFLOW PC 12"/.53gph or 21ph 7-60 psi 16-139 ft. 0.53 gph Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure request. Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line. Recommended operating pressure 10-45 psi. WASTEFLOW PC '/z gph PC Specification The dripline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch Pressure Emitter Spacing linear low density polyethylene tubing, with turbulent flow psi ft. 6" 12" 18" 24" drip emitters bonded to the inside wall. The drip emitter floe passage shall be 0.032"x 0.045" square. The tubing shall have 10 psi 23.10 ft. an outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately .64-inches and 15 psi 34.65 ft. 174' 260' 321' an inside diameter J.D.) of approximately .55-inches. The 20 psi 46.20 ft. 120' 229' 330' 424' tubing shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall be 25 psi 57.75 ft. 260' 377' 478' a Geoshield® protection, the middle layer shall be black and 30 psi 69.30 ft. 150' 288' 415' 535' the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. The dripline shall have emitters regularly, spaced 24" (or 18" 35 psi 80.85 ft. 313' 448' 576' or 12") apart. The pressure compensating emitters shall be 40 psi 92.40 ft. 172' 330' 475' 612' molded from virgin polyethylene resin with a silicone rubber 45 psi 103.95 ft. 354' 501' 651' diaphragm. The pressure compensating emitters shall have 50 psi 115.5 ft. 363' 523' 675' nominal discharge rates of 0.53 gallons per hour.The emitters 55 psi 127.05 ft. 377' 544' 700' shall be impregnated with Treflan© to inhibit root intrusion 60 psi 138.6 ft. 403' 563' 727' for a minimum period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for this period. 0.53 gph WASTEFLOW PC pressure compensating dripline Kd=2.070 shall be Geoflow model number WFPC16-2-24 (or WFPC16- 2-18 or WFPC16-2-12) . Wasteflow PC 1/2 gph PSI Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run 60 12„ 8„ 4„ jO Ln � 40 v 20 a, OF— a 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Length - FT 31 WASTEFLOW PC 1 gph Flow Rate vs. Pressure Standard models: Flow Rate WFPC16-4-24 WASTEFLOW PC 24"/1.02 gph or 41ph Pressure Head 1 gph PC dripline WFPC16-4-18 NVASTEFLC)\V PC 18"/1.02 gph or 41ph 7-60 psi 16-139 ft. 1.02 gph WFPC16-4-12 WASTEFLOW PC 12"/1.02 gph or 41ph Alternative spacing, flow rates and diameters available upon Maximum Length of Run vs. Pressure request. Allows a minimum of 10 psi in the line. Recommended operating pressure 10-45 psi. WASTEFLOW PC 1 gph PC Specification The dripline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch Pressure Emitter Spacing linear low density, polyethylene tubing,with turbulent flow psi ft. 6" 12" 18" 24" drip emitters bonded to the inside wall.The drip emitter flow passage shall be 0.032"x 0.045" square. The tubing shall 10 psi 23.10 ft. 50' 95' 140' 175' have an outside diameter (O.D.) of approximately.64-inches 15 psi 34.65 ft. 63' 115' 172' 211' and an inside diameter J.D.) of approximately.55-inches. 20 psi 46.20 ft. 74' 146' 210' 265' The tubing shall consist of three layers; the inside layer shall 25 psi 57.75 ft. 88' 171' 242' 315' be GeosliAdO protection, the middle layer shall be black and 30 psi 69.30 ft. 94' 180' 266' 335' the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification. 35 psi 80.85 ft. 103' 199' 287' 379' The dripline shall have emitters regularly spaced 24" (or 18" or 12") apart. The pressure compensating emitters shall 40 psi 92.40 ft. 110' 211' 305' 385' be molded from virgin polyethylene resin with a silicone 45 psi 103.95 ft. 116' 222' 321' 429' rubber diaphragm. The pressure compensating emitters shall 50 psi 115.5 ft. 232' 334' 431' have nominal discharge rates of 1.02 gallons per hour. The 55 psi 127.05 ft. 240' 347' 449' emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan®to inhibit root 60 psi 138.6 ft. 249' 360' 465' intrusion for a minimum period of fifteen years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion Kd—2.070 for this period. 1.02 gph WASTEFLOW PC pressure compensating dripline shall be Geoflow model number WFPC16-4-24 (or WFPC16-4-18 or WFPC16-4-12) . Wasteflow PC 1 gph PSI Pressure Loss vs. Length of Run 80 12„ 60 18" 24„ 40 2 20 v a 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 Length-FT 32 FLOW Controllers il(k Geoflow's controllers are the brain in the system,utilizing a programmable logic controller (PLC) to activate the pump(s) cycles, zone valves and flush valves when needed. Telemetry and SCADA 7 control systems available. Please contact Geoflow for custom panel " information. In 2007 Geoflow introduced a new touchscreen controller called the GeoTS. Geared towards commercial sites with multiple zones or inputs, the key features of the Geo TS are: - 6" Touchscreen. Inputting parameters such as pump times and flush times is in plain English with help menus. - Each zone can be set independently. Run times can vary from zone to zone,which is particularly beneficial when zones vary in size, soils,vegetation, topography, etc. - Measures flow data per zone. The amount of total water and average gallons per minute are logged by zone when using the flow meter option. Comparison Chart between Geo standard Logo and Geo Touchscreen Features Geo o)tandard Geo Touchscreen (GeoTS) (Ge Interface 1"Logo with arrows 6"Touchscreen USE ORENCO PANEL FOR TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL IN LIEU OF TWO SEPARATEL4U, S PANELS Programmable Logic Controller PLC Yes Yes Programmed for 4-floats Yes Yes Touch-safe panel No Yes Each zone can have different run times No Yes Measure flow rate for each zone No Yes Manual or automatic flushing Auto or manual Auto only Enclosure Nema 4X fiberglass Nema 4X fiberglass HOA switch -pump Toggle 3-way Rotary 3-way HOA switch- solenoids Toggle Touchscreen Continued on next page 33 Continued from previous page. Features Geo Standard Geo Touchscreen (Geo) (GeoTS) Lightning arrestor Yes Yes Onscreen help menus No Yes Log Functions - Elapsed time meter (ETM) Yes Yes Pump events Yes Yes- time&date stamped - Filter Flush Counter Yes- time&date stamped - Field Flush Counter Yes Yes- time&date stamped - Peak timer events Yes SCS Yes- time&date stamped - High level alarm events Yes- time&date stamped Power failure events Yes Yes - Push to silence Yes Yes- time&date stamped - Add-on parts such as pressure No Yes—if installed sensor - Flow data(avg GPM&Total Yes- if Geoflow FM Pulse Flow by zone) No meter is installed Programmable Parameters Independent zone run times No Yes—new feature Primary run and rest time Yes Yes Secondary run and rest time Yes Yes Filter Flush time& frequency Yes Yes Field Flush time&frequency Yes Yes Manifold Drain Back Time Yes Yes Pre-built to accept the following optional parts: Flow meter No Geoflow FM-pulse meter Remote alarm Yes Yes Blower input No Yes Ultraviolet non audible alarm No Yes with N/O contact Rain Gauge No Yes with Geoflo',A,gauge Yes It has diagnosis capabilities for the floats, pumps, contactors Self diagnostics No and the PLC itself and any auxiliary components or standard features that have a sensor feedback wired to the panel. Yes Displays current status of equipment No Gives the countdown on the screen to next event and what equip. is active. 34 Choose a GEO controller from the table below: Step 1. Controller Type - Choose between Geoflow's standard controller (Geo) and the Geo Touchscreen (Geo TS). — Step 2. No. of Zones -If the zones are activated by the controller with solenoid valves, find the row that covers the number of zones in the project. -If the zones are activated with index or Hydrotek valves,then choose a single zone controller. The single zone controllers do allow for index or Hydrotek valves. - Zones activated`with index& solenoid valve combinations can be special ordered. - If the zones exceed the choices below;larger controllers can be special ordered. —Step 3: Number of pumps. - Choose one pump (simplex) or two pumps (duplex). —Step 4: Flushing operation. - Choose manual or electronic field and filter flushing. Geoflow requires all direct septic systems use electronic flushing. - Manual flushing only available on the Geo 1 controllers. Geoflow recommends using Auto flush panels where maintenance is not mandatory. —Step 5: Treatment option (GeoTS only) -If the GeoTS panel is capable of monitoring your pretreatment system, and if greater than NSF requirements, can also control your treatment system. If this option is desired choose the row that says yes . step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 tep 5 Zones Pumps Flushing —rit Part Number Geo 1 Simplex Manual - GE01-SEM-MAN Automatic - GEOI-SIM-AUT Duplex Manual - GE01-DUP-MAN Automatic - GE01-DUP-AUT 2- 4 Simplex Automatic - GE04-SIlNI-AUT Duplex Automatic - GE04-DUP-AUT 5 - 8 simplex Automatic - GE08-SIM-AUT Duplex Automatic - GE08-DUP-AUT Geo TS 1 Simplex Automatic - GEOTS-0I-SIM Yes GEOTS-0I-SIM-T Duplex Automatic - GEOTS-0I-DUP Yes GEOTS-0I-DUP-T 2- 8 Simplex Automatic - GEOTS-08-SIM Yes GEOTS-08-SIM-T Duplex Automatic - GEOTS-08-DUP Yes GEOTS-08-DUP-T 9 - 16 Simplex Automatic - GEOTS-I6-SIM Yes GEOTS-I6-SIM-T Duplex Automatic - GEOTS-I6-DUP Yes GEOTS-I6-DUP-T 17- 24 Simplex Automatic - GEOTS-24-SIM Yes GEOTS-24-SIM-T Duplex Automatic - GEOTS-24-DUP Yes GEOTS-24-DUP-T 35 Floats Functions Float raise —Alarm enable. Activates the audible and visual alarm when raised. Audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated"PUSH TO SILENCE"button. Float raise —Peak Timer enable. The secondary timer will cycle the pump(s) more frequently. The secondary timer function ill remain active until the Primary Timer enable float lowers. When the Peak Timer function as been completed and the Primary Timer enable float is reactivated,normal timer operation ill resume. Float raise —Timer enable. The Primary Timer will control pump cycles, beginning with the off cycle. Note: On duplex panels the pumps will alternate with each timer cycle. The Primary float resets the secondary on/off float when in the down position. Float raise —Pump enable. Float lowered—Pump disable. Flashing visual&audible alarm enable, This is a secondary off float that will prevent the operation of the pump if the water level in the tank gets too low. Geo pump will be disabled in both the automatic and manual modes. GeoTS ill allow you to run the pump for a short burst regardless of float position. This bottom float also activates the visual and audible alarms. Audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated"PUSH TO SILENCE"button. Note: ETM and pump events are recorded whenever contactor is energized. GEO-1 MANUAL CONTROLLERS The Primary Timer (float 2-activated) controls the pump dose cycle during normal operating conditions. During high flow conditions the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the Peak Timer (float 3 - activated). The Peak Timer off is typically set to trigger more frequent flow than the Primary Timer off setting. If duplexpulnp option is chosen, the pumps are alternated every pump cycle and never operate simultaneously. There is a selection switch for pump 1, pump 2 or alternation. This allows one pump to be taken out of service for maintenance without affecting the operation of the system. Pulp dosing cycler are controlled by the timers when the H-O-A switch is in the auto position. Under normal conditions the Primary Timer (float 2) will control the pump(s). During high flow conditions, the Peak Timer (float 3) will control the pump(s). The Peak Timer will cycle the pump more frequently than the Primary Timer (field adjustable). The pump will dose for the same amount of time as it does when operated by the Primary Timer but the time in between doses, or the Peak timer"off time",will be 75 % of that of the Primary Timer "off time". Factory settings (operator adjustable) are 1 hr 55 minutes off and 5 minutes on for Primary Timer and Peak Timer is set to 1 hr 25 minutes off (1 hr 55 mins x 75%) and 5 minutes on. Consequently peak doses are more frequent than primary doses. Hydraulicaljh activated-one valve(s)will index each time the PLC calls for a dose. Each time the pump is turned on another zone is dosed. The controller does not dose all zones sequentially as "one" dose. For example if the Primary Timer is programmed to be off for lhour on for 5minutes and there are four zones, each zone will get 6 doses - five minutes in length —in a 24-hour period. The controller will dose a single zone every hour and will not dose all zones every hour. 36 In the event of a po2ver outage the Geo-TS controller continues the program where it left off, even if it was in the middle of an event. The Geo-1 resets itself and begins with a flush cycle in field 1. Geo and GeoTS AUTOMATIC Controllers The Primary Timer (float 2 activated) controls the pump dose cycle during normal operating conditions. During high flow conditions the pump dosing cycles will be controlled by the Peak Timer (float 3 activated). If duplexpunap option is chosen, the pumps are alternated every pump cycle and never operate simultaneously. There is a selection switch for pump 1,pump 2 or alternation. This allows one pump to be taken out of service for maintenance without affecting the operation of the system. The Vortex Filter flush valve will open for 15 seconds (operator adjustable) at the end of the pump cycle to allow the filter to self-flush. Puynp dosing cycles are controlled by the timers when the H-O-A switch is in the auto position. Under normal conditions the Primary Timer (float 2) will control the pump. During high flow conditions,the Peak Timer (float 3) will control the pump. The Peak Timer will cycle the pump more frequently than the Primary Timer. The pump will dose for the same amount of time as it does when operated by the Primary Timer but the time in between doses, or the Peak Timer "off time",will be 75% that of the Primary Timer "off time". Factory, settings (field adjustable) are 1 hr 55 minutes off and 5 minutes on for Primary Timer and Peak Timer is set to 1 hr 25 minutes off (1 hr 55 mins x 75%) and 5 minutes on. Zone valve(s)will open when the PLC calls for a dose or flush. These can be electrically operated solenoid valves (requires any, controller other than the Geo-1 or GeoTS-1) or hydraulically activated index valves (used with Geo- 1 or GeoTS-1). If hydraulically activated index valves are used in combination with a solenoid field flush valve, a field setting for number of zones and number of zone valves is available. With Geo controllers the total doses of all zones in a 24-hour period must be considered when setting the "off" timer(s). After the pump is deactivated the solenoid valve will remain open to allow for drainage of the supply line. If hydraulically activated index valve is used, be sure to drain the supply fine in freezing climates. Field flush valve will open at the end of the dosing cycle. The pump will continue to run for 5 seconds (field adjustable) to accommodate the opening of this valve. After the pump is deactivated the field flush valve will remain open for five minutes (field adjustable) to allow for drainage of the return line in freezing conditions. It is best to clock the length of time it takes the return flush line to drain and use this to set your drain time. The activated zone valve remains open at the end of the dose for same "#" minutes as return flush and filter flush valves to accommodate drainage of supply line. To periodically flush the dripfield, after 10 dosing cycles (operator adjustable) the pump will operate for# minutes (field adjustable) with the field flush valve open. The field flush cycle will repeat until all zones have been flushed. In the event of a power outage the Geo-TS controller continues the program where it left off, even if it was in the middle of an event. The Geo-1 resets itself and begins with a flush cycle in field 1. 37 (J) GEOFLOW Vortex Filters Description The Vortex filters are placed between the pump and dripfield to screen out any debris. Spin plates at the top of each screen direct the flow of debris to the base of the screen for easy self cleaning. Features - Simple self cleaning filter. Geoflow's Vortex filter Width 101. depends on a simple forward flush to self clean. Incoming water is forced through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. A centrifugal motion starts inside the screen chamber, throwing particles outward against the screen. Gravity moves the debris down the screen wall to the"/4"flush Debris Upper outlet at the base of the Vortex Filter. basin housing - It is simple to install and operate, requiring very few Height moving parts. Flush - Can be plumbed to self clean periodically with port electronically activated solenoid valves, or continuously with slightly opened ball valves. IF - Sturdy, stainless steel screen proven effective in onsite Spin plate was tewater_applications. A sintering process inwhich three pieces of stainless steel mesh are transformed Screen into one; a perforated plate, 30m then 150 mesh. - Body is a two-piece threaded housing with O-ring seal. Molded from high heat ABS and chemical resistant glass reinforced plastic. Size Max. Flow Max. Flush Port Area of Item Number IP rate Pressure Width Height (TNIP Filtration (GPM) (psi) (ft.) (inches) AP4E-.75F 3/4" 10 80 185 6.0" 6.0" 3/4" 23.4 AP4E-1F 1" 1 20 80 185 6.0" 7.0" 3/4" 28.4 AP-14E-1.5F 1.5" 45 100 231 12" 15.5" 3/4" 60.8 AP4E-2F 2.0" 70 80 185 12" 16.0" 3/4" 60.8 1 REQUIRED When in doubt,it is best to choose the filter with the larger screen area. 38 3/4" Vortex Filter AP4E-.75F 16 r12 Qv5 H 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 F1u«v-GPNI Specification: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe thread (NRPT) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 23.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 3/4"filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75E 1" Vortex Filter AP4E-1F 20 1s 16 �X14 x,12 '10 c� 8 6 4 2 5 10 15 20 Flom-GPM Specification: The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread (NRPI) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The 1"filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-1F. 39 1.5" Vortex Filter AP4E-1.5F 12 10 7 8 a , 6 r, Q 4 2 F � 0 10 20 30 40 50 Flom-CPM The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1.5 inch male pipe thread (NIIPT)inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire,and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl.The 1 '/Z" filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-1.5E 2" Vortex Filter AP4E-2F 8 6 r s 4 w q 2 EP. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 Flow-GPM Specification The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 2 inch male pipe thread (NIIPI) inlet and outlet. The two piece body shall be capable of being serviced by unscrewing and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4" MTPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150 mesh filter screen is all stainless, providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire,and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl.The 2" filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-2F. 40 GEOFLOW BioDisc em"flefArr "Ofo 0-01 Description Specification The BioDisc�""filters are placed between the pump and The BioDisc filter body and discs shall be molded of dripfield to trap debris from entering the drip system. polyethylene resins. The disc shall include Geoshield® anti-bacterial compound to protect the filter element Features against slime build-up. Filtration shall be 120 mesh/130 Geoflow's disc filters are protected with anti bacteria. micron. The two piece body shall be capable of being Designed for applications with high organics, the serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. Geoshield® is molded into each disc to discourage The seals shall be manufactured from Nitrilo rubber. unwanted growth on the filter element. A single filter The inlet and outlet shall be inch MPT The OF can be placed in line, and requires manual cleaning. disc filter shall be part number BioDisc_ as supplied by Geoflow,Inc. Inlet/ Max Max Max Filtration Part No. Outlet Flow Pressure Tem Surface Filtration Weight m tet R e er it r I (° Ar a BioDisc-1.5F 1.5" 30 gpm 145psi 140 12" 72.7 sq. in. 120 mesh 3.3. 335ft. 130 micron 335 ft. 130 micron 11.5" 1.5 "Disc Filter 12" 2 "Disc Filter 20 Pressure Loss 1.5"Disc Filter Pressure Loss 2"Disc FIlter 4 8 r 3 (i 2 4 Q 1 Q 2 H 001 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Flow Rate in gpm Flow Rate in gpm ■ BioDisc is a trademark of A.I.1imovations. ■ GeoshieWd is a registered trademark of A.I.Ionovatioos. 41 GEOFLOW GeoVac Filter f11041 If"It A Olt "Pit) Description The GeoVac is a stainless steel filter with an automatic, self-cleaning, screen-type water filter for heavy loads of onsite wastewater. Filtering Mode Pressurized water enters the filter inlet and travels through a fine stainless steel screen where contaminants are filtered out. The clean water passes through to the inside of the screen, then out to the drip field. ,f........ . rfw...: Flush Mode Dirty mater enter the filter ' A solenoid flush valve is time activated. When the flushing valve opens, the pressure differential is reduced on the area _ being swept by the reciprocating cleaning nozzles.This causes the clean water to reverse flow through the filter element as the cleaning nozzles rotate across the entire surface of the screen, pushing contaminants off the screen, through the Ir; nozzles, through the eater motor and out through the flush valve. Strained water goes out to f The water passing through the angular holes in the motor the drip field creates a torsion rotation of the nozzles,thus vacuuming the . � entire inside diameter of the filter element. At the end of the flushing cycle,the unit automatically returns to full filtering mode. I During the filter flush cycle the filtration process continues in uninterrupted. Flush Mode Features The GeoVac avoids the danger of forcing contaminated eater - back into the system. The GeoVac filter will deliver clean water or no water. The entire filter flushing mechanism and fine screen assembly is modular and can he removed from the filter body without having to detach the filter from supply and delivery manifolds. 6" or 8"Filter,,7,ith flanged connections Specifications Materials for 2" GeoVac Tank: Stainless steel. Type 304, 18-gauge Vacuum Motor and nozzle assembly Glass-filled Noryl Filter Screen 3-layer sintered stainless steel.Type 316 Materials for 3",4", 6", 8" GeoVac Tank: Stainless steel. Type 304, 18-gauge Vacuum Motor and nozzle assembly Engineered grade polymer Filter Screen 3-layer sintered stainless steel.Type 316 Product Shect-GeoVac Filters-07D01 42 Model/Part No. GeoVac GeoVac GeoVac GeoVac GeoVac 75-02 150-03 250-04 500-06 700-08 Max. flow rate (gpm) 75 150 250 500 700 Inlet/Outlet diameter_ (inches) 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" Inlet/Outlet connection (included in box) Grooved Grooved Grooved Flange Flange Filter flush min. flow(gpm) 30 40 40 40 50 Filter flush min. time (seconds) 6 10 10 20 20 Min. downstream working pressure (psi) 35 35 35 35 35 Max.working pressure (psi) 125 125 125 150 150 Pressure loss at max. recommended flow 1psi/2.31 ft. 1psi/2.31 ft. 1psi/2.31 ft. 1psi/2.31 ft. 1psi/2.31 ft. rate Screen area (inches') 118 224 448 867 1300 Screen sizes Micron 100 100 100 100 100 Mesh 150 150 150 150 150 Max.Temperature (F") 180 180 180 180 180 Filter housing diameter (inches) 10" 10" 10" 15" 15" Flushing outlet diameter (inches) NPT 1" 1" 1" 2" 2" Supplied with flush valve 1.5" 1.5" 1.5" 2" 2" Weight(lbs.) 30 55 80 395 435 Length (inches) 16.7" 39.2" 49.4" 60.6" 72.6" Min. clearance req. on lid end 36" 36" 36" 56" 70" Min. clearance req. on sensor end 12" 12" 12" 12" 12" Installation -Flush valve should be placed on the discharge nipple with the arrow pointing downwards. -The tank can rest on the inlet/outlet nipples or can be mounted on a stand. -Check the connections on the manifold or stand to make sure they are on the same plane. If improperly aligned the tank could be distorted when the filter connections are tightened. - The back flush line should not run uphill. This will reduce the required backpressure differential and reduce the cleaning effectiveness. - The GeoVac filter needs to be insulated against freezing. Maintenance -Manually clean filter element periodically. - Clean and grease all o-rings with waterproof lubricant. - Check welds and hydraulic connections. - Before servicing filter internals,slowly open the filter flush valve and allow the filter to empty out. - Make sure pump is on manual off so it does not pressurize while servicing. - Ensure bolts and nuts of covers and all connections are uniformly tightened. 43 GeoVac Dimensions GeoVac 75-02 16.72" y, inlet ® 11.7" GeoVac 150-03 +.12" 3R.2' Flush Outlet _ Use 1.5"solenoid 4.63" flush valve provided 135" 2"grooved outlet )2„ 1"NPT Flush ..0U. \ \ Use 1.5" olenuid 3"gn mrd 3" -1",,I,valve providedwren„ X14" GeoVac 250-04 n.12» In,30" 3fl2" 133" JA 92" NPT Flush/ tine 1.8'solenoid 4",reoovul 4"grooved flush valvepr—,ided. Duda iolrc 11.x" 9.4" GeoVac 500-06 n.12„ .36" 60.6" ls.a„ must,oudec^„�rrr � Use 2"fl-h-1— GeoVac lashwakeGeoVac 700-08 12.5• 24" os" n,ln.70 n n.12" 13.4" Flush oa0ct 2"NPI Use2"flushv,h- s,_nangca 12.5' 36" 1115" 44 GEOFLOW Flow Meter fllOelf"V Aft "PID Description Geoflow's digital flow meters are a turbine style meter with rate/totalizer —designed to measure and display both the rate of flow and total flow. The local display model includes a digital screen, while the Pulse Output Model is outfitted with a pulse access that can be read on your Geo Touchscreen controller. FLOW METER—Digital Display This is a stand alone meter with a local display, that includes: Rate of Flow, Batch and Cumulative Totals. It is powered by lithium batteries for approximately 9000 hours. Model No. FM-DDS-050 FM-DDS-100 FM-DDS-150 M-DDS-200 Meter size 3/4" FPT 1"FPT P 1.5"FPT "FPT Flow Rate 2-20 gpm 5-50 gpm 10-100 gpm —0-200 gpm Material -Housing PVC PVC PVC VC -Bearings Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic eramic - Shaft Tungsten carbide Tungsten carbide Tungsten carbide ungsten carbide -Rotor PVDF PVDF PVDF 'VDF -Rings Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel tainless steel Accuracy 3% 3% 3% % Temp range 32°F-140°F 320F-140°F 320F-140°F 20F-140°F Max Pressure 150 psi 150 psi 150 psi 50 psi Typical K 2400 540 215 00 factor Frequency 48-480 Hz 45-450 Hz 36-460 Hz 3-330 Hz range I I i N eight 0.88 lbs 1.0 lbs. 1.4 lbs. 68 lbs. 45 FLOW METER—Pulse Output Model The pulse output flow meter is wired directly to the Geo Touchscreen controller,sending data that is logged by the controller and read on the controller screen. It uses no batteries. Model No. FM-PLS-100 FM-PLS-150 FM-PLS-200 Meter Size 1" FPT 1.5" FPT 2"FPT Flow Rate 5-50 gpm 10-100 gpm 20-200 gpm Material Housing PVC 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Bearings Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Shaft Ceramic Tungsten carbide Tungsten carbide Rotor PVDF PVDF PVDF Rings Fluorocarbon 316 Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel Accuracy of reading +/- 1.5% +/- 1% +/- 1% Typical K factor 540 215 100 Pressure Rating 150 psi 1500 psi 1500 psi Frequency Range 45-450 Hz 36-360 Hz 33-330 Hz Shipping Weight 1.9 lbs. 4.6 lbs. 6.8 lbs. Typical K factor 540 215 100 Wrench flat size 1-5/8" 2-3/8" 3" Installation Although the Geoflow flow meter is designed to withstand outdoor conditions,a cool dry location where the unit can be easily serviced is recommended. The Geoflow meter can be mounted on horizontal or vertical runs of pipe.Mounting at the twelve o'clock position on horizontal pipe is recommended. Backpressure is essential on downward flows. The GD Flow Meter accuracy is affected by disturbances such as pumps,elbows,tees,valves in the flow stream. Install the meter in a straight run of pipe as far as possible from any other disturbances. The distance required for accuracy will depend on the type of disturbance. Type of Disturbance Min.Inlet Pipe Length Min. Outlet Pipe Length Flange 10 x Pipe I.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. Reducer 15 x Pipe I.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. Elbow 20 x Pipe I.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. Two Elbows 1 direction 25 x Pipe T.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. Two Elbows—2 directions 40 x Pipe I.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. Pump or gate valves 50 x Pipe I.D. 5 x Pipe I.D. The flow meter is factory calibrated. When measuring total flow,accumulated error over time must be considered. Accuracy is based on laboratory testing of nominal pipe dimensions. Your actual accuracy will vary based on your actual pipe I.D. and other installation factors. 46 Maintenance 1. Periodically remove the sensor assembly from the pipe fitting and inspect the meter for signs of wear and obstructions. Clean the paddle of any foreign objects. Paddle and axle wear can be caused by chemicals and/or abrasive fluids.Replace the paddle and axle if worn. 2. Inspect O rings. Immediately replace the o-rings at any sign of wear,swelling,cracking or discoloration. 3. Replace the batteries every 12 months. Flow Rate vs. Pressure I"meter 10 _ s Q 6 meter w 4 w to � 2 d 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 6 FLOW RATE-GPM w 4 1.5" meter 4 2 ? V5 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1� FLOW RATE-GPM O 2 w 3/4"meter 1 s 1+1 4 0 20 40 60 80 100 FLOW RATE-GPM O 3 w 2" meter 2 5 w 1 4 a 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 O 3 FLOW RATE-GPM 2 w w a 1 0 40 80 120 160 200 FLOW RATE-GPM 47 OGEOFLOW Wasteflow Headworks The headwork refers to the components that are placed between the pump tank e and the dripfield itself. There are multiple options available, depending on the e application,personal preferences or regulatory requirements. The following list is a 000 guide to help choose the best headworks for your needs. The following choices will need to be made: 1) Filter type and size Geoflow offers 3 filter types; \vHW Sporty a) Vortex (V) screen filter .75" 1" 1.5" 2" b) BioDiisc (D) filter 1.5" 2 C) Geo V aCTM filter. 2" 3" 4" 6" 8" The Geovac filter is ordered from the filter specification page and always includes connections and filter flush valve. Field flush valves and flow meters can be added separately. See GeoVac filter product sheet for details. 2) Sporty vs.Ultra Headworks Geoflow offers sporty headworks (WHWS)that is simple and ultra headworks (WHWU)that can be used for commercial, industrial or residential projects. While all headworks include drip filters, flush valves and pressure readings, the Ultra headworks also includes a digital flow meter_. The electrical wiring on the Ultra Headworks is bundled in a junction box for a water resistant connection. 3) Flushing Will the system be flushed manually (M)with a ball valve or automatically with solenoid valves (A). The Ultra headworks are only available with automatic field and filter flushing. 4) Flow Meter Sporty Headworks: Order a flow meter separately and install it downstream of the headworks. Ultra Headworks comes with 2 choices; one with a local digital display(DDS), and one with a pulse output (PLS) that is displayed on the touchscreen of the Geo-TS controllers. go Sporty Headworks Ultra Headworks Box Ultra Headworks 48 a) Vortex Headworks Sporty Headworks Item No. Filter Flushing Dimensions (in.) WHWS-V-75F-M 3/4"Vortex Filter Manual Field&Filter 13 x 24 x 15 WHWS-V-75F-A 13/4"Vortex Filter I Automatic Field&Filter 113 x 24 x 15 WHWS-V-IF-M 1"Vortex Filter Manual Field&Filter 13 x 24 x 15 WHWS-V-IF-A 1"Vortex Filter Automatic Field&Filter 13 x 24 x 15 WHWS-V-1.5F-M 1.5"Vortex Filter Manual Field&Filter 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-V-1.5F-A 1.5"Vortex Filter Automatic Field&Filter 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-V-2F-M 2"Vortex Filter Manual Field&Filter 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-V-2F-A 2"Vortex Filter Automatic Field&Filter 17 x 30 x 15 Ultra Headworks Item No. Filter Flushing Dimensions (in.) Flow Meter WHW T-V-75F-A 3/4"Vortex filter Automatic Flush 25.5 x 25.5 x 22 S eci ,DDS or - 1 A r x It u ti F sh T T2 . _ 2 . _ 22T WPNSaV OE elkd WHWU-V-1.5F-A 1.5" Vortex filter Automatic Flush 25.5 x 25.5 x 22 of the item no. �' LT T 2' V t r t c x x b) BioDisc Headworks Sporty Headworks (Manual Filter Flush only) Item No. Filter Flushing Dimensions (in.) WHWS-D-1.5F-M 1.5"Disc Filter Manual Field Flush 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-D-1.5F-A 1.5"Disc Filter Automatic Field Flush 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-D-2F-M 2"Disc Filter Manual Field Flush 17 x 30 x 15 WHWS-D-2F-A 2"Disc Filter Automatic Field Flush 17 x 30 x 15 Ultra Headworks Item No. Filter Flushing Dimensions (in.) Flow Meter WHWTT-D-15F-A 1.5"DISC filter Automatic Flush 25.5 x 25.5 x 22 Specify-DDS or WHW T-D-2F-A 2"DISC filter Automatic Flush 25.5 x 25.5 x 22 PLS at the end of the item no. c) GeoVac See GeoVac filter product sheet for details. 49 (SGIEOFLOW Solenoid EL In 2007 Geoflow introduced a new solenoid valve, the SVLV-B. Recognized for its efficiency and productivity, the new SVLV-B valves have been tried and tested in onsite wastewater applications. Description The Solenoid Valve is used to flush field and filters and as zone valves. It is electrically operated. It is normally closed, and in the event of a power failure the valve will close. Geoflow does use normally open solenoid valves in the dual filter headworks. These may be special ordered. New 2007 Model Globe Valve 1" and 1.5" x 0 SVLV B-100 SVLV B-150 SVLV B-200 SVLV B-300 x 14 -,Tl L E Inlet/Outlet Size (FNPT) 1" 1.5" 2" 3" Body Pattern Globe Globe Y Y Length (L) 4.3" 6.3" 9.0" 12.2" Height (H) 4.5" P1 7.2" 7.4" 11.0" Width (W� 3.0" P 5.0" 5.4" R 7/8" P 1-3/8" 1-5/8" 4.0" Weight 12.5 oz P 2.2 lbs. 2.97 lbs. 8.8 lbs. Valve Pattern Globe P Globe Wye Wye Operating Range 10-150 psi P 10-150 psi 7-140 psi 7-140 psi Max pressure 180' F P180, F 180, F 180' F Materials Body&cover Nylon Nylon Glass filled Glass filled reinforced reinforced nylon nylon Metal Parts Stainless Steel P Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Diaphragm Natural Rubber Natural Rubber NBR(Bursa-N), NBR(Bona-N), nylon reinforced nylon reinforced fabric fabric Seals NBR&NR P NBR&NR NBR(Bung-N) NBR(Bung-N) 50 Installation { The manual bleed lever should always be in the VERTICAL position and the dial on top should be free spinning. Clockwise rotation closes valve. Pressure Loss through valves (in psi) .+ Recommended minimum pressure differential: 7 psi , Maximum Length of wire run- Controller to Valve Resistance #Wire Ohm/ 1000' Maximum Run #18 6.39 800 ft. Y Valve #16 4.02 1,275 ft. 2" and 3" #14 2.58 2,000 ft. Electrical data: #12 1.62 3,200 ft. Wiring requires a single lead from the controller to each #10 1.02 5,100 ft. solenoid valve, plus a common neutral to all solenoids. Type #8 0.641 8,000 ft. OF wire,UL listed,is recommended for all hookups. #6 0.403 12,750 ft. Standard 24V ACV (50-60Hz) #4 0.253 20,500 ft. Current Holding 0.24A 5.76 VA #2 0.158 32,500 ft. Current Inrush 0.46A 11.04VA Maximum allowable loss 4.8 Volts for the 24V AC system Contact Geoflow for optional voltages or larger valves Maximum Voltage loss with a valve with a three way Solenoid is 4.8 volts Solenoid Valve Flow vs. Pressure Chart 14 1 is' 2" 3" 12 10 a 0 8 w w 6 a 4 00,2 0 20 40 60 80 100 200 400 600 800 FLOW RATE-G PM 51 * GEOFLOW Description Air release allows air to escape the system at startup and vacuum relief allows air to enter the system during shutdown. Air vents are installed at the high point of the drip field to keep soil from being sucked into the drip emitter due to back siphoning or back pressure. �� This is an absolute necessity with underground drip systems. They are also used for proper drainage of the supply and return manifolds. Use one on the high point of the supply manifold and one on the high end of the return manifold and any high points in the system. A pre-installed Schrader valve allows pressure testing off the air/vacuum breaker. Item No. Inlet Pressure to Max Height Width Weight CAP-VVBBK-1 1"MPT 5 psi 80 psi 5.5 3.43 .67 APVBK-2 2"MPT 1 psi T 200 psi— T 10.75 3.98 6.62 1" Vacuum Relief/Air Release Specification 1" The air vacuum breakers provide instant and continuous vacuum relief and non-continuous air release It shall ' be rated to 80 psi. Both the body, and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed of molded plastic. The a body and the dirt cover shall be connected with a 3/4 s inch hose thread. The ball shall be constructed of low density plastic and the internal seat shall be constructed V" R"f °1r"" of vinyl. Inlet size shall be 1 inch male pipe thread. o ao ° '° NJ ° 0 -" so The air/vacuum relief valve shall Geoflo,,7,, Item no. APVBK-1. 2" Vacuum Relief/Continuous Air Release Specification 2" The air vent shall provide instant and continuous vacuum 2" relief and air release and continuouis air release. Both the 4 body and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed _ of molded plastic. It shall be rated to 200 psi. The - ball shall be constructed of low density plastic and the internal sear shall be constructed of vinyl. Inlet size shall be 2 inch male pipe thread. Outlet shall be 1.25" socket -4 ell. The air/vacuum relief valve shall Geoflow Item no. _6 Vaoium Relief lir mleaae AP V BK-2. -300 -200 -100 0 100 200 300 (XIM 52 OGEOFLOW Pressure Regulators ROM""Aff or Description The regulators are preset to regulate pressure in the field. Low,Medium and These are required with Wasteflow Classic and optional High Flow with Wasteflow PC. Under normal operating conditions Regulator the pressure in the dripline should be: 10 -45 psi for Wasteflow Classic and Wasteflow PC. Pressure Regulator Specification Geoflow's pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures of_psi and withstand severe water hammer extremes.It shall handle flow rates between_ gpm and_gpm. Flow restriction shall be negligible t until the factory preset pressure is reached. Regulatory r accuracy, shall be within +/- 6%. Inlet and outlet size shall be " FIPT. The body shall be constructed of high impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring enclosed in a chamber separate from the normal water Extra Flow Regulator- passage. Each regulator shall be water tested for accuracy. flows up to 90 gpm Pressure regulator shall be Geoflow model number PMR- E Refer_to table to fill in the blanks. Flow Max.Inlet Item No. Outlet Range Pressure Inlet Outlet Pressure Psi ft. Size Size PMR-20-LF 20 psi 1/10- 8 150 347 %4" fipt %4"fipt gpill PMR-20-MF 20 psi 2 - 20 gpm 150 347 1"fipt 1"fipt PMR-20-HF 20 psi 10- 32 gpm 100 23 1.25"x 1" 1.25"fipt PMR-20-XF 20 psi 20- 90 gpm 90 208 3"ID socket 3"ID socket PMR-30-LF 30 psi 1/10- 9 150 347 3/4" fipt 3/4"fipt gpm PMR-30-MF 30 psi 2 -20 gpm 150 347 1"fipt 1" PMR-30-HF 30 psi 10- 32 gpm 100 23 1.2 11 t p 1.25" PMR-30-XF 30 psi 20- 90 m 100 23 YID socket YID socket PMR-40-LF 40 psi 1/10- 8 150 347 3/4" fipt 3/4" fipt gpni PMR-40-MF 40 psi 2 - 20 gpm 150 347 1"fipt 1" PMR-40-HF 1.25"x 1"40 psi 10- 32 gpm 100 23 1.25" P PMR-40-XF 40 psi 20- 90 gpm 125 289 3"ID socket 3"ID socket PMR-50-LF 50 psi 1/10- 8 150 347 %4" fipt %4" fipt gpm PMR-50-MF 50 psi 2 - 20 gpm 150 347 1" fipt 1" PMR-50-HF 50 psi 10- 32 gpm 100 23 1.25"x 1" 1fipr .25" PMR-50-XF 50 psi 20- 90 gpm 125 289 3"ID socket 3"ID socket 53 Low Flow Medium Flow 2 Spin 50 50 50 MF 16 gpm —20 gpm X0.1 qpm 2 gpm a 40 �g gpm a40 16 gpm w —20 gpm ¢ w 0.1 gpm nN LF P. i 2gpm JT 30 a gpm �30 16 gpm 20 gpm Ar 01 gpm'20 LFa 20 5 gpm /2 gpm o Sqpm L-20 —ifigpm Q '20 gpm 10 10 0 PSI 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 _ INLETPRESSUPE-PSI PSI 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 INLETPRESSURE High Flow Extra Flow Psi PSI 50 50 HF I I I 1 e0 gpm 50 50 XF 60 gpm ,10 qpm —100 gpm a 40 20 gpm 40 20 gpm —32 gpm 40 XF 60 gpm —100 gpm —10gpm C —20 gpm w 30 20 gpm N 30 50 gpm 2 X32 gpm w —100 gpm w 1oqpm n- —20gpm 20 �2o gpm w 20 20 XF 60 gpm Q "32 gpm 100 gpm —10 gpm 0 10 10 - in HF 20 qpm Air L L X32 qpm 0 o Aff PSI 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 50 90 PSI 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 INLETPRESSURE-PSI INLET PRESSURE 54 # GEOFLOW True Union Ball Check Valve Ball Check Description The Ball Check valves prevent backflow or drain down in the system. The true union provides easy,access for in-fine installation and servicing. The true union ball check is designed for quick positive sealing with minimum turbulence, low restriction, and efficient fluid transfer. It can be installed vertically or horizontally. System pressure will unseat the ball, allowing flow. Backflow or head pressure of 30" or 1 to 2 psi will seat the ball and stop back flow. 140 Each check valve ships with female thread and socket adapters. This valve is manufactured 100% from thermolastic materials, making is less suseptable to corrosion. Ball Check Valve Ball Check Inlet/Outlet Size Length Height Max weight Model No. (FPT or socket) (inches) (inches) Temp (lbs.) CV-B-05 0.5" 3.50" 2.0" 1400 0.75 CV-B-10 1.0" 5.09" 2.31" 1400 1.1 CV-B-15 1.5" 6.59" 3.81" 1400 2.2 CV-B-20 2.0" 7.53" 4.22" 140 ° 3.0 Ball Check Specifications All thermoplastic check valves shall be True Union Ball type constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454. Socket True Union Ball Check Maximum Pressure end connections are manufactured to ASTM D2467-94. Rating Threaded connections are manufactured to ASTM D2464-88. at Given Temperature The O-Ring seat shall be Viton®. All valve components shall be replaceable. The check valve shall be pressure rated at 235 250 psi,non-shock water at 73° E 200 Ln a a, 150 Ball Check Installation 100 Connection-Each Geoflow ball check valve ships with female 50 thxread and socket adapters. Install in a box for easy access. It X is recommended that these check valves be installed no closer 0 than 10 pipe diameters from a pump and no closer than 5 pipe 70 90 100 1 10 1 130 Temperature (degrees F) diameters from an elbow. 55 Spring Check Valve Spring Check Valve Description: The spring check valve is used to prevent backflow and siphoning. The '/2 pound stainless steel spring maintains a positive seal,even when no back pressure is present. Minimum of 2 psi required to open the valve. Spring Check Valve Spring Check Inlet/Cutlet Size (FPT or Length Height Model No. socket) (inches) (inches) Max Temp CV-S-05 0.5" 4.13" 2.22" 140 CV-S-10 1.0" 5.25" 2.88" 140 CV-S-15 1.5" 5.9" 3.89" 140 CV-S-20 2.0" 7.0" 4.29" 140 Spring Check Specifications Spring Check Thermoplastic Spring check valves shall be constructed from Maximum Pressure Rating at Given Temperature PVC Type 1, cell class 12454 material conforming to ASTM 150 D-1784. Seals shall be EPDM. Valves shall have socket end connections for solvent weld. All Spring check valves shall 125 be pressure rated at 150 psi at 73 degrees F. All spring check 100 valves shall require 2 psi to open. Ln a, 75 i Spring Check Installation Connection - FIPT slip connections. Install in a box for easy aj 50 access. It is recommended that these check valves be installed no closer than 10 pipe diameters from a pump and no closer 25 than 5 pipe diameters from an elbow 0 SO 90 100 110 120 130 140 Temperature ( degrees F) 56 OGEOFLOW D • Plow Description The drip plow is a state of the art direct burial plow that pulls dripline below ground with minimum disturbance to the soils. Developed by an industry- professional who formerly installed industrial cable and drip irrigation lines, this plow is built with meticulous care to details for ease of use. Features - Heavy duty. Solid parts are carefully welded and worked for a clean,professional plow that is built to last for many years. - Large chute that easily allows fittings to slide through. - Two levelers mounted on the assembly to easily make alignments as needed. Shank drafts down and lifts soil up so there is little damage to the structure. The angle of the shaft does not wedge sideways and compress or smear the soil. - Sod cutter included. - Unique tubing hold to keep coils from slipping off the reel. - Mounts to toolbar. Gang one, two three or four in a row for multi-row installations. - Tubing reel has tension setting. - Depth control. - Articulates. Hinges to make tight curves. r f 57 PVC 40 FRICTION LOSS CHART '/z"pipe '/4"pipe 1"pipe 1 '/4"pipe 1 i/Y"pipe Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Velocity Velocity Velocity Velocity Velocity Drop Drop Drop Drop Drop FPS FPS FPS FPS FPS PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI 1 1.05 0.43 0.60 0.11 0.37 0.03 2 2.11 1.55 1.2 0.39 0.74 0.12 0.43 0.03 3 3.17 3.27 1.8 0.83 1.11 0.26 0.64 0.07 0.47 0.03 4 4.22 5.57 2.41 1.42 1.48 0.44 0.86 0.11 0.63 0.05 5 5.28 8.42 3.01 2.15 1.86 0.66 1.07 0.17 0.79 0.08 6 633 11.81 3.61 3.01 2.23 0.93 1.29 0.24 0.95 0.11 8 8.44 20.10 4.81 5.12 2.97 1.58 1.72 0.42 1.26 0.20 10 10.55 30.37 6.02 7.73 3.71 2.39 2.15 0.63 1.58 0.30 15 9.02 16.37 5.57 5.06 3.22 1.33 2.36 0.63 20 7.42 8.61 4.29 2.27 3.15 1.07 25 9.28 13.01 5.36 3.42 3.94 1.63 30 11.14 18.22 6.43 4.80 4.73 2.27 35 7.51 6.38 5.52 3.01 40 8.58 8.17 6.30 3.88 45 9.65 10.16 7.09 4.80 50 10.72 1235 7.88 5.83 60 9.46 8.17 70 11.03 10.87 2"pipe 2 '/z"pipe 3"pipe 4"pipe 6"pipe Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure velocityDrop VelocityDrop Velocity Drop Velocity Drop �relocity Drop FPS PSI FPS PSI FPS PSI FPS PSI FPS PSI 6 0.57 0.03 8 0.76 0.06 0.54 0.02 10 0.96 0.09 0.67 0.04 15 1.43 0.19 1.01 0.08 0.65 0.03 20 1.91 032 134 0.13 0.87 0.05 25 2.39 0.48 1.67 0.20 1.08 0.0- 30 2.87 0.67 2.01 0.28 1.30 0.10 35 3.35 0.89 2.35 0.38 1.52 0.13 0.88 0.03 40 3.82 1.14 2.64 0.48 1.73 0.17 1.01 0.04 45 4.30 1.42 3.01 0.60 1.95 0.21 1.13 0.05 50 4.78 1.73 3.35 0.73 2.17 0.25 126 0.07 60 5.74 2.42 4.02 1.02 2.60 0.35 1.51 0.09 70 6.69 3.22 4.69 1.36 314 0.47. 1.76 0.12 80 7.65 4.13 5.36 1.74 3.47� 0.60 2.02 0.16 90 8.60 5.13 6.03 2.16 3.91 0.75 2.27 0.20 100 9.56 6.23 6.70 2.63 4.34 0.91 2.52 0.24 1.11 0.03 125 11.95 9.42 8.38 3.97 5.42 1.38 3.15 0.37 1.39 0.05 150 10.05 5.56 6.51 1.93 3.78 0.51 1.67 0.07 175 7.59 2.57 4.41 0.68 1.94 0.09 200 8.68 3.40 5.04 0.90 2.22 0.12 GEOFLOW LIMITED WARRANTY A. wASTEFLOWV PERFORMANCE WARRANTY GEOFLOW products which contain nano-ROOTGUARD® are warranted to remain free of root intrusion for a period of fifteen (15) years from the date of delivery to the buyer, provided such product is stored and installed according to the manufacturer's instructions. Any such products that may be clogged by intrusion of roots shall in the first ten years be replaced 100%by Geoflow.And thereafter,for the eleventh (1 Ith) to fifteenth (15th)years,at the price of such replacement less 20%per year. This warranty is expressly limited to providing the buyer with a replacement for any defective product or part and does not include the cost of installation of the replacement and in no case shall GEOFLOW be liable for any special incidental or consequential damages. In addition, the terms of our Basic Warranty set out below, apply to all WASTEFLOW products. B. BASIC WARRANTY All GEOFLOW products are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery to the buyer,provided that the product is correctly installed and maintained by qualified persons according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Geoflow shall have the option to repair_or replace all,or part of the defective product, or refund all or part of the purchase price within the warranty period. Technical support is provided when the drip package includes exclusively genuine Geoflow controllers, headworks,valves and filters installed in conjunction with Geoflow dripline. If Geoflow provides technical support for products at no charge to the buyer, it shall be given at buyer's sole risk without any express or implied warranty,and Geoflow shall not be responsible or liable for the results thereof. WARRANTY TERMS &CONDITIONS CLAIMS: All claims must be made in writing to GEOFLOW Inc.within fifteen (15) days after the defect was discovered. THESE WARRANTIES DO NOT COVER: Conditions caused by others including but not limited to: abuse, misuse, neglect, carelessness, damage by animals or chemicals, accident or disaster: unauthorized alterations, modifications or repairs; transportation or installation; water pressure in excess of or short of recommended amounts; improper or inadequate water treatment or filtration; or failure to follow storage,installation, operation and maintenance instructions. LIMITATIONS: These warranties constitute the exclusive warranties made by GEOFLOW for its products and is expressly in lieu of all other_warranties,express or implied,including any warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular_purpose. These are the only warranties made by GEOFLOW and GEOFLOW does not authorize any employee,dealer,agent,representative or other person to create for it any other obligation or liability. LIMITATION OF REMEDIES: As indicated above, in no case shall GEOFLOW be liable for any, special incidental or consequential damages based upon breach of warranty, breach of contract, negligence, strict tort, or any other legal theories. Some states do not allow limits on warranties or remedies for breach in certain transactions. In such states the limits of this paragraph and the preceding paragraph may not apply. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights,which vary from state to state. GEOFLOW reserves the right to make changes and improvements in their products without incurring any obligation to similarly alter products previously purchased. CHOICE OF UkNV These warranties and any liability of GEOFLOW hereunder shall be governed by,construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of California. Any disputes arising out of or relating to these warranties, not resolved by mutual agreement, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration before JAMS,or its successor. 10/19/2007 Geoflow,Inc. 506 Tamal Plaza Corte Madera,CA 94925 Toll Free:800-828-3388 Tel:415-927-6000 Fax:415-927-0120 www.geoflow.com 0 0 GEOFLOW,INC. MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION GUIDELINES Adapted from Geoflow Design and Installation Manual dated Feb 2001. See complete Design and Installation Manual online at www.geoflow.com or telephone 800-828-3388 for a free copy. Geoflow, Inc. May 5,2001 AS-BUILT SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: 1. Site Name: 2. Site Address including State: 3. Dripfield Designed by: 4. Dripfield Installed by: 5. Date of Installation: 6. Daily design flow: gpd 7. Soil percolation rate: 8. Is there secondary treatment on this job site?-Yes-No If"Yes"to question 8 above,please name manufacturer and model number 9. Number of zones in dripfield If more than 1 zone, please describe valve(size,manufacturer,part number,type) 10. Amount of dripline installed in each zone. Zone 1 ft. Zone 2 ft. Zone 3 ft. Zone 4 ft. 11. Wasteflow dripline model number Wor description. 12. Flow rate per zone. Zone 1 gpm Zone 2 gpm Zone 3 gpm Zone 4 gpm 13. Pump manufacturer,model number and number of pumps 14. Vortex filter model number Wor description If more than one zone,do the zones(a)share one filter or (b)each have their own filter? 15. Pressure in each zone: Zone 1 psi Location pressure measured Zone 2 psi Location pressure measured Zone 3 psi Location pressure measured Zone 4 psi Location pressure measured 16. Size of feed manifold inches. Depth of feed manifold inches. 17. Size of flush manifold inches. Depth of flush manifold inches. 18. Size of filter flush valve inches. Is filter flush valve manual or automatic? 19. Size of field flush valve inches. Is the field flush valve manual or automatic? If more than one zone,do the zones(a)share one flush valve or (b)each have their own flush valves? 20. Was any fill material supplied on the dripfield? If"yes"to 19 above please describe fill quality and quantity added. 21. Please provide owner with as-built drawings, including but not limited to direction of drip lines, location of air vents, location of pressure regulators if applicable,location of Headworks(filter and valves)and location of pump tank. SYSTEM COMPONENTS A typical drip system installation will consist of the elements listed below: 1. Wasteflow®Dripline WASTEFLOW lines carry the water into the dispersal/reuse area.Wasteflow lines are connected to the supply and return with Compression or Lockslip fittings.Standard spacing between lines and emitters is 24"on center. The dripline has nojoints that may pull apart during installation and is ideal for tractor mounted burying machines.It is sold in 500-ft rolls.For export 400-m rolls are available. Rolls of alternative lengths may be special ordered. Wasteflow dripline features: a)Rootguard® The risk of root intrusion with an emitter slowly releasing nutr ient rich effluent directly into the soil is well known to anyone who has observed a leaking sewer pipe. Geoflow has an exclusive license for rootguard,to protect emitters from root intrusion.Rootguard carries a 10-year warranty against root intrusion. b)Turbulent flow path Wasteflow drip emitters are pre-inserted in the tube 6",12"or 24"apart with 24"being the most popular. Angles in the emitter flow path are designed to cause turbulence in order to equalize flow between emitters and keep the emitters clean. Geoflow emitters boast large flow paths,which,coupled with turbulent flow,have proven over the years to be extremely reliable and dependable. c)Antibacterial Geoflow's Wasteflow has an inner lining impregnated with a antibacterial,Ultra Fresh DM-50,to inhibit bacterial growth on the walls of the tube and in the emitter. d)Wasteflow Classic and Wasteflow PC Dripline For Wasteflow Classic the flow rate delivered by the emitter is a function of the pressure at the emitter. Wasteflow PC will have a constant flow rate at all pressures from 7 to 60 psi-to ensure a long life the recommended operating range is 10 to 45 psi. WASTEFLOW Classic Specification The dripline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene tubing,with turbulent flow,drip emitters bonded to the inside wall. The drip emitter flow passage shall be 0.053"x 0.053"square. The tubing shall have an outside diameter(O.D.)of approximately.64-inches and an inside diameter(I.D.)of approximately.55-inches. The tubing shall consist of three layers;the inside layer shall be a bacterial protection,the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification.The dripline shall have emitters regularly spaced 24"(or 12")apart.The turbulent flow emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin.The turbulent flow emitters shall have nominal discharge rates of 1.3 gallons per hour at 20 psi.The emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan®to inhibit root intrusion for a minimum period of ten years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion f or this period. WASTEFLOW Classic dripline shall be Geoflow model number WF16-4-24 or WF16-4-12. WASTEFLOW PC Specification The dripline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch linear low density polyethylene tubing,with turbulent flow,drip emitters bonded to the inside wall.The drip emitter flow passage shall be 0.032"x 0.045"square. The tubing shall have an outside diameter(O.D.)of approximately.64-inches and an inside diameter(I.D.)of approximately.55-inches. The tubing shall consist of three layers;the inside layer shall be a bacterial protection,the middle layer shall be black and the outside layer shall be purple striped for easy identification.The dripline shall have emitters regularly spaced 24"(or 12"or 6")apart.The pressure compensating emitters shall be molded from virgin polyethylene resin with a silicone rubber dia phragm. The pressure compensating emitters shall have nominal discharge rates of 0.53 gallons per hour.The emitters shall be impregnated with Treflan®to inhibit root intrusion for a minimum period often years and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to inhibit root intrusion for this period. WASTEFLOW PC pressure compensating dripline shall be Geoflow model number WFPC16-2-24 or WFPC16-2-12 or WFPC16-2-06. 2. Controllers Controllers are used for time dosing and auto-flushing of the filter and dripfields. GEO controllers include a programmable logic control interface for field modifications. They can be used on systems ranging in size from one to four zon es at the time this manual was printed. All controllers include a surge arrestor,elapsed time meter and counter.For larger systems please inquire about our Wasteflow Manager controller that has monitoring and telemetry capabilities. Controller Description The following have been used in the standard GEO controller. Refer to paperwork supplied with controller for more detailed operating instructions. Panel Components: Programmable logic module for timing and controls. Contactor and circuit breaker for pump(see panel description for max hp ratings and other specifications). Hand-Off-Auto(H-O-A)switches for pump and valve operation. Connections/contacts for normally closed 24 VAC valves. (Contacts for normally open valves special order) Elapsed time meter and cycle counter for pump monitoring built in to PLC. Circuit breaker for control power. Surge arrestor for lightening protection. 12"x 10"NEMA4 X fiberglass enclosure. Float functions: Redundant Off and Low level Alarm Float. It is a secondary off float that will prevent the operation of the pump if the timer on and off float fails. This float turns off the pump when lowered. Pumping will be disabled in both the aut omatic and manual modes.This float also activates the audible and visual alarm. Pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button will silence the audible alarm.The alarm light will remain on until the float is raised. When raised,this float will enable operation of the pump.Timer On&Off float. Activates timer. Timer will control pump cycles,beginning with the off mode. Over-ride timer On&Off float. Activates the over-ride timer. Over-ride timer will control pump cycles. The over-ride timer will finish at least one complete cycle even if the over-ride float drops.High-level alarm float. Activates the audible and visual alarm when raised. Audible alarm may be silenced by pressing the illuminated PUSH TO SILENCE button. The alarm light will remain on until the float is lowered. NOTE: We recommend the use of normally open mercury control floats. Pump and Valve Operation: Pump dosing cycles are controlled by the timers when the H-O-A switch is in the auto position. Under normal conditions the"primary"timer will control the pump. During high flow conditions,the over-ride timer will control th e pump. The over-ride timer will cycle the pump more frequently than the primary timer.The pump will dose for the same amount of time but the time in between doses, or the over-ride timer"off time",will be one half that of the primary timer"off time". (For example, if your primary timer settings are one hour fifty-four minutes o ff and five minutes on then your over-ride timer settings would be approximately fifty-five minutes off and five minutes on.) The Vortex Filter flush valve will open for 1 minute(field adjustable)at the end of the pump cycle to allow the filter to self-flush.When the Vortex Filter flush is complete, the pump will remain activated for 15 seconds(field adjustable)to accommodate the opening of the field flush valve. The field flush valve will open during the 15 seconds the pump i s still activated after filter flush cycle. After the pump is deactivated the flush valve will remain open for one minute(field adjustable)to allow for drainage of the return line. For severe freezing conditions allow adequate time for the mani fold to drain completely. To periodically flush the dripfield,after 10 dosing cycles(field adjustable)the pump will operate for 5 minutes(field adjustable)with the field flush valve opened and the field flush valve will stay open until all zones have been f lushed. This operation will also occur after a power outage. Wiring Control voltage input is 115 VAC for all GEO 1 and GEO 4 series panels. Output to valve(s)is 24 VAC 3. Pumps Wasteflow dripfields depend on pumps to supply effluent and pressure to the field.These must be sized according to flow and pressure requirements. Look for effluent pumps from a dependable source. Geoflow does not endorse a sing le manufacturer,but does advocate you use a pump that is readily serviced in your area. 4. Filters Geoflow systems use a self-cleaning Vortex Filter with a stainless screen 150 mesh/or 100 micron filter element.The self-cleaning action is efficient over a range of flow rates depending on the filter size. The clean-out port is at the base and can be opened and closed manually or automatically. If using a manual flush valve,please keep the valve cracked open slightly at all times for continuous flushing. The controller will fully open automatic flush valves. Filter specification 3/4" Filter. The Yfilter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 3/4 inch male pipe thread(MIPT) inlet and outlet. The two-piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 2 3.4 square inch filtration area.The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl. The filter shall flush flows from 4-11 gpm. The 3/4"filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-75.1"Filter.The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1 inch male pipe thread(MIPT)inlet and ou tlet.The two-piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4 inch MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing.The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 28.4 square inch filtration area. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl.The filter shall flush flows from 7-28 gpm. The 1"filter shall be Geoflow Vortex Filter model number AP4E-100.1.5"Filter. The Yfilter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic with a 1.5 inch male pipe thread(MIPT)inlet and outlet.The two-piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shall include an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4"MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing. The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 60.8 square inch filt ration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire,and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together. The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl.The 3hole filter shall flush flows of 34-42 gpm and the 4-hole filter shall flush flows of 45-55 gpm. The 1 1/2"filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-150-3 or AP4E-150-42"Filter.The Y filter body shall be molded from glass reinforced engineering grade black plastic wit h a 2 inch male pipe thread(MIPT)inlet and outlet. The two-piece body shall be capable of being serviced by untwisting and shallinclude an O-ring seal. An additional 3/4"MIPT outlet shall be capable of periodic flushing.The 150-mesh filter screen is all stainless steel,providing a 60.8 square inch filtration area. The outer support shell shall be woven stainless steel wire,and the inner screen shall be made of stainless steel cloth. The inner and outer screens shall be soldered together.The screen collar shall be molded from vinyl.The 3-hole filter shall flush flows from68-84 gpm and the 4-hole filter shall flush flows of 90-110 gpm. The 2"filter shall be Geoflow model number AP4E-200-3 or AP4E-200-4. 5. Supply Manifold This carries the water from the dosing tank to the dispersal area. Rigid PVC is usually used and must be designed to slope back to the pump tank in freezingconditions. The velocity in the manifold should be between 2 feet per second and 5 feet per second(fps). Refer to PVC pipe sizing chart in the appendix to determine the best diameter for your application. 6. Return Manifold In order to help clean the system,the ends of the drip lines are connected together into a common return line,most often made of rigid PVC. This line will help equalize pressures in the system.Flushing should be done frequently during the installation period. Periodic flushing under full system pressure will guarantee along system life. The return manifold should be installed to drain the line back to the pretreatment tank in freezing climates. 7. Pressure Regulator Pressure regulators fix the inlet pressure at a given rate and a re recommended with Wasteflow Classic. Under normal operating conditions, pressure in the drip lines should be: 10 psi to 45 psi for Wasteflow Classic and 7 psi to 60 psi for Wasteflow PC 8. Air Vacuum Breaker Air vacuum breakers are installed at the high points to keep soil from being sucked into the emitters due to back siphoning or b ackpressure. This is an absolute necessity with underground drip systems. They are also used for proper draining of the supply and return manifolds in freezing conditions. Use one on the high end of the supply manifold and one on the high point of the ret urn manifold. Additional air vents may be required depending on terrain. Maximum flow per vacuum breaker is 50 gpm. Freezing conditions require the air vacuum breaker be protected with insulation. Air Vacuum Specification The air vacuum relief valve provides instant and continuous vacuum relief and non-continuous air relief. Both the body and the removable dirt cover shall be constructed of molded plastic.The body and the dirt cover shall be connected with a 3/4 inch hose thread.The ball shall be constructed of low density plastic and the internal seat shall be constructed of vinyl.The air vacuum relief valve shall seal at 5 psi. Inlet size shall be a 1-inch male pipe thread. The air vent shall be Geoflow item numberAPVBK-1 9. Filter Flush Valves Used to flush debris from the filter cleanout port back to the pretreatment tank,this can be an electronically activated solenoid valve or a manual ball valve. If manual, it should be opened for a full flushing at least every six month s and left cracked open slightly to flush continuously. Cracking open a manual valve may be used to increase flow through the system to be within the efficient flow rate of the filter and/or pump,if necessary. Certain States may require automated electronic flushing. Please refer to your State codes. Flush valve specification and description The Solenoid Valve is electrically operated and used to flush the dripfield and Vortex filter. It is normally closed,and in the event of a power failure the valve closes. Unique Dual Ported Diaphragm greatly minimizes clogging. In operation,the diaphragm ports constantly flex,inhibiting sand,silt and debris from blocking the valve action.The porting design also permits equal pressure on both sides of the diaphragm wall,regardless of line pressure when valve is not operating,and nearly equal pressure across the wall when operating.The DW Valve diaphragm is made of nylon fabric reinforced Buna-N rubber;a grooved rib interlocks with cover and body to prevent leakage. Nylon exhaust orifice is non-corrosive and has an opening sized larger than the diaphragm ports so that any pieces of sand or silt passing through the diaphragm will not be trapped beneath the solenoid actuator. The solenoid is constructed of molded epoxy resin having no carbon steel components exposed thereby eliminating possible external corrosion and deterioration. Solenoid is completely waterproof,with an O-ring seal,and complies with NEC Class II circuit requirements for 24V a.c.operation(also operates on 12 volts d.c.up to 75 psi).The actuator is teflon coated stainless steel and brass with a molded-in place rubber exhaust port seal;a stainless steel spring assures positive seating. High strength plastic glass-filled body and cover designed to operate in heavy duty commercial applications. Stainless steel 1/4 inch cover bolts and mating brass body inser is make re-assembly easy. Shock cone on diaphragm seat eliminates water hammer in all except extreme cases. Flow control. A brass,non-rising type flow control stem for throttling the valve from full open to close positions. Manual bleed lever. An easy-to-use,hand operated control bleeds valve to downstream;has stops for open and closed positions. Cold water working pressure: 150 psi 10. Field Flush valves. Used to flush out fine particles which have passed through the filter and accumulate on the bottom of the tube at the end of eac h lateral.The field flush valve can be manual or electronic. If manual,it should be opened for full flushing at least every six months and left cracked open slightly to flush continuously and provide for drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions. Cracking open a manual valve can also be used to increase the flow through the system to be within the efficient flow rate of the filter and/or pump if necessary.Certain States do require automated electronic flushing. Please refer to your State codes. Flush valve specification and description See specifications and description for filter flush valves above. FREEZING OPERATIONS Buried drip systems are not prone to frost damage because,in their design,vacuum release and drain valves are provided.Please adhere to the following precautions: a) Manifolds,supply lines and return lines must be sloped back to their respective dosing or treatment tanks. Under extreme conditions return and supply manifold should be insulated or buried below frost line.Be sure drain valve on flush line remains open long enough for entire field to drain. b) Remove the check valve at the pump or provide alternate method for draining supply manifolds. Check with pump manufacturer before removing check valve from pump to be sure that it does not affect warranty. c) Insulate equipment boxes,including Headworks box or filter and field flush valve boxes as well as zone dosing valves,pressure regulator and air vacuum relief valves. Use closed-cell insulation such as perlite in a plastic bag. d) The top of air vacuum relief valves must be no higher than soil surface. e) If using an index valve to split field zones,be sure it is capable of self-draining. f) WASTEFLOW lines will self-drain through the emitters into the soil.If the cover crop over the dripfield is not yet adequately established,add hay or straw over the field for insulation. g) Mark the valve box with a metal pin so you can find it in t he winter when covered in snow. h) If using manual filter flush valves or manual field flush valves,they should be left cracked open slightly to provide for quick and complete drainage of the flush line in freezing conditions. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE: The best way to assure years of trouble free life from your system is to consistently monitor the system and perform regular maintenance functions.For large systems or systems with a BOD>20 mg/I automation of maintenance is essential. For smaller systems with a BOD<20 mg/I semi-annual inspection and maintenance is adequate. 1) Remove the spin filter and install a clean cartridge. Clean the used filter cartridge back at the shop with a pressure hose. The filter cartridge should be cleaned from the outside inwards. If bacteria buildup is a problem we advise first trying lye,and if the problem persists,soak it in a chlorine bath. Soak the filter cartridge in a mixture of 50%bleach and 50%water. 2) Open the field flush valve. 3) Manually turn on the pump. 4) Flush the system for approximately five minutes. 5) Close the field flush valve. 6) Check for proper pressures in the field and if a ball valve is used reset the field flush valve for 1-psi loss. 7) Remove the lids on the vacuum breaker and check for proper operation. 8) Visually inspect the field for any irregularities. 9) Turn off the pump and reset the controller for auto mode. 10) Periodically remove and clean the field flush and filter flush valves. ROOTGUARD®is a registered trademark of A.I.Innovations. NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SECTION ON-SITE WATER PROTECTION BRANCH INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM APPROVAL INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM NO: IWWS 2015-01-R1 Issued To: Orenco Systems, Inc. 814 Airway Avenue Sutherlin, Oregon 97479 Telephone: (877) 371-3172;Fax: (541)459-2884 http://www.orenco.com Contact: Nicholas Noble, Government Relations Manager For: AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment Systems Models AX20-RT and AX25-RT Approval Date: April 24, 2015 June 15, 2015 Sampling Revisions In accordance with General Statute 130A-343, 15A NCAC 18A .1969 and .1970, a proposal by Orenco Systems, Inc. for an approval of subsurface wastewater systems utilizing the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems has been reviewed,and found to meet the standards of an innovative system when all of the following conditions are met: I. General A. Scope of this Innovative Approval 1. Design, installation,use, and operation and maintenance guidelines for AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems to meet TS-I or TS-II effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970. Refer to Rule .1970(a)Table VIII—Effluent Quality Standards for Advanced Pretreatment Systems for treatment performance levels. 2. Operation,maintenance,and monitoring requirements for AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems and associated subsurface systems to ensure the treatment performance standards are met. B. This Innovative System Approval is applicable to domestic strength sewage systems (non- industrial wastewater)utilizing AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems that have a design flow not exceeding 3,000 gallons per day(gpd). Use of AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems for facilities with an influent waste strength that exceeds domestic septic tank quality effluent standards pursuant to Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1970(b)may be proposed by Orenco Systems, Inc. and a North Carolina Professional Engineer to the Department for review and approval on a case-by-case basis,prior to permitting by the local health department(LHD). The system design must include the proposed raw wastewater strength(BODS, COD, TN, TSS,fats,oils and grease,etc.),the expected organic loading rate (in pounds of BOD), and hydraulic loading rate on the pretreatment system, and the calculations, references, and any other needed information to support the proposed design. C. Any site utilizing these systems shall have wastewater with sufficient alkalinity to facilitate biological treatment processes. The influent shall not have a pH or toxins that significantly inhibit microbial growth. D. Use of AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems that have a design flow exceeding 3,000 gpd may be permitted on a case-by-case basis after approval by the Department in accordance with the Large Systems State Review/Approval Process (Rule 15A NCAC 18A .1938). E. This Innovative Approval is not applicable for proposed weekly rental homes located in coastal North Carolina. Those properties should utilize an AdvanTex AX20 or AX 100 system covered under a separate Innovative approval (IWWS-2004-03-R4). II. System Description The AdvanTex AX-RT series uses the same recirculating textile filter technology as the AX20 and AX100 that have been previously approved (IWWS 2004-03-R4), combining the textile filter media and recirculation/processing tank into a single, complete, self-contained multi-compartment unit. The recirculating treatment tank receives filtered effluent from the primary septic tank and is topped with a standard AX20 lid and hinge assembly. Textile media is suspended from the top of the treatment unit, with typically 60% positioned over the recirculationiblend chamber and the remainder (40%) positioned over a final filtrate chamber separated from the recirculationiblend chamber by a baffle wall. Filtrate is either recirculated back to the recirculation-blend chamber through a low-level equalization swing-check valve in the baffle wall, or discharged by controlled-dosing using a discharge pump, or by gravity. Both the AX20-RT and AX25-RT utilize the same single multi-compartment unit. The AX20-RT has 524 square feet of textile filter media, and the AX25-RT has 624 square feet of media. 111. Siting Criteria AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems and associated drainfields shall be sited and sized in accordance with Rule .1970 for TS-I or TS-II systems. Drip irrigation systems used with AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be sited and sized in accordance with the manufacturer-specific drip approval. The AX-RT Treatment systems and associated drainfields shall meet all applicable horizontal setback requirements and be located to prevent surface/subsurface water inflow/infiltration. IV. System Sizing The system sizing criteria shall be based upon the long term acceptance rate specified in the appropriate portion of the rules or Innovative and Experimental approval for the type of ground absorption system to be used. V. Special Site Evaluation A special site evaluation may be required based on the proposed ground absorption system. Refer to manufacturer specific drip approvals and Rule .1970(p). VI. Design Criteria A. The system consists of a septic tank and an AdvanTex AX-RT fixed-film media treatment system as specified in Table 1 below. Table 1 —AX-RT System and Septic Tank Volume Design Daily Minimum Septic AdvanTex AX-RT Flow Tank Volume (gpd) (gallons) <500 1,000 AX20-RT 501-600 1500 AX25-RT A single-bulb UV system shall be provided for TS-11 systems. AX20-RT TS-11 systems may be configured with an integrated UV and pumping chamber. AX25-RT TS-11 systems require the UV unit to be installed after the RT unit and a separate approved pump tank. See Attachment A for example drawings of unit configurations. 1. All tanks shall be approved by the Department and Orenco Systems, Inc. specifically for the use with AdvanTex Treatment systems. As part of this approval, all tanks (septic and recirculating)will have an inlet sanitary tee that is visible and accessible from the riser opening. The inlet tee shall have an inner diameter not less than 4 inches. An access riser not less than 20 inches in diameter will be provided to access the inlet tee. The top of the riser shall be a minimum of 2 inches above finished grade and water shall be diverted away from the riser as necessary to prevent water from accumulation. 2. The septic tank shall be equipped with a Department approved, appropriately sized Orenco effluent filter on the outlet end. 3. The recirculating pumps are Orenco 4-inch turbine effluent pumps. Specifications for the pumps that accompany the different configurations are listed in Table 2. Table 2—AX-RT Recirculating Pump Specifications AdvanTex Number of Flow Rate Pump Voltage Filter Unit Recirculation (gpm) Nominal Pumps Horse Power AX20-RT 1 15 1/2 115V or 230V AX25-RT 1 30 1/2 115V or 230V 4. The discharge pumps (as applicable with some AX-RT and AX20-RT-UV configurations)are Orenco 4-inch turbine effluent pumps. Pump specifications for the different configurations are listed in Table 3. Table 3 —AX-RT Discharge Pump Specifications Model Pump Pump Nominal Flow Rate (gpm) AX20-RT Bottom Intake 10, 20, 30, 50 AX20-RT-UV Bottom Intake 10, 20, 30, 50 AX25-RT Bottom Intake 10, 20, 30, 50 Possible float settings for AX-RT's with integrated field dosing pumps are listed in Table 4. Table 4—AX-RT Float Settings and Dose Volumes AX20-RT or AX25-RT AX20 RT UV' On Float* Off Float* Dose Vol(gal) Dose Vol(gal) 35 24 117 49 35 20 159 66 35 18 180 75 35 16 202 84 35 12 244 102 35 10 265 111 35 8 1286 119 *Floats measured in inches from bottom of RT +AX25-RT for TS-II requires UV unit in separate chamber or separate dosing tank. 5. The AdvanTex AX-RT is equipped with a set of vertical geotextile sheets with low-pressure pipe wastewater distribution spin nozzles above the sheets. The low-pressure pipe distribution spin nozzles operate at 4 psi (this measurement is used in lieu of residual head) and are designed to operate at a flow rate of 6 gpm. One air vent for the RT is required, and is located on the pod and ultimately connected to the building sewer. 6. Filtrate from the AdvanTex AX-RT percolates through the geotextile by gravity into either the recirculation tank or the discharge chamber and ultimately through the ultraviolet (UV) disinfection system dependent upon the recirculation tank level. 7. To enhance nitrogen removal a portion of the nitrified wastewater shall be diverted back to the septic tank where conditions are most optimal for denitrification. The daily volume of nitrified wastewater delivered back to the septic tank shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems Inc. and shall not exceed 50% of the daily volume pumped to the AdvanTex filters. Diverting wastewater back to the inlet riser of the septic tank shall be accomplished by installing a stub connection at the recirculating pump hose and valve assembly to divert a portion of each dose to the septic tank inlet riser. A flow control disk with appropriately-sized orifice is installed by the manufacturer in a union in the septic tank return line to control the proportion of flow returned to the septic tank. A ball valve followed by an elbow to direct flow down into the tank shall be placed on the return line inside of the septic tank inlet riser. This ball valve allows the denitrification return line to be shut off for any operational reasons. 8. The UV system shall be rated for the appropriate discharge rate from the AdvanTex unit. Audible and visible alarms for bulb failure will be provided. 9. The UV disinfection system(optional for TS-1,required for TS-11)will be one of the following: a. The Orenco UV Unit, or b. Other UV systems specifically approved by the Department and Orenco Systems, Inc. 10. AdvanTex Treatment systems will utilize the TCOM or VeriComm Telemetry Control Panel. The control panel is in a NEMA 4X enclosure, and shall be located within 30 feet and in line of sight of the recirculation tank. Separate control and alarm circuits shall be provided. The Telemetry Control Panel shall be connected to an active phone line capable of dialing a 1-800 number, or be equipped with a wireless bridge connecting it to a wireless internet router, and shall remain active for the life of the Advanced Treatment System. The Operator in Responsible Charge (ORC) of the system authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. must be able to access the panel directly on site and shall be available to the LHD with 24-hour notice in the event that the LHD needs to access the control panel. 11. All access riser hatches shall be secured by approved tamper-resistant stainless steel bolts supplied by the manufacturer. Riser construction, attachment to tanks and security systems shall be pre-approved by the Department in accordance with the Orenco Systems, Inc. approvals for septic tank and pump tank risers,as applicable. 12. The instructions for anti-floatation in the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment System Installation Manuals shall be followed. Orenco Systems, Inc, can submit a pre-engineered anti-buoyancy design by a NC Professional Engineer for approval by the Department that could be used instead of site specific anti-buoyancy designs for sites that meet the limitations of the pre- engineered design. 13. The panel controlling the drainfield dosing pumps shall be provided by Orenco Systems, Inc. and designed to meet the daily, 7-day, and 30-day monitoring requirements of Rule .1970, unless the drainfield panel is provided by a distribution system manufacturer other than Orenco Systems, Inc. The other manufacturer's panel shall meet these same monitoring requirements,and its alternate use for this purpose shall have the written concurrence of Orenco Systems, Inc. and the designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. 14. A spigot or sampling port shall be placed on the force main from the final dosing tank to provide for effluent sampling. In the event a system is installed using a gravity trench, a sampling basin shall be installed between the final treatment device and the drainfield. 15. The 7-day and 30-day readings will be stored in the VeriComm control panel records. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems,Inc. will be able to access this information when they are at the site. The VeriComm panel, TCOMM Telemetry control panel, or approved equal shall be used for pressure manifolds, LPP systems, and drip irrigation systems. B. AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be designed by a designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. or a North Carolina Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gpd shall be designed by a North Carolina Professional Engineer. The design shall also be reviewed and written recommendation provided by the Orenco Representative for North Carolina or the Orenco NC dealer/distributor. VII. Installation and Testing A. A preconstruction conference shall be required to be attended by the designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc., engineer(if applicable), installer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc., and LHD prior to beginning construction of the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system. B. All AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be installed according to directions provided by Orenco Systems, Inc. Additionally, all AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems and components used with,but not manufactured by Orenco Systems, Inc., shall be installed in accordance with all applicable regulations and manufacturer instructions. C. All individuals/companies installing AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be in possession of all necessary permits and licenses before attempting any portion of a new or repair installation. The company/individual must be a Level IV installer and authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. D. Watertightness of the tanks shall be tested by either of the following protocols: 24-hour hydrostatic test or a vacuum test. 1. Hydrostatic Test'° 2 a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes. b. Fill tank with clean water to a point at least two inches above the pipe connections or the seam between the tank and the riser,whichever is highest. c. Measure the water level. d. Allow the tank to sit for 24 hours. e. Re-measure the water level. f If the water level change is '/2-inch or less or one percent of the liquid tank capacity,the tank passes the leak test. g. If the water level change is greater than '/2-inch, any visible leaks can be repaired and the tank may be topped off with water and allowed to sit for a minimum of one hour. h. The tank passes the leak test if there are no visible leaks (flowing water or dripping in a steady stream) and no measureable drop in water level after one hour. Otherwise,the tank fails the leak test. 2. Vacuum Test' a. Temporarily seal the inlet and outlet pipes. b. A vacuum of four(4)inches of mercury should be pulled on the tank and held for five (5) minutes. c. During the testing,the tank manufacturer or their representative can seal the tank if it is found to be leaking. d. If the tank is repaired,the vacuum must be brought back up to four inches and held for five minutes. E. The distribution of flow to the AdvanTex AX-RT and to the septic tank shall be measured during start-up and set in accordance with the system design with start-up settings recorded. F. Specified site preparation steps and construction specifications for the ground absorption system shall be strictly adhered to, including specified depth of trenches in relation to site limiting conditions,cover material specifications (if needed),trench installation method, etc. G. The installer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc.,the engineer or designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc., and the ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall conduct an inspection/start-up of the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system and all associated system components. The LHD personnel will attend and observe the inspection/start-up. During the inspection/start-up to include: 1. System watertightness testing. 2. Control panel operation and alarm settings. 3. Pump model numbers and time clock settings. 4. Air vent on the pod installed and functional. 5. Pressure head(PSI)on the AX-RT wastewater distribution system. 6. Return flow to the septic tank set per design and recorded,when applicable. 7. Riser hatches have tamperproof bolts, and/or riser lock ring. ' Victor D'Amato and Ishwar Devkota,Development ofPrefabricated Septic and Pump Tank Construction and Installation Standards for North Carolina. 'National Precast Concrete Association,Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On-Site Wastewater Tanks,Second Edition,October 2005,24. 'National Precast Concrete Association,Best Practices Manual Precast Concrete On-Site Wastewater Tanks,Second Edition,October 2005,24. VIIL Operation, Maintenance, Monitoring and Reporting A. AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be classified, at a minimum,as a Type Va system in accordance with Table V(a)of Rule .1961(b). Management and inspection shall be in accordance with Rules .1961 and .1970. B. All Orenco AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems require an operation and maintenance agreement between the system owner and Orenco Systems, Inc., its authorized representative,or with an operator authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. as per Rule .1970. The system shall be inspected according to Rule .1961 by a certified subsurface operator authorized in writing by Orenco Systems Inc. The ORC shall be either an employee of Orenco Systems, Inc. or authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc.to operate and maintain the system. The operator authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. must have proper equipment and training to access and program VeriComm or TCOM Control panels on site. C. All AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be maintained according to the latest version of Orenco Systems, Inc.'s O&M Manual. D. At each AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system inspection,the ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall,at a minimum, observe,monitor, and record the following: 1. Wastewater level in all the tanks. 2. Sludge, scum, and grease levels in all tanks. 3. Clogging of effluent filter in Biotube®pump package. 4. Watertightness of tanks, risers and pipe penetrations at the tanks. 5. Operation of pumps, floats,valves, electrical controls, and alarms. 6. Drainfield pump delivery rate (drawdown test),determination of the average pump run time, and drainfield dosing volume. 7. Any structural damage, accessibility issues, adequate ventilation, excess odors, ponding of effluent, insect infestations, vegetative growth over the drainfield, or surfacing of effluent on the drainfield area. 8. Sample of AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system effluent collected from the sampling point to check for effluent clarity and odor and a sample of influent, as required. 9. Readings from pump cycle counters and run time meters and any water meter readings. 10. Current operational set up for TS-II nitrogen removal enhancement(percent returned to septic tank) and recommendation for modifications (if needed). 11. System operating conditions, from the review of VeriComm or TCOMM stored data for indication of 7-day and 30-day flows and flow variances, clogging of filter distribution system, or other abnormal conditions. E. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall also conduct additional observations, measurements, monitoring, and maintenance activities as specified in the Operation Permit and as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Sampling and Testing 1. All sampling shall be done in accordance with Rule .1970(n)(3) and (5). AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment systems shall be sampled annually (semi-annually for systems with a design flow of 1,501 to 3,000 gpd). 2. TS-II systems influent shall be analyzed for TKN. 3. Effluent for all systems shall be tested for effluent CBOD5 and NH4-N and shall be tested in the field for turbidity. Systems specified to meet the TS-II standard shall have the effluent analyzed for TN (TKN and NO3-N). Systems specified to meet the TS-II standard with design flows of 1,501 to 3,000 gpd shall also have the effluent analyzed for fecal coliform. 4. Additional sampling of effluent or influent may be determined to be necessary by the ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. during a system inspection to assist with troubleshooting or to verify system performance. 5. Effluent samples for drip disposal systems or other pressurized dispersal systems shall be collected from a tap on the drainfield forcemain (prior to spin filters for drip systems). The preferred location of the tap is in the pump tank discharge assembly. The sampling shall not commence until at least 30 seconds of continuous discharge through the sample tap has been completed. 6. Influent samples shall be taken from outlet side of the septic tank. Care shall be taken to collect the sample from below the scum layer with as little solids as possible. 7. Adjustments in the monitoring schedule and number of parameters sampled may be proposed by Orenco Systems, Inc. and approved by the Department pursuant to Rule .1970(n)(3)(B) or (C). G. Notification and Performance of Maintenance and Repairs 1. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall alert the LHD, Orenco Systems, Inc., and the system owner within 48 hours of needed maintenance or repair activities including,but not limited to landscaping,tank sealing,tank pumping,pipe or control system repairs,media replacement, and/or adjustments to any other system component. 2. System troubleshooting and needed maintenance shall be provided to maintain the pump delivery rate and average pump run time within 25%of initial measurements conducted during system startup. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems,Inc. shall notify the system owner, Orenco Systems, Inc., and the LHD whenever the pump delivery rate efficiency or average pump ran times are not within 25%of initial measurements conducted prior to system start-up. 3. The septic tank will be pumped as needed upon recommendation of the ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. and in accordance with the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment System operation and maintenance instructions.However, at a minimum,the septic tank will be pumped whenever the solids level exceeds 25%of the tank's total liquid working capacity or the scum layer is more than four inches thick. 4. The tanks shall be pumped by a properly permitted septage management firm, and the septage handled in accordance with 15A NCAC 13B .0800. 5. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall notify the LHD, Orenco Systems, Inc., and system owner in writing whenever repairs are indicated. All maintenance activities shall be recorded in the ORC reports provided to the system owner, Orenco Systems, Inc. and the LHD. H. Reporting 1. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall provide a completed written report to the system owner, Orenco Systems, Inc., and the LHD within 30 days of each inspection. At a minimum,this report shall specify: a. The date and time of inspection, b. System operating conditions according to Section VILD,VILE, and VILF. c. Results from any laboratory analysis of any influent and effluent samples, d. Maintenance activities performed since the last inspection report, e. An assessment of overall system performance, f. A list of any improvements or maintenance needed, g. A determination of whether the system is malfunctioning, and the specific nature of the malfunction, h. Any changes made in system settings,based on recommendations of the manufacturer, and i. A summary report of data retrieved from the VeriComm or TCOMM panel verifying actual daily, 7-day, and 30-day flows,flow variances,and other operating conditions. IX. Responsibilities and Permitting Procedures A. Prior to the installation of an AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system at a site,the owner or owner's agent shall file an application at the LHD for the proposed use of this system. After the LHD conducts a soil and site evaluation, the LHD may issue an Improvement Permit or an Authorization to Construct or amend a previously issued Authorization to Construct allowing for the use of an AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system. B. The Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct shall contain all conditions the site approval is based upon, including the proposed use of the Innovative system. The operation permit will include all conditions as specified in the Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct. C. When a special site evaluation is required pursuant to Rule .1970(p)(1) or a drip approval, as applicable, an evaluation and written, sealed report from a Licensed Soil Scientist regarding the site shall be provided to the LHD. The report shall contain the information specified in Rule .1970(p)(2) and "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs". The LHD may request the assistance of their Regional Soil Scientist in evaluating this report prior to Improvement Permit issuance. D. The AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system shall be designed by one of the following: a designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. or a North Carolina Professional Engineer. Systems over 1,000 gpd or as otherwise required for drip irrigation systems, shall be designed by a Professional Engineer. All design submittals shall be accompanied by a certification letter from Orenco Systems Inc., or its North Carolina authorized representative. E. Prior to the issuance of an Authorization to Construct for an AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system, a design submittal prepared by a designer authorized by Orenco Systems, Inc. or North Carolina Professional Engineer shall be submitted for review and approval by the LHD. The design submittal shall include the information specified in "Requirements for Submittals of Soil Reports and Pretreatment and/or Dispersal System Designs". F. It is recommended that local authorized environmental health practitioners attend a design training session offered by the manufacturer/authorized representative prior to permitting the system. Also, at the request of the LHD, a Regional Engineer will review the design. G. The designer authorized by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall certify in writing that the system was installed in accordance with the approved design prior to Operation Permit issuance. H. A North Carolina Professional Engineer shall certify in writing that a system designed by an engineer was installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications prior to Operation Permit issuance. I. For sites required to be evaluated by a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist (see Section V and IX.C), the LHD may specify as a condition on the Improvement Permit and Authorization to Construct that a Licensed Soil Scientist or Professional Geologist oversee critical phases of the drainfield installation and certify in writing that the installation was in accordance with their specified site/installation requirements prior to the Operation Permit issuance. J. The ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. shall be present during the final inspection of the system prior to the issuance of the operation permit. The ORC shall be certified as a NC Subsurface Operator and authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. K. The LHD issues the Operation Permit after the following: 1. Field verification of installation completion; 2. Receipt of written documentation from the designer authorized in writing by Orenco Systems,Inc., or the engineer, as applicable,that the system has been designed,installed,and is operating in accordance with the approved plans; and 3. All necessary legal documents have been completed, including the contract between the system owner and the ORC authorized in writing by Orenco Systems, Inc. L. On an annual basis, Orenco Systems Inc., shall provide a report to the On-Site Water Protection Section including the number and location of new system installations during the previous year, and effluent data and operator reports for each operational AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system installed in North Carolina under this Innovative Approval. Effluent data should be compiled and submitted electronically. If available, a web-based system for data posting of laboratory results should be utilized. These reports shall provide information to the Department based upon the monitoring data and observations made from the Innovative systems installed pursuant to this Approval. This should include an assessment of system performance in relation to the established treatment performance standards; an assessment of physical and chemical properties of the materials used to construct the system, in terms of strength, durability, and chemical resistance to loads and conditions experienced; recommended areas of applicability for the system; and any conditions and limitations related to the use of the system. The report shall also include an updated list of authorized designers, installers,and ORCs. X. Repair of Systems The provisions of 15A NCAC 18A .1961 (c) shall govern the use of the AdvanTex AX-RT Treatment system for repairs to existing malfunctioning wastewater systems. Approved By: Date: R o96IE O U 9 0 � � \ _ \ / § ( e ) 7 15 2} 3f e ` 2 2 a & \ � 41 = / � � ■ \ % _ / ■ 2 .\ % % ■ k / � § / ; 2 O f D : . � - � \\\ � E ( ( ® b «y ©w � z----« -----« , ! � § - - � /tN - NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ON-SITE WATER PROTECTION SECTION INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM APPROVAL INNOVATIVE WASTEWATER SYSTEM NO: IWWS-2000-2R ISSUED TO: Geoflow,Inc. 506 Tamal Plaza Corte Madera,CA 94925 (800)828-3388;Fax: (415)927-1800 Website:www.geoflow.com FOR: Geoflow's Subsurface Drip System APPROVAL DATE:August 29,2000 May 17,2007 In accordance with 15A NCAC 18A.1969,an application by Karen Ferguson,Geoflow,Inc.,of Corte Madera,California, for modification to the approval of their subsurface wastewater drip system has been reviewed,and the system has been found to meet the standards of an innovative system when the following conditions for use,monitoring and operation are met: I. System description: a. Collection system: conventional gravity, pressure sewer fed by grinder pumps or individual septic tank effluent pumping units. b. Pretreatment: Aerobic System: DEH-approved Pressure Dosed Sand Filter, Peat Biofilter, Aerobic Treatment Unit,or approved equal. C. Filtration: Automatic, appropriately sized self-cleaning screen filter(s) or disc filters capable of screening particles larger than or equal to 130 microns.. d. Manifold: Common line(Schedule 40 PVC)to connect all the dripline in a single field at the start of the field and the distal ends of the dripline(flush end). C. Air vent: Air Vacuum Breaker(s) installed at the high point(s)of each dripfield to keep soil from being sucked into the drip emitters due to back siphoning or backpressure. f Dripline: Geoflow's Wasteflow PC dripline with pressure-compensating emitters spaced uniformly in the tubing(24-inch, 18-inch, 12-inch,or 6-inch centers). The tubing consists of three layers; the inside layer is an anti-bacterial protector, the middle layer is black and the outside layer is purple-striped for easy identification. The emitters are impregnated with Treflan®to inhibit root intrusion. 1 g. Field flushing valve: An automatic valve used to enable accumulated debris and sediment to be flushed from the dripline back to the pretreatment unit. h. System Controls: Control/software package controlling all functions, including filter flushing, system dosing and flushing,audible/visible alarms,and for larger systems,telemetry(>600 gpd), and flow monitoring and self diagnostics(>3000 gpd)capabilities. Il. Siting criteria: a. The Geoflow Subsurface Drip System may be utilized on sites that meet the following criteria: i. Sites classified suitable or provisionally suitable in accordance with Rules .1939-.1948; ii. Sites reclassified to be provisionally suitable in accordance with Rules.195 6(l),(2),(4),(5)or(6a); iii. Sites meeting the criteria for low pressure pipe systems in accordance with Rule .1957(a)(2);or iv. Sites meeting the criteria for new or existing fill, in accordance with Rule .1957(b). The system is considered a fill system when all or part of the drip tubing shall be installed in fill material. For existing fill systems,the minimum vertical separation distance between the drip tubing or installed trench bottom and any soil wetness condition or any soil horizon unsuitable as to soil structure,clay mineralogy,organic soil, rock or saprolite shall be 18 inches. b. Required vertical separation requirements shall be measured from the bottom of the drip tubing,or the installed trench bottom,whichever is deeper. All reductions in vertical separation allowed in the Rules and for other Approved Systems, including for Advanced Pretreatment systems approved in accordance with Rule .1970, based on the use of low pressure pipe or drip distribution systems shall apply(per recommendation of an NC Licensed Soil Scientist,as applicable). C. The minimum horizontal setback requirements of Rule .1950(a) shall be met, except as allowed for in conjunction with an Advanced Pretreatment System as allowed pursuant with Rule.1970. I11. System sizing: a. The following table shall be used in determining the long-term acceptance rate (LTAR) for the Geoflow Subsurface Drip System. The LTAR shall be based on the most hydraulically limiting soil horizon within 18 inches of the naturally occurring ground surface or to a depth of one foot below drip tubing, whichever is deeper. 2 Soil Group Soil Textural classes Soil Textural Classes LTAR(area basis) (USDA classification) (USDA Classification) (gpd/ft')* I. Sands(with S or PS Sand 1.0-0.6 structure and clay Loamy Sand mineralogy) II. Coarse Loams(with S Sandy loam 0.6-0.4 or PS structure and Loam clay mineralogy) ITT. Fine Loams(with S or Sandy Clay Loam 0.4-0.15 PS structure and clay Loam mineralogy) Silt Loam Clay loam Silty Clay Loam Silt IV. Clays(with S or PS Sandy Clay 0.15-0.05 structure and clay Silty Clay mineralogy) Clay *In conjunction with an approved Innovative,Controlled Demonstration,or Experimental Pretreatment System meeting TS-I or TS-11 performance standards or better,the same LTAR may be used as would apply to an LPP system as long as all the conditions of the Innovative, Controlled Demonstration, or Experimental Approval for the pretreatment system are met, including the requirements for a site- specific hydraulic assessment,which may allow use of higher LTARs than those delineated in this table. These reductions shall apply to area only,and not to the required total linear feet of tubing.The linear feet of tubing shall be maximized utilizing reduced tube spacing as the site and this Innovative Approval permit. The minimum zone size and linear feet of tubing in each zone shall also adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations. When any reductions are taken in vertical separations or horizontal setbacks pursuant to the use of a TS-I or TS- II system approved in accordance with Rule.1970,the long-term acceptance rate shall not exceed 0.6,0.4,0.15 and 0.10 gallons per day per square foot for Soil Groups I,IT,III,or IV,respectively. b. The following table shall be used in determining the LTAR for Geoflow Subsurface Drip Systems installed in saprolite pursuant to Rule .1956(6). The LTAR shall be based on the most hydraulically limiting,naturally occurring saprolite to a depth of two feet below the drip tubing. Saprolite group Saprolite Saprolite LTAR(areal basis) Textural Classes Textural Classes (gpd/ft) I. Sands Sand 0.6-0.4 Loamy sand 0.5-0.3 IT. Loams Sandy Loam 0.4-0.25 Loam 0.3 -0.2 Silt Loam 0.20-0.07 TTI* Fine Loam Sandy Clay Loam 0.10-0.05 *Use of Group TIT Saprolite requires TS-T or TS-TT pretreatment C. In calculating the minimum number of square feet for the drain'ield,the design daily sewage flow rate shall be 3 divided by the long-term acceptance rate determined from the appropriate table,above d.. In calculating the minimum length of drip tubing to be used,the total square footage of drainfield as derived in Section III(c)shall be divided by two feet. IV. Design criteria: a. Pretreatment: The drip emitter system shall be preceded by a pretreatment process designed to reduce the wastewater biochemical oxygen demand (SOD) and total suspended solids (TSS) concentrations to a maximum of 30 milligrams per liter(mg/1),each. This level of pretreatment may be achieved by properly designed Aerobic Treatment Units (ATUs) approved in accordance with Rule .1957(c), Approved Innovative Pretreatment Systems,or approved equal. b. Dosing tank: i. The dosing tank and dosing system shall meet the design and construction criteria of Rules.1952-.1954, except that the minimum liquid capacity shall not be less than the total liquid capacity of the septic tank that would be required for this system. ii. Level control floats in the dosing tank shall be adjustable and replaceable from the ground surface without requiring entrance into the tank. iii. The requirement for a separate high water alarm that is audible and visible by system users shall be met,in conjunction with any required self monitoring features of the Geoflow system. C. Pumps: Unit shall include effluent rated high head submersible pump(s), or effluent rated suction lift self-priming centrifugal pump(s),in accordance with Rule.1952(c)(2). For a suction lift pump,the intake pipe shall contain a screen and foot valve as specified by Geoflow,Inc. Pump, controls,intake pipe and screen, as applicable, shall be easily accessible by the system operator for routine operation,maintenance,monitoring and servicing. d. Filters: Self-cleaning filter(s)capable of screening particles larger than or equal to 130 microns shall be used. Self- cleaning process shall be automatic. Geoflow Filters,or approved equal,shall be used. Filter flushing residuals shall be pumped into the upstream end of the pretreatment system, with provisions made to minimize disturbance of any solids in the septic tank or settling chamber(where applicable). Filter number and size shall be at least as necessary to have flow rate during both irrigation and flushing conditions to be within filter manufacturer-specified acceptable operating range. e. Geoflow processing and control unit: i. Controls shall provide for delivery of designer-specified preprogrammed volumes of effluent to each field zone (adjustable and variable between zones) at designer-specified time intervals (flow equalization); automatic flushing of integral unit filters (filter flushing), initiated by a timer (adjustable duration); automatic flushing(at least weekly)of the drip laterals(field flushing)with filtered effluent for designer- specified duration;and monitor pump cycles and run times(for each pump and field zone)and flow(with totalizing flow meter,or equal). For systems designed for over 3000 gallons per day,controls shall also monitor alarm conditions (high water, power outage), flow volume to each zone and flow variance indication when flow is +or-20%of design. 4 ii. Controls and float levels shall be synchronized to assure the minimum dose is available prior to initiating a dosing cycle to a zone or subfield. Minimum dose volume per zone shall be set as needed so that at least 80-percent of each does is delivered when the minimum pressure in the field network is at least 10 pounds per square inch(pipe-full conditions). This shall be approximated by using five times the liquid capacity of the drip laterals plus the liquid capacity of the supply and return lines (only the portions which drain between doses), unless a smaller volume is field determined to meet this performance criteria. For example,the minimum dose-time can be field-determined as follows: -When zone is"dry",measure the time from pump-start until the Top of Return pressure is>1 0 psi. This time shall be designated"Ti".Also measure the total gallons it took to reach 10 psi. This"fill" volume is designated"Gi" -Determine minimum additional dose time,as: (4xGI)/(irrigation flow rate)_"Tf' -Total adjusted minimum dose time can be reduced to"Ti"plus"Tf',and adjusted dose volume is 5x"Gi" Minimum automatic field flushing volume per zone shall be two times the liquid capacity of the drip laterals plus the liquid capacity of supply and return and manifold lines that drain between doses. Unless alternately provided with the Advanced Pretreatment System,the drip system control panel shall enable the daily, 7-day and 30-day monitoring requirements of Rule .1970 to be met, such as by data logging the field dosing times or field flow meter readings. iii. Duplex pump dosing system shall be provided whenever the design flow rate exceeds 3000 gallons per day or when the total length of drip lines exceeds 10,000 feet. iv. A telemetry system shall be provided for systems with a design flow greater than 600 gallons per day, whereby the operator shall be notified immediately of alarm conditions(high water and power outage). In addition for design flows greater than 3000 gpd the operator shall be notified immediately of flow variance(+/-20%). Telemetry system and alarm shall include automatically rechargeable battery backup power supply V. Floats,pump and control circuits, and the control panel shall meet the requirements of Rule .1952(c). Panel and control equipment shall include lightning protection,be protected from unauthorized access, and remain accessible at all times to the system operator. f. Geoflow Subsurface Drip System Field Design(See Section VII for designer responsibilities): i. The field network shall utilize 16mm, 18mm, or 20mm nominal size WASTEFLOW PC polyethylene dripline containing bactericide incorporated into the inner lining and Treflan®root intrusion inhibitor bound into the pressure-compensating emitters. Manufacturer guarantees roots shall be effectively inhibited by this product for a minimum period of ten years. Pressure compensating emitters shall be spaced uniformly along the dripline on a maximum of two foot centers and designed to deliver 0.53 or 1.02 gallons per hour per emitter(+or- 5%)at internal tubing pressures of 7 to 60 pounds per square inch. ii. Individual drip lines shall be designed and installed level, following the naturally occurring ground contour(allow maximum variance of+or-two inches within any linear segment),on two-foot centers. In order to keep all laterals on-contour,lines or portions of lines may be installed on greater than two-foot centers, requiring additional total application area. Minimum spacing between laterals may also be reduced to 1-1/2 feet for short segments as needed to avoid field obstructions. Furthermore,laterals may be spaced uniformly on less than 2-foot centers to handle site-specific situations,as long as the total area requirement remains unreduced. Solvent welded heavy duty nonperforated flexible PVC pipe shall be used to connect the supply and return manifolds with the driplines, or to connect common driplines 5 installed at varying depths or locations(e.g.:in stepdowns or to connect looped drip line segments). The connection lines shall be made to the driplines by solvent welded Geoflow compression adapters or Geoflow Lockslip fittings, or approved equal. Connection lines shall be conveyed over earthen dams constructed at least 2-inches higher than the driplines served,to retain effluent in the lines at the end of each dose cycle. iii. The field shall consist of a minimum of two separately and automatically dosed and valved zones whenever the total length of dripline exceeds 5000 linear feet,or as otherwise needed to meet irrigation and/or flushing requirements. iv. The hydraulic design shall be based on achieving the following conditions: - No more than a 10 percent variation in flow between any individual emitters anywhere within a separately dosed zone,including any drain back. - When the slope exceeds 10 percent,check valves shall be used in the supply and return manifolds,or other acceptable means identified to minimize disproportionate amount of drainage into the lowest area of the zone. - Maintenance of scour velocity of at least 1.2 feet per second in the supply line from the dosing tank to the beginning of the drip field during normal dosing cycles. - Maintenance of flushing velocities of at least 1.2 feet per second in each supply manifold segment during field flushing,and maximum flushing velocities less than 10 feet per second in each supply and return manifold segment. - Minimum pressure in the driplinc of 10 pounds per square inch during flushing flows and a maximum of 60 pounds per square inch during normal dosing flows. - Maintenance of flushing velocities of at least one foot per second at the distal end of each dripline during field flushing, with valving provided to enable flushing velocities of at least two feet pet- second ersecond at the distal end of each dripline to be achieved with manual flushing. V. Field appurtenances include an air vent at the high point(s)/outlet of each zone;check valve at the high point/outlet of each zone (when there are more than one zone); solenoid valve with separate isolation valves on each side at the low point/inlet to each zone(or by an appropriate alternative method which enables all valves to be serviced without effluent discharge from supply/return lines);cleanout at each end of the supply and return manifolds;a separate cleanout at the distal end of the supply line to each zone; and pressure monitoring fittings at the field inlet and outlet points and at both ends of the supply and return manifolds. The operator must be able to service all solenoid valves and air vents and check pressures without effluent discharging from the network in preparation for these maintenance/testing procedures. Valves and cleanouts shall be provided with protective vaults or boxes. V. Installation and Testing Procedures: a. A preconstruction conference shall be required to be attended by the systems designer(Geoflow-authorized), installer(Geoflow-authorized),local health department,and licensed soil scientist and registered professional engineer,as applicable,prior to beginning construction of the Geoflow Subsurface Drip System and any associated pretreatment system components. b. Dosing tank and septic tank shall be demonstrated to be watertight by a 24-hour leakage test(maximum of 1/2- inch rise or fall in 24 hours)or vacuum test. Test shall be run with risers/and inlet/outlet pipes in place. 6 C. Drainfield area shall be prepared in a manner that minimizes site disturbance. No equipment shall cross the field areas during rainfall events, or when the fields are above field capacity ( too wet to plowl 1). Lightweight equipment only shall be used to remove trees,roots,and rocks,with hand incorporation of select fill material used to eliminate weak spots where roots or boulders must be removed. Field shall be prepared as needed to enable a grass cover to be established and maintained prior to line installation. d. Field laterals shall be staked out by use of an engineer's or laser level and tape to assure conformation with natural contours and design requirements for sizing,location and separations. Maximum drip line depth shall be in accordance with permit conditions. e. When a trencher is used,trench bottoms shall be hand cleaned and drip tubing shall be secured to the center of the trench bottom prior to backfilling. f. Fields shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for each site. A vibratory plow, static plow or trencher is most typically used and soil moisture must be dry enough so that soil compaction will not occur. g. Minimum soil cover over drip tubing shall be six inches,to finished grade. Cover material shall be free of rocks or debris. Minimum depth of valves in protective vaults or boxes shall be at least 18 inches below grade. h. Extreme care must be taken during system installation to assure no extraneous debris enters the tankage,supply lines,and drip line network. Supply lines and manifolds shall be flushed out prior to system startup. i. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed for system startup. All leaks in pipe network or from emitters exhibiting excessive emission rates as evidenced by wet spots during dosing cycles comparable to normal operating conditions shall be repaired. Normal dosing and flushing flow rates and flushing pressure at the ends of each zone supply and return manifold shall be measured and determined to be in accordance with design criteria. j. Fields shall be finished graded to shed surface water and in a matter which facilitates easy maintenance with standard mowing equipment. Provisions shall be made to establish and maintain a vegetative cover so as to prevent erosion and to allow for effective system inspection. k. All mechanical components,pumps,pump cycling,filters,flushing,high water alarm and telemetry systems,as applicable,must be demonstrated to be fully operable in accordance with their design. Vi. Operation,Maintenance and Monitoring Requirements: a. System management entity,inspection/maintenance and reporting frequency requirements shall be comparable to at least Type V(a) systems in Rule .1961(b), Table V(b), except that the maximum inspection interval for systems shall be quarterly for the first year of operation. During the first operational inspection after system start-up,a Geoflow appointed representative will meet with the Operator in Responsible Charge(ORC)and the property owner. In the event any system is found to be out of compliance,Geoflow will assist in development of an action plan to bring the system back in compliance. The maximum inspection/maintenance/inspection frequency shall revert to quarterly for a period of one year after a system found to be out of compliance is repaired. b. The ORC shall provide monitoring reports to the health department which include a log of all malfunction incidences/notifications and maintenance activities. Minimum maintenance during each required inspection shall include visual observation of the dripfield(s),checking/cleaning filter(s),measured dosing flow rate to each zone and recording of flow meter reading,pump run times and cycle counts. Flushing flow rates and pressure head measurements during flushing at the inlet and outlet of each field zone shall be taken at least once per year. 7 C. For systems with a design flow rate of over 600 gallons per day,the operator in responsible charge(ORC)shall be telemetrically notified of high water and power outage. For systems with a design flow rate of over 3000 gallons per day,the ORC shall also be telemetrically notified of flow variance(+or—20%)and catastrophic failure (+or—50%)conditions. d. The ORC shall also conduct other additional observations, measurements, monitoring, and maintenance activities as specified in the Operation Permit and as recommended by the manufacturer of the Geoflow system and as required for any applicable advanced pretreatment system that may also be present. VII. Responsibilities and Permitting Procedures: a. All systems shall be designed by a professional engineer or by individuals authorized in writing by Gcoflow, Inc.. The system shall be designed by a professional engineer when pretreatment components have not received prior state approval,when the approved treatment system requires a professional engineer,when the system design flow exceeds 600 gpd,or when duplex pumps are required in accordance with section IV(e)(iii)above. Plans and specifications shall be prepared,reviewed and approved in accordance with Rules.1938(c)and(f). b. The system shall be installed by a contractor authorized in writing by Geoflow's appointed representative,who shall coordinate the installation with the designer and the manufacturers appointed field representative. Geoflow's appointed field representative and designer shall provide written confirmation of their-acceptance of the system installation prior to operation permit issuance. C. Prior to issuance of an operation permit a contract for operation and maintenance shall be executed between the system owner and an ORC as required in accordance with Rule.1961(b),who is authorized in writing by the manufacturer to operate and maintain the system. A condition of the operation permit shall be that a contract for operation and maintenance with an ORC shall remain in effect for as long as the system is to remain in use. VIII.Repair of System: The provisions of 15A NCAC 1SA.1961(c)shall govern the use of the Geoflow Subsurface Wastewater Drip System for repairs to existing malfunctioning wastewater systems. Approved by: Date: 8 z 1111AW—Cloll—DID ITI ASTHI RDI All,Ull "A.. CAT EA UNTY HEAL H DE 1-1 DID SF 11 All Sill'. 1,110 1ILLON Fl.lola'T.1.1111 ITUI I 1.11TI 111,uns ELEVATIONS. � RLDRNa RL.. OSI IODIL Ral-11— ON,a R.CADEALL DISIOSAT < ........ AREAS IF..-HaIRL111IN IRAF a, NO_F__ Ao"'A" ILEII D=.0o1TALAN1yEF1I.1."I ETI. SA) ; L.EALlE.1 a X. UORTLY H Ma LA REND DoSINI OIFNCO IODEI FRIIIIA TO INSTALLATION IF 111-E111RE THAT D.p.=1 5- 4- 11-111RIIH: 1-1AIT-11 1111 AREA IS CAFA8LE OF SHEDDING RAUNMIATER AND FREE OF oAF1 HUR , "O.EE: ANY U..AREAS Z NI LIP.—ADE: I LATERALa LB._1 I.TAR AN— I I DISEI IEI DAY SE.ENT`ALNL�9".DEAL..PARAIMIN ON ALL DRIP LINES 0 ..N,_F E...E -a D'. '22 Is`w,1L:T`A`O"REPAIR All SHALL REMAIN 6B 11DIST111F TDIAL 11"111"TIME 111 oar 11— L SITE z ZONE 1 VICINITY MAP LINE 220 00 LF 213.00 LF�5 7 LOOP) NO SCALE =,,1I111BFTI111P11AKF.K_, IT',' I'll _:N1 LF�3 LOOP) MATCHPOINT IT 0 LNE4 162 00 LF I OOP LINE 1:::::::::180:00 LF��LOOP) 301R\W nl LINE 6.........200.00 .. .LF LOOP Z LINE 7.........200.00 L,'I LOOP) o z hl 1,440 LF TOTAL LOT#19 B,DO PB 15-189 Course Bearing Distance LOT#21 N Z US 0 S 04'29'08" 1 42.1 2' o5 P13 15-189 L2 S 01'12'34" 1 77.90' OVERHEAD UTILITY LINEOf C 5 32°40'00" W 51.64' ELL ENCROACHES S 65'00 00 W 47.49' 0 OVER PA6FEBY L,: I , 11, L5 N 73'1 T00" W 78.14' JNTO LOT J21 OZ' N 56'33'00" W 52.18' 1440'00" 'W 45�45FENCE ' N N 03°56'00" W 84 99' 05 HERA, L9 \r, "T, 5 BERRA L9 N 89'01'00" E 201.73' �OUSE "PATIO WELL BOAT in:SB FELE 0.4 BOAT RAMP E— NICE TO P I L.ATS, CONCRETE 5- V0 N<§ DRIVE a L '1 #5 REEAR 04 Q.EEO 0 = PB E— 'P' P"',COB" UTILITY POLE 0.721 AC #20 1 1�1 15-189 APPROXIMATE 100 YEAR——- ,, - �,�� / / /�/ 0 ) 4 1 FLOOD LINE , r " 41--APPIR XIMATE F EXIST,IN StETHI rs ±25 F 1-INCH PVC FLUSH RETURN MBE ABANDONED) ------n 111 YEAR FROM HE DViORKBASSEMBITY TO FLOOD LINE SEPTIC TANK INLET RISER EXISTING SEPTIC SYSTEM TO ABANDONED FOR NEW A (1)OSIAUUNEX AORTUV co o POOL PLACEMENT --t WITH INCORPORATED GC POOL �REUCIRCNLKTION s,PUMP CHAMBER PBACKS F T DISINFECTION UNIT �7D If PROP.FLEXTURE TOO \ COVE' L (TYP.)PER DETAIL ON SHEET JIH AORKS OLT T ASSEMBLY ............. PROP.AIR RELEASE VALVE& TE JUS RTL/ CLEANOUTS 14 RISERS TO GRADE J PER DETAIL 04 SHEET JI ROP.130 LF OF 1.25"SCH 40 PVC UP—PIPES&130 LF OF 1.25-SCH 40 PVC RETURN PIPE(MEASURED FROM A NEADVA)RAS TO DRAINIFIELD)MIN REVISIONS BY BURY SHALL BE SM INCHES ADS _ \ 1.25"RETURN MANIFOLD CONNECTII SEE DETAIL ON SHEET UI I APPROXIMATE 1.25"SUPPLY MANIFOLD 760,COHHOLU, LINE CONNECTI N(TYP.)SEE PROP.11 440 UP GEOFLOVJ DETAIL ON SHEET 11 DRIP TUBING.INSTALL AT 2.0-CTS MIN.ON CONTOUR PER DETAIL ON EX.TENNIS COURT AND FENCING TO BE REMOVED SHEET U-2. EDN INSTALLATION OF NEW SEPTIC SYSTEMA AND Know what's below. CONIPONELITS.AREA TO HAVE TOPSOIL PLACES& Call before you dig. L-4/�/17 V ED ETATED PER THE SEEDING SPECIFICATIONS.LAKE IT -NORMAN -1L ANY BF—,PIER'S DMDN E SHOWN 0 N A IMPROVEN NTS BUILT ON LAKE. ARE NOT THIS 1111-0-11 _1IEY ➢ I.0 W1743-13 2 1R2�o————— BA U L—u— PUBLICATION OF REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS OF ANY DETAILS WITHIN MUST BE WITH THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF PIEDMONT DESIGN ASSOCIATES, P A A—, D-.1 I-N, 2 oENEaA��DTEp: z ooP, o�°°aTl°N°F 111RNG All u��i d \�\\nn (s°°P) 2 NO111 i1IN DES AN. 3.11,TIL T ES.a ND FUUALRN uB ER I A, G. 11 ve ° $�� 9 / IN �E(,coop N11— LINE N a T v y E.a v,. v� oP, a E" TT ViA v v Qv4 v v v v v v v IN iF n s°OPI 1. l B1111 °Nsw AND aT N° O o B�NiTioN��Iw,o,��EwN R�o,R - „gar+�„., EPTIC TANK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED DITH A BAFFLE BET—EN tsI N°THETANI:INTERDR:TlroTD,T�b THEDAFF�EwA�� ”" \ / \ T SECTION THRU DRIP LINES °RERFEnT oIo IL T IR To aERnnT aassacE of EFFwEnT aENc�IKi aF aBsoo Psi oR A 111silUl zw°AONCReTE a \ ^LOOP CONNECTION _ _ e CLEAN OUT AND �� e CLEAN OUT pETAIL AIRNACUUM RELIEF +EA o r - EITHER ITEIL sREIlE nccEss ovFnwcs sH.au eE,�nnNlMunn OF sa /1VALVE DETAIL(TYP.) HEORci nc wIRE REeaRIN A s Eo EIeERNav sEuseo. 11. ER<T°D o EFF"EPEE;E'Rs s �"E`°PORoVEo'e"1' ALL ITd E51°NERo N AND EITEND 1114 TDNDoaERDENT IIFEUDNID H I ST'C� I c sEILANT RE sEATEDEei Nc o U N AAnussG A/4CUUTA PRIDRiDsysTEIn ITARTUPI, O=Z N \ a wERCURV,TH RISER p o� / \ cT Fs rsa a asst+r uT rtRUER IN PACE°D STATIC WATER TES IN K(O DRIP FIELD LAYOUT SEPTIC AREA 1F AIL11PID All E �•/ ` R n...s. Oor Not Enter EETTIDsRA LHRDQ T uAR -BEAT�ao2CORDaBER f-I ' , NAT EauEPRFRA "DRIER"'AND Lill N I1INI,1UwDIF D Pe�a�e Z ACME o A�INSAIIFD IN TANKS DHAILDESTAIN�Ess STEE11.ALL—HOLER o O r I NOTOf INSTALLED DO Eo ST uDSNOT IN RAFFI'I AR"'SHALL _ \ \ n SUB MAIN CONNECTION nm s":Ews°"A" 3 oD�°a"GAFF 'INOF eOx U2 _ DRAINFIELD PROTECTION&SIGNAGE , coNr°a,Ficlo°ro vEa EF —ecE'T"INGNl:ipNDPI NEans PEv / $ NDDTAOE)DEFaRE DRDERNa PUMPS,D°NTRDIS ETD. rsry u.,we aD DRIP FIELD _i "o.e a�rvcmn"cs a z 6 3 MANIFOLD DETAIL GRAVITY CLEANOUT MA — a"o° W C STANDARD PIPE PENETRATIONS F w C PLAN VIEW-HEADWORKS �, 'dA `' ."• sawn_ I STB 47 ce PLAN VIEW-1,000 GAL SEPTIC TANK PLAN VIEW-ORENCO AX-20 RTUV SECTION LVIEW-ORENCO AX-20 RTUV "-- Toa se,MT,xRaxv o , E„ox ,a"�xti>svvEs"stimoa,„E PLAN VIEW HEADVVORKS CONTROL PANEL DETAIL J o _ REVISIONS BY Ll >7/1117 I ”- --- Ap FF v STB 347 TE",.„ago+E VT m M as SECTION VIEW-ORENCO AX-20 RTUV SECTION VIEW-1,000 GAL SEPTIC TANK "..�. Tca sF,�,.n°�.I— s.o"F".sFina, ae�wu"„oma e 4/4/17 TANK ELEVATIONS SECTION VIEW-HEADWORKS �.s. MODsi"a„F,�..""u.Nvv,DriF�nriF HDwN REFER TO SPECIFICATION - - -1, s o M PACKAGE FOR MATERIALS SELECTION ,,N�.,,usNo„-aa.a�D"wN„ „�,LL.,vt�sonDlNonV. -_ AND INSTALLATION 13 REQUIREMENTS eU-2 2 z 1111AW—Cloll—DID ITI ASHPI RDI All,LOS "A.. CAT EA UNTY HEAL H DE 1-1 DID SF 11 All Sill'. 1,110 1ILLON Fl.lola TO 1.1111 ITUI I 1.11TI 111,una AF—ALL-S. Duala RL.. OSI IODIL PrIS-1— A Y CoN ON,A R.CADEALL DISPOSAL < ........ AREAS IF..-HaIRL111IN IRA111P a, NO_F__ Ao"'A" ILEII D=.0o1TALAN1yEF1I.1."I FT1. SA) zR, L.EALlE.1 R DORTLY H Na LA DEND DoSINI OIFACO IODEI FRIIIIA TO INSTALLATION IF 111-EMINNE THAT P.A.=1 5- 4- 111TH111RIIH: 1111DOw 1AIT-11 1111 AREA IS CAFA8LE OF SHEDDING BARNwATER AND FREE OF A,pO NT HUR A "O.EE: ANY NO.AREA. Z NI FL.—AUS: I LATERALS L-DO 1.TAR AN— I I DISEI PEI DAY SE.ENT`ALNL�9".DEAL..PARAIDN ON ALL ORIF LINES 0 ..N,_F E...E -a D'. m '22 V`w,1L:T`A`O"IiEPAHa All SHALL 111AIN TOTAL 1111 11H 1111111 1� 11DIST111F SITE z ZONE 1 VICINITY MAP NE LF� L 7 LOOP) NO SCALE LINE 00 LF 5 OOP IT',' _N1 LF�3 LLOOP� MATCHPOINT 0 LINE4.........162.00 LF I OOP _:NE 1:::::::::180:00 LF��LOOP) 30'R\W DO ENE 6.........200.00 .. .LF LOOP z LINE 7.........200.00 L,'I LOOP) C)z 1,440 LF TOTAL 0 LOT#19 Qc P -1 89 Course Bearing Distance LOT#21 B 15 C, L2 S 01'12'34" 1 77.90' C 1 S 04'29'08" 1 42.12' 1`13 15-189 o, OVERHEAD UTILITY LINE Of 5 32'40'00" W 51.64' 11,EY ENCROACHES I a BEDO S 65.00'00" W 47.49' 0 1 OVER PROPERTY L,: jN;F0L LOT J21 8' L5 N 73°1900" W 78.14' N 5633'00" W 52.18' FENCE N 14'4000" W 45.45' N 03°56'00' W 84 99' 05 PEEP, L9 5 DEBAR L9 N 89'01'00" E 201.7P' 1,103 WELL BOAT�OUSE 'TATI "' -PB,115 LOT 10 FELE 42) EXISTIN-GViE 1.4 ,T BOAT RAMP Q.727AC+- RESIDENGF. CONCRETE E" -_- DRIVE >.Cn f #5 REPAIR -PROP.CONTROL PANELI II EF E- APPROXIMATE E TO PU,�PqLOATS UTILITY POLE 11 1—- - / /�, WORKS PR AR 100 YEAR APPROXIMATE p loo'D L, I , M c., FLOOD LINE t 1 1 5 Ppo on 1,8 dl�tSRY FR E ASIA /E GARAGE FLOOD LINE IPROP.1000 GALLON SEPTIC TANK l EFFLUENT FILTER P-1 25 LF-INCH PVC FLUSH RETURN EXISTING SEPTIC-STEM FH O C E M FADVABRKS ASSEMBILYTO TO ABANDONED FOR IN!— SEPTIC TANK INLET RISER co POOL PLACEMENT UT 1111, POOL (1)DSI ADVANITEX AX-20RTUV GC WITH INCORPORATED PP RECIRCULATION 9 IUXII CHAMBER PROP.FLEX TUBE LOORBACKS 0 0 L &JV DISINFECTION UNIT c/B TTYP.)PER DETAIL ON SHEET U-S HE DIAORKS ASSEMBLY PEN I OURT/ PROP.AIR RELEASE VALVE& CLEA40UTS 14 RISERS TO GRADE PER DETAIL 04 SHEET U-2 PROP.100 LF OF 1.25 SCH 40 PVC SUPPLY PPITY PIPES&100 LF OF 1.25-SCH 40 PVCRETURN PIPE(MEASURED FROM IT Ek[AN ADS TO DRAINFIELD)MIN. REVISIONS BURY SHELL BE R&INCHIES BGS BY 1.25'RETURN MANIFOLD CONNECTION(NP.)SEE RETAIL ON SHEET U-2 APPROXIMATE 1.5 SUPPEA MANIFOLD 760,CONTOUR LINE CONNE TION(TYP.)SEE PROP.11 440 UP GEOFLOVJ DE-11-ON SHEET U-2 DRIP TUBING.INSTALL AT 2.0-CIA MIN.ON CONTOUR PER DETAIL ON EX TENNIS COURT AND FENCING HAS BEEN SHEET U-2. REIIAOV D PER CLIENT FOR INSTALLATION OF IN!— Know what's below. SEPTIC SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS.AREA TO Call beforeyou dig. HAVE TOPSOIL PLACED&VEGETATED PER THE L-4/4/17 LAKE SEEDING SPECIFICATIONS. -1L IT —NORMAN ANY OL—,-ILIP, INPA)E_ME 1LATSSEY BUILT ON A E: BARE NO RENOTSHOWN ON THIS -0- 1 11 I.0 AO-3-13 "'A U Loo No PUBLICATION OF REUSE OF THESE DRAWINGS OF ANY DETAILS WITHIN MUST BE WITH THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF PIEDMONT DESIGN ASSOCIATES, P A A—, D-.1 I-N, Megen McBride From: Angoli, Trish <trish.angoli@dhhs.nc.gov> Sent: Wednesday, June 21, 2017 12:44 PM To: Megen McBride Subject: RE: requesting review of an engineered system - 7464 Matchpoint, Sherrills Ford Megen, Sorry I am slow in responding. I am slow with everything these days. To answer question#2, the permitting of the system would be based on the ultimate disposal of the water. If it is going to be subsurface, we would permit the system. If they plan a stream discharge or to re-use the water in the process, DEQ would permit the system. If the system is going subsurface, and would be permitted by us, the wastewater would be classified initially as IPWW. This requires a PE to design the system (and determine flow rate, etc) and would be reviewed by the State. They might eventually prove that the wastewater is not IPWW, but it would need to start classified as that. As to the review of the engineered advanced pretreatment and drip irrigation system, the plans look good to me. found one small item. The size of the return line in the pump sizing spreadsheet is 1.5 inches. Everywhere else in the plans and specs it is 1.25 inches. I don't consider that a significant deal. Please let me know if you need anything else from me or would like an approval letter written for this project. I am in the rest of the day today and tomorrow morning. I leave for vacation around noon tomorrow. Thanks Trish Patricia M.Angoli, PE Environmental Engineer Division of Public Health, ©n-Site Water Protection Branch North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services 919-707-5878 office 919-845-3973 fax trish.angoli(a7dhhs.nc.gov http://Publichealth.nc.cLov 5605 Six Forks Rd 1642 Mail Service Center Raleigh, NC 27699-1642 PAW"eafth N101f!'1 CAI'olll4a Email correspondence to and from this address is subject to the North Carolina Public Records Law and may be disclosed to third parties. Twitter YouTube Unauthorized disclosure of juvenile,health,legally privileged,or otherwise confidential information,including confidential information relating to an ongoing State procurement effort,is prohibited by law. If you have received this e-mail in error,please notify the sender immediately and delete all records of this e-mail. 1